GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

2012 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual M

In Brief ...... 1-1 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Lighting ...... 6-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-2 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Interior Lighting ...... 6-8 Vehicle Features ...... 1-24 Rear Seats ...... 3-10 Lighting Features ...... 6-9 Performance and Safety Belts ...... 3-18 Maintenance ...... 1-30 Airbag System ...... 3-29 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Child Restraints ...... 3-45 Introduction ...... 7-1 Keys, Doors, and Radio ...... 7-7 Windows ...... 2-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Audio Players ...... 7-15 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-35 Doors ...... 2-10 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Phone ...... 7-48 Vehicle Security...... 2-14 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Trademarks and License Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-17 Agreements ...... 7-56 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-20 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Windows ...... 2-21 Controls ...... 5-2 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Roof ...... 2-23 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Indicators ...... 5-12 Air Vents ...... 8-13 Information Displays ...... 5-30 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-39 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-49 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-58 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

2012 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual M

Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Driving Information ...... 9-2 General Information ...... 10-2 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Starting and Operating ...... 9-21 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-30 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-36 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-31 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Drive Systems ...... 9-37 Electrical System ...... 10-40 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Brakes ...... 9-44 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-49 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-14 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-46 Jump Starting ...... 10-86 Vehicle Data Recording and Cruise Control ...... 9-50 Towing...... 10-91 Privacy...... 13-15 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-53 Appearance Care ...... 10-97 OnStar ...... 14-1 Fuel ...... 9-62 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 Towing...... 9-68 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-88 General Information ...... 11-1 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 OnStar Additional Special Application Information ...... 14-5 Services ...... 11-9 Index ...... i-1 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 11-10 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-13 Maintenance Records ...... 11-16 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on your specific vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens options that you did not purchase or A French language copy of this due to changes subsequent to the manual can be obtained from your printing of this owner manual. dealer or from: Please refer to the purchase The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, suivante: to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the substitute the name “General GMC Truck Emblem, and YUKON Helm, Incorporated Motors of Canada Limited” for GMC Attention: Customer Service are trademarks and/or service wherever it appears in this manual. marks of General Motors LLC, its 47911 Halyard Drive subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Plymouth, MI 48170 hybrid supplement for more information. Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference.

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 20902918 B Second Printing © 2011 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

iv Introduction

Using this Manual Warning or Caution indicates a Symbols hazard that could result in injury To quickly locate information about or death. The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an { text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the WARNING the text describing the operation or manual and the page number where These mean there is something information relating to a specific it can be found. that could hurt you or other component, control, message, gauge, or indicator. people. Danger, Warnings, and M : This symbol is shown when you need to see your owner manual Cautions Notice: This means there is for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle something that could result in information. labels and in this manual describe property or vehicle damage. hazards and what to do to avoid or This would not be covered by * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. the vehicle's warranty. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death.

A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means “Do Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart " : Charging System * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp Here are some additional symbols I : Cruise Control : : Oil Pressure that may be found on the vehicle g and what they mean. For more B : Engine Coolant Temperature : Outside Power Foldaway information on the symbol, refer to O : Exterior Lamps Mirrors the Index. O # : Fog Lamps : Power 0 : Adjustable Pedals / . : Fuel Gauge : Remote Vehicle Start : Airbag Readiness Light > 9 + : Fuses : Safety Belt Reminders : Air Conditioning # 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) Changer _ : Tow/Haul Mode % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls ( : Heated Steering Wheel d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® or OnStar® j : LATCH System Child M : Windshield Washer Fluid $ : Brake System Warning Light Restraints GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

vi Introduction

2 NOTES GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

Steering Wheel Performance and Maintenance In Brief Adjustment ...... 1-16 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-30 Throttle and Brake Pedal Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-30 Instrument Panel Adjustment ...... 1-16 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-31 Interior Lighting ...... 1-17 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-31 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-18 Driving for Better Fuel Initial Drive Information Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-19 Economy ...... 1-32 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Climate Controls ...... 1-20 Roadside Assistance Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Transmission ...... 1-22 Program ...... 1-32 ® System ...... 1-4 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 1-22 OnStar ...... 1-32 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-5 Vehicle Features Door Locks ...... 1-5 Radio(s) ...... 1-24 Liftgate ...... 1-6 Satellite Radio ...... 1-25 Windows ...... 1-7 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-26 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-8 Bluetooth® ...... 1-26 Memory Features ...... 1-10 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-26 Second Row Seats ...... 1-11 Cruise Control ...... 1-27 Third Row Seats ...... 1-11 Navigation System ...... 1-27 Heated and Ventilated Side Blind Zone Seats ...... 1-12 Alert (SBZA) ...... 1-28 Head Restraint Rear Vision Adjustment ...... 1-12 Camera (RVC) ...... 1-28 Safety Belts ...... 1-13 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-28 Passenger Sensing Power Outlets ...... 1-28 System ...... 1-13 Universal Remote System . . . 1-29 Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-14 Sunroof ...... 1-29 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview

English Version Shown; Metric Similar GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑13. J. Dome Lamps on page 6‑8. Q. Horn on page 5‑5. B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. Instrument Panel Illumination R. Steering Wheel Controls on See Turn and Lane-Change Control on page 6‑8. page 5‑2. Signals on page 6 6. ‑ Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 S. Climate Control Systems on Windshield Wiper/Washer on (If Equipped). page 8‑1 (If Equipped). page 5‑5. K. Hood Release. See Hood on Dual Automatic Climate Control Rear Window Wiper/Washer on page 10‑5. System on page 8‑4 page 5‑6. L. Integrated Trailer Brake (If Equipped). C. Instrument Cluster on Controller (If Equipped). T. Power Outlets on page 5‑10. page 5‑13. See Towing Equipment on U. StabiliTrak® System on page 9 78. D. Hazard Warning Flashers on ‑ page 9‑46 (If Equipped). page 6‑5 (Out of View). M. Data Link Connector (DLC) Pedal Adjust Button E. Shift Lever. See Automatic (Out of View). See Malfunction (If Equipped). See Adjustable Indicator Lamp on page 5 22. Transmission on page 9‑31. ‑ Throttle and Brake Pedal on N. Automatic Transfer Case page 9 22. F. Manual Mode on page 9‑35 ‑ (If Equipped). Control (If Equipped). See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on Four-Wheel Drive (Single page 9‑53 (If Equipped). Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑36 Speed Automatic Transfer (If Equipped). Case) on page 9‑42 or Power Assist Steps on G. Driver Information Center (DIC) Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed page 2‑13 (If Equipped). Buttons. See Driver Information Automatic Transfer Case) on Center (DIC) on page 5‑30. page 9‑37. H. Infotainment on page 7‑1. O. Cruise Control on page 9‑50. I. Exterior Lamp Controls on P. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page 6‑2. page 5‑2. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive Remote Keyless Entry Q : Press to lock all doors. Information (RKE) System Lock and unlock feedback can The RKE transmitter is used to be personalized. See Vehicle This section provides a brief Personalization (With DIC Buttons) overview about some of the remotely lock and unlock the doors from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from on page 5‑49. important features that may or may m not be on your specific vehicle. the vehicle. : Press and hold to unlock the liftglass. For more detailed information, refer 8 to each of the features which can be : Press and hold to open or found later in this owner manual. close the power liftgate. L : Press and release to locate the vehicle. Press L and hold for more than two seconds to sound the panic alarm. Press L again to cancel the panic alarm. RKE Transmitter with Remote See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote Start and Power Liftgate/Liftglass Keyless Entry (RKE) System on page 2 2. K : Press to unlock the driver door. ‑ Press K again within three seconds to unlock all remaining doors. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

Remote Vehicle Start Canceling a Remote Start Door Locks With this feature the engine can be To cancel a remote start: There are several ways to lock and started from outside of the vehicle. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the unlock the vehicle. Starting the Vehicle vehicle and press and hold / From outside, use the Remote until the parking lamps turn off. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the key in the driver door. the vehicle. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. From inside, use the power door 2. Press and release Q. locks or the manual door locks. . Turn the ignition on and then To lock or unlock the door with the 3. Immediately after completing back off. / manual locks, push down or pull up Step 2, press and hold until See Remote Vehicle Start on on the manual lock knob. the turn signal lamps flash. page 2‑5. When the vehicle starts, the parking lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running. The doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on. The engine will continue to run for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a 10-minute time extension. Remote start can be extended only once. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

Power Door Locks Liftgate Manual Liftgate Operation Press Q or K on the RKE To unlock the liftgate, press " on transmitter. See Remote Keyless the power door lock switch or press Entry (RKE) System Operation on " on the Remote Keyless Entry page 2‑3. (RKE) transmittertwice, see Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2‑3. Press the touch pad on the underside of the liftgate handle (B) and lift up. Use the pull cup to lower and close the liftgate. Do not press the touch pad while closing the liftgate. The liftglass or liftgate cannot be This will cause the liftgate to be opened if the rear wiper is in motion. unlatched. Attempting to open the liftglass or Power Liftgate Operation liftgate while the rear wiper is in Power Folding Mirrors Shown, motion will cause the release of the On vehicles with a power liftgate, Other Models Similar liftglass or liftgate to delay until the the switch is on the overhead Q : Press to lock the doors. wipers are parked off the liftglass. console. K : Press to unlock the doors. The vehicle must be in P (Park) to use the power feature. The taillamps See Door Locks on page 2‑8. will flash and a chime will sound when the power liftgate moves. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

There are several ways to open and Windows See Retained Accessory Power close the power liftgate: (RAP) on page 9‑26 for more information. . Press and hold 8 on the RKEtransmitter until the liftgate Press the switch to lower the starts moving. window. Pull the switch up to raise it. . Press 8 on the overhead For more information, see: console. . Windows on page 2‑21. . Press l on the bottom of the . Power Windows on page 2 22. liftgate next to the latch to close. ‑ Pressing a second time while the liftgate is moving reverses the direction. Power Folding Mirrors Shown, To disable the power liftgate Other Models Similar function, press OFFon the liftgate The driver door has switches switch, see Liftgate on page 2 10. ‑ that control all windows, the Liftglass passengers door switch only control that window. The power windows If equipped, there are two ways to work when the ignition is in ON/ open the liftglass: RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in . Press the button on the Retained Accessory Power (RAP). underside of the license plate applique (A).

. Press m on the RKE transmitter. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

Seat Adjustment Power Seats . If available, raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire Manual Seats control up or down. See Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4. Lumbar Adjustment Manual Lumbar

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. To adjust the seat: Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. forward or rearward. 2. Slide the seat to the desired . If available, raise or lower the position and release the bar. front or rear part of the seat cushion by moving the front or 3. Try to move the seat back and If equipped, increase or decrease rear of the control up or down. forth to be sure the seat is manual lumbar support by turning locked in place. the knob forward or rearward. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. See Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑4. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

Power Lumbar To raise or lower the height of 2. Move the seatback to the the support, press and hold the desired position, and then top or bottom of the control. release the lever to lock the See Lumbar Adjustment on seatback in place. page 3‑4. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright Manual Reclining Seatbacks position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to To adjust the power lumbar support, make sure it is locked. if equipped: See Reclining Seatbacks on . On vehicles with two-way page 3‑5. lumbar, press and hold the top or bottom of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. . On vehicles with four-way To recline a manual seatback: lumbar, press and hold the front 1. Lift the lever. or rear of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Features Storing Memory Positions To save into memory: 1. Adjust the driver seat and seatback recliner, both outside mirrors, and the throttle and brake pedals, if equipped. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑18 and Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 9‑22. Not all mirrors and adjustable throttle and brake pedals will have the ability to save and recall their positions. To adjust a power seatback, if equipped: On vehicles with the memory feature, the controls on the driver . Tilt the top of the control door are used to program and recall rearward to recline. memory settings for the driver seat, . Tilt the top of the control forward outside mirrors, and the adjustable to raise. throttle and brake pedals, if equipped. See Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

2. Press and hold “1” until Easy Exit Driver Seat Second Row Seats two beeps sound. This feature can move the seat On vehicles with a 60/40 split bench 3. Repeat for a second driver rearward to allow extra room to exit or buckets seats, the seatbacks can position using “2.” the vehicle. be folded for additional cargo space, To recall, press and release “1” or B : Press to recall the easy exit or the seats can be folded and “2.” The vehicle must be in P (Park). seat position. The vehicle must be tumbled for easy entry/exit to A single beep will sound. The seat, in P (Park). the third row seats, if equipped. On vehicles with bucket seats, the outside mirrors, and adjustable See Memory Seats on page 3 7 and ‑ seatbacks also recline. throttle and brake pedals, Vehicle Personalization (With DIC if equipped, will move to the position Buttons) on page 5‑49. See Second Row Seats on previously stored for the identified page 3‑11. driver. See Memory Seats on page 3‑7 and Third Row Seats Vehicle Personalization (With DIC On vehicles with third row seats, the Buttons) on page 5 49. ‑ seatbacks can be folded, and the entire seat can be tumbled or removed from the vehicle. For detailed instructions, see Third Row Seats on page 3‑15. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

Heated and Ventilated If available, the buttons are on the Head Restraint front doors. To operate, the ignition Seats must be in ON/RUN. Adjustment H : If available, press to cool Do not drive until the head restraints the seat. for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. I : Press to heat the seatback only. To achieve a comfortable seating position, change the seatback J : Press to heat the seat and recline angle as little as necessary seatback. while keeping the seat and the head Press the button once for the restraint height in the proper highest setting. With each press of position. the button, the seat will change to See Head Restraints on page 3‑2 the next lower setting, and then to and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. the off setting. The lights indicate Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons three for the highest setting and one Shown, Heated Seat Buttons for the lowest. Similar See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats on page 3‑8. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing System The passenger sensing system, if equipped, turns off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other United States airbag is affected by the passenger sensing system. If the vehicle has one of the indicators pictured in the following illustrations, then the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position. Canada Refer to the following sections for The passenger airbag status important information on how to use indicator, if equipped, will be visible See Passenger Sensing System on safety belts properly. on the overhead console when the page 3‑38 for important information. vehicle is started. . Safety Belts on page 3‑18. . How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3‑20. . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑21. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑53. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

Mirror Adjustment 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the side of the vehicle and the Exterior Mirrors area behind are seen. 4. Press either (A) or (B) again to deselect the mirror. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑18 for more information. To power fold the mirrors: 1. Press (C) to fold the mirrors out to the driving position. 2. Press (D) to fold the mirrors in to With Manual Folding Mirrors the folded position. To adjust the mirrors:

With Power Folding Mirrors 1. Move the selector switch located above the four-way control pad To adjust the mirrors: to the left or right to choose 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the either the driver side or driver or passenger side mirror. passenger side mirror. 2. Press one of the four arrows located on the control pad to adjust the mirror. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

2. Press one of the four arrows Heated Mirrors Trailer-Tow Mirrors located on the control pad to Press 1 to heat the mirrors. For vehicle with towing mirrors, they move the mirror in the desired can be extended for a clearer view direction. See “Rear Window Defogger” under of the objects behind the vehicle. 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that Dual Automatic Climate Control Manually pull out the mirror head to the side of the vehicle and the System on page 8‑4 or Climate extend it for better visibility when area behind are seen. Control Systems on page 8‑1 for towing a trailer. more information. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑18 for See Trailer-Tow Mirrors on more information. Park Tilt Mirrors page 2‑17 for more information. Keep the selector switch in the If the vehicle has the memory Interior Mirror center position when not adjusting package, the exterior mirrors tilt either outside mirror. to a preselected position when the Adjustment vehicle is in R (Reverse). This To manual fold the mirrors: Hold the rearview mirror in the feature lets the driver view the curb center and move it to view the area Fold the mirrors inward to prevent when parallel parking. The mirrors behind the vehicle. damage when going through an return to the original position when automatic car wash. To fold, pull the the vehicle is shifted out of Manual Rearview Mirror mirror toward the vehicle. Push the R (Reverse), or the ignition is For vehicles with a manual rearview mirror outward, to return to its turned off or to OFF/LOCK. mirror, push the tab forward for original position. This feature can be programed daytime use and pull it for nighttime through the Driver Information use to avoid glare from the Center (DIC). See Vehicle headlamps from behind. See Personalization (With DIC Buttons) Manual Rearview Mirror on on page 5‑49 for more information. page 2‑20 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

Automatic Dimming Rearview Steering Wheel Do not adjust the steering wheel Mirror Adjustment while driving. For vehicles with an automatic dimming rearview mirror. The mirror Throttle and Brake Pedal will automatically reduce the glare Adjustment from the headlamps from behind. On vehicles with this feature, you The dimming feature comes on and can change the position of the the indicator light illuminates each time the ignition is turned to start. throttle and brake pedals. See Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror on page 2‑20 for more information.

The tilt lever is located on the lower The control used to adjust the left side of the steering column. pedals is located on the instrument To adjust the steering wheel: panel below the climate control system. 1. Hold the steering wheel and pull the lever. Press the bottom of the control to move the pedals closer to your 2. Move the steering wheel up body. Press the top of the control to or down. move the pedals away. 3. Release the lever to lock the See Adjustable Throttle and Brake wheel in place. Pedal on page 9‑22. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

Interior Lighting Dome Lamp Override Reading Lamps Dome Lamps The dome lamp override button is For vehicles with reading lamps in located next to the exterior lamps the overhead console, press the The dome lamps are located in the control. button located next to the lamp to overhead console. turn it on or off. They come on when any door is The vehicle may also have reading opened and turn off after all the lamps in other locations. The lamps doors are closed. cannot be adjusted. Turn the instrument panel For more information about interior brightness knob located below the lamps, see: dome lamp override button, . clockwise to the farthest position to Dome Lamps on page 6‑8. manually turn on the dome lamps. . Reading Lamps on page 6‑9. The dome lamps remain on until the . Instrument Panel Illumination knob is turned counterclockwise. k : Press the button in and the Control on page 6‑8. dome lamps remain off when a door is opened. Press the button again to return it to the extended position so that the dome lamps come on when a door is opened. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

Exterior Lighting O : Turns off the automatic 5 : Turns on the headlamps, headlamps and Daytime Running parking lamps, taillamps, instrument Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp panel lights, and license plate control to the off position again to lamps. turn the automatic headlamps or For more information, see: DRL back on. . Exterior Lamp Controls on For vehicles first sold in Canada, page 6‑2. the off position will only work when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) on page 6‑4. AUTO: Automatically turns on the . Fog Lamps on page 6‑6. The exterior lamps control is located headlamps, parking lamps, on the instrument panel to the left of taillamps, instrument panel lights, the steering wheel. and license plate lamps. ; : Turns on the parking lamps, taillamps, instrument panel lights, and license plate lamps. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

Windshield Wiper/Washer 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8 , Rear Wiper Window Wiper/Washer then release. For several wipes, To turn the rear wiper on, slide the hold the band on 8 longer. lever to a wiper position. 9 : Turns the windshield 9 : Turns the wiper off. wipers off. 5 : Turns on the rear wiper delay. 6 : Turn the band up for more Z : Turns on the rear wiper. frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. = : Press the button on the end of The front wiper control is located on the lever to spray washer fluid on the turn and lane‐change lever. Turn 6 : Slow wipes. the rear window. the band with the wiper symbol to ? : Fast wipes. control the windshield wipers. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on L : Push this paddle to spray page 5‑5 and Rear Window Wiper/ washer fluid on the windshield. Washer on page 5‑6. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

Climate Controls The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with these systems. If this vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information.

Climate Control System

A. Fan Control F. Driver and Passenger B. REAR (Rear Climate Control) Temperature Controls C. Recirculation G. Rear Window Defogger D. Air Delivery Mode Control See Climate Control Systems on page 8‑1. E. Air Conditioning GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (21,1)

In Brief 1-21

See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑4 (If Equipped). For vehicles with rear heating and air conditioning controls, see Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate with Rear Seat Audio) on page 8‑11 or Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate Control Only) on page 8‑9.

Dual Automatic Climate Control System

A. Fan Control G. Driver Temperature Control B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) H. Display C. Defrost I. Power Button D. Recirculation J. Rear Window Defogger E. REAR (Rear Climate Control) K. Air Conditioning F. Air Delivery Mode Control L. PASS M. Passenger Temperature Control GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (22,1)

1-22 In Brief

Transmission 2. Press the plus/minus buttons, Four-Wheel Drive located on the steering column Range Selection Mode shift lever, to select the desired If the vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive, range of gears for current driving you can send the engine's driving conditions. See Manual Mode on power to all four wheels for extra page 9‑35. traction. While using Range Selection Mode, cruise control and the Tow/Haul mode can be used. Base Trim Shown (Uplevel Similar) Grade Braking is not available when The Range Selection Mode switch Range Selection Mode is active. is located on the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑36. 1. To enable the Range Selection feature, move the column shift lever to the M (Manual) position. The current range will appear next to the M. This is the highest attainable range with all lower gears accessible. As an example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are available. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (23,1)

In Brief 1-23

Automatic Transfer Case The transfer case knob is located to N (Neutral): Vehicles with a the left of the instrument panel two speed transfer case have a cluster. Use this knob to shift into N (Neutral) position. Shift the and out of the different Four-Wheel transfer case to N (Neutral) only Drive modes. when towing the vehicle. See Recreational Vehicle Towing on : This setting is used for driving 2 m page 10‑91 or Towing the Vehicle in most street and highway on page 10‑91. situations. See Four-Wheel Drive (Single AUTO: This setting is ideal for use Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on when road surface traction page 9‑42 or Four-Wheel Drive (Two conditions are variable. Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on 4 m : Use the Four-Wheel-Drive page 9‑37. Two Speed Transfer Case High position when extra traction is needed, such as on snowy or icy roads or in most off-road situations. 4 n : Vehicles with a two speed transfer case have a Four-Wheel-Drive Low position. This setting sends maximum power to all four wheels. You might choose Four-Wheel-Drive Low if you are driving off-road in deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills.

Single Speed Transfer Case GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (24,1)

1-24 In Brief

Vehicle Features © SEEK or ¨ SEEK: Seek or scan stations. Radio(s) 4 : Press to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time. While the ignition is off, press this button to display the time. Press to display additional text information related to the current FM-RDS or XM station; or CD, MP3, or WMA song. If information is available during XM, CD, MP3, or WMA playback, the song title information displays on the top line of the display and artist information displays on the bottom line. When information is not available, “NO INFO” displays. For more information about these and other radio features, see Operation on page 7‑3. Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3) For vehicles with a Rear Seat Entertainment System (RSE) and O : Press to turn the system on BAND: Press to choose between Rear Seat Audio System (RSA), see and off. Turn to increase or FM, AM, or XM™, if equipped. Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) decrease the volume. f System on page 7‑35 and Rear : Select radio stations. Seat Audio (RSA) System on page 7‑46 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (25,1)

In Brief 1-25

Storing Radio Stations Setting the Clock Satellite Radio A maximum of 36 stations can To set the time and date: XM is a satellite radio service based be stored as favorites using the 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ in the 48 contiguous United States six softkeys located below the radio ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then and 10 Canadian provinces. station frequency tabs and by using press O , to turn the radio on. XM satellite radio has a wide the radio FAV button. Press FAV to variety of programming and go through up to six pages of 2. Press H to display HR, MIN, commercial-free music, coast to favorites, each having six favorite MM, DD, and YYYY (hour, coast, and in digital-quality sound. stations available per page. Each minute, month, day, and year). page of favorites can contain any A fee is required to receive the combination of AM, FM, or XM 3. Press the softkey located under XM service. stations. any one of the labels to be For more information, refer to: changed. For more information, see “Storing . www.xmradio.com or call Radio Stations” in AM-FM Radio on 4. To increase or decrease the 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.) page 7 7. f ‑ time or date, turn clockwise or . www.xmradio.ca or call counter‐clockwise. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada) For detailed instructions on setting See Satellite Radio on page 7‑9. the clock for the vehicle's specific audio system, see Clock on page 5‑9. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (26,1)

1-26 In Brief

Portable Audio Devices Bluetooth® Steering Wheel Controls This vehicle has an auxiliary input, For vehicles with a Bluetooth located on the audio faceplate, system, it allows users with a and a USB port located on the Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone to instrument panel or in the center make and receive hands-free calls console. External devices such using the vehicle’s audio system as iPod®, laptop computers, and controls. MP3 players, CD changers, The Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone USB storage device, etc. can be must be paired with the Bluetooth connected to the auxiliary port using system before it can be used in the a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the vehicle. Not all phones will support USB port depending on the audio all functions. For more information, system. visit www.gm.com/bluetooth. See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑31 For more information, see Bluetooth for further information. If available, some audio controls on page 7‑48. can be adjusted at the steering wheel. w : Press to go to the next favorite radio station, track on a CD, or folder on an iPod® or USB device. c / x : Press to go to the previous favorite radio station, track on a CD, or folder on an iPod® or USB device. Press to reject an incoming call, or to end a call. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (27,1)

In Brief 1-27

b / g : Press to silence the vehicle Cruise Control [ : Press to disengage cruise speakers only. Press again to turn control without erasing the set the sound on. Press and hold longer speed from memory. than two seconds to interact with See Cruise Control on page 9‑50. OnStar® or Bluetooth systems, if equipped. Navigation System e + : Press to increase volume. If the vehicle has a navigation − e : Press to decrease volume. system, there is a separate navigation system manual that SRCE: Press to switch between includes information on the radio, the radio and CD, and for equipped audio players, and navigation vehicles, the DVD, front auxiliary, system. and rear auxiliary. The navigation system provides ¨ : Press to seek the next radio detailed maps of most major station, the next track or chapter T : Press to turn the system on freeways and roads. After a while sourced to the CD or DVD or off. The indicator light is on when destination has been set, the slot, or to select tracks and folders cruise control is on and turns off system provides turn-by-turn on an iPod or USB device. when cruise control is off. instructions for reaching the For more information, see Steering + RES: Press briefly to make the destination. In addition, the system Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. vehicle resume to a previously set can help locate a variety of points of speed, or press and hold to interest (POIs), such as banks, accelerate. airports, restaurants, and more. SET −: Press to set the speed and See the navigation system manual activate cruise control or make the for more information. vehicle decelerate. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (28,1)

1-28 In Brief

Side Blind Zone See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible on page 9‑54 for more information. beeps to provide distance and Alert (SBZA) system information. If available, this feature will alert you Rear Vision Keep the sensors on the vehicle's to vehicles located in the vehicle's Camera (RVC) rear bumper clean to ensure proper side blind zone. When the system operation. detects a vehicle in the side blind If available, the RVC displays a view zone, the SBZA display will light up of the area behind the vehicle when See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on in the corresponding outside side the vehicle is shifted into page 9‑53. mirror. R (Reverse). The display will appear on either the inside rearview mirror The system is enabled at every Power Outlets or navigation screen, if equipped. vehicle startup. It can be disabled The accessory power outlets can be through the Driver Information To clean the camera lens, located used to plug in electrical equipment, Center (DIC). above the license plate, rinse it with such as a cell phone or MP3 player. water and wipe it with a soft cloth. If the message SIDE BLIND ZONE There are two under the climate SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE appears See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on controls, one inside the center floor on the DIC, the system has been page 9‑57. console, one on the rear of the disabled because the sensor is center floor console and one blocked and cannot detect vehicles Ultrasonic Parking Assist accessory power outlet in the rear in the blind zone. The sensor may cargo area on the passenger side. be blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, If available, the Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system uses The accessory power outlets are slush, or even heavy rainstorms. powered, even with the ignition off. This message may also activate sensors on the rear bumper to assist with parking and avoiding Continuing to use accessory power during heavy rain or due to road outlets while the ignition is in LOCK/ spray. The vehicle does not need objects while in R (Reverse). It operates at speeds less than OFF may cause the vehicle's service. battery to run down. See Power Outlets on page 5‑10. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (29,1)

In Brief 1-29

Universal Remote System Sunroof On vehicles with a sunroof, the sunroof only operates when the ignition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑26 for more information. Vent: From the closed position, Vehicles with the Universal Remote press the rear of switch (B) to vent System will have these buttons the sunroof. located in the headliner. Open/Close: To open the sunroof, This system provides a way to press and hold switch (A) until the replace up to three remote control sunroof reaches the desired transmitters used to activate A. Open or Close position. Press and hold the front of devices such as garage door switch (A) to close it. openers, security systems, and B. Vent home automation devices. Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the transmitter. Because of the steps involved, it may be helpful to have another person assist with programming the transmitter. See Universal Remote System on page 5‑58. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (30,1)

1-30 In Brief

Express-Open/Express-Close: Performance and . Press and release g again to To express-open the sunroof, fully turn on both systems. press and release the rear of Maintenance For more information, see switch (A) until the sunroof StabiliTrak® System on page 9 46. reaches the desired position. StabiliTrak® System ‑ To express-close the sunroof, fully press and release the If equipped, the vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor front of switch (A). Press the traction control system that limits This vehicle may have a Tire switch again to stop it. wheel spin and the StabiliTrak Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). system that assists with directional When the sunroof is opened, an air control of the vehicle in difficult deflector will automatically raise. driving conditions. Both systems The air deflector will retract when turn on automatically every time the the sunroof is closed. vehicle is started. The sunroof also has a sunshade . To turn off traction control, press which can be pulled forward to block and release on the instrument sun rays. The sunshade must be g opened and closed manually. panel. The appropriate DIC The TPMS warning light alerts you message displays. See Ride to a significant loss in pressure of If an object is in the path of the Control System Messages on one of the vehicle's tires. If the sunroof while it is closing, the page 5‑44. warning light comes on, stop as anti-pinch feature will detect the . soon as possible and inflate the object and stop the sunroof. To turn off both traction control and StabiliTrak, press and hold tires to the recommended pressure See Sunroof on page 2‑23 for g until g illuminates and the shown on the Tire and Loading more information. appropriate DIC message Information label. See Vehicle Load displays. See Ride Control Limits on page 9‑16. The warning light will remain on until the tire System Messages on page 5‑44. pressure is corrected. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (31,1)

In Brief 1-31

During cooler conditions, the low tire Engine Oil Life System On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life pressure warning light may appear System can be reset as follows: when the vehicle is first started and The engine oil life system calculates engine oil life based on vehicle use 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with then turn off. This may be an early the engine off. indicator that the tire pressures are and, on most vehicles, displays a getting low and the tires need to be DIC message when it is necessary 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal inflated to the proper pressure. to change the engine oil and filter. slowly three times within The oil life system should be reset five seconds. The TPMS does not replace normal to 100% only following an oil 3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING monthly tire maintenance. It is the change. driver’s responsibility to maintain on the DIC. If the display shows correct tire pressures. Resetting the Oil Life System 100%, the system is reset. See Tire Pressure Monitor System To reset the Engine Oil Life System See Engine Oil Life System on on page 10‑58. on most vehicles: page 10‑10. 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. If the vehicle does Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) not have DIC buttons, the Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge vehicle must be in P (Park) to and a yellow fuel cap can use either access this display. unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). button on the DIC, or the trip See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on odometer reset stem if the page 9‑65. For all other vehicles, vehicle does not have DIC use only the unleaded gasoline buttons, for more than described under Recommended five seconds. The oil life will Fuel on page 9‑62. change to 100%. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (32,1)

1-32 In Brief

Driving for Better Fuel . Replace the vehicle's tires with Roadside Assistance, and relay the same TPC Spec number your exact location to get the Economy molded into the tire's sidewall help you need. Driving habits can affect fuel near the size. Online Owner Center mileage. Here are some driving tips . Follow recommended scheduled to get the best fuel economy maintenance. The Online Owner Center is a possible. complimentary service that includes online service reminders, vehicle . Avoid fast starts and accelerate Roadside Assistance maintenance tips, online owner smoothly. Program manual, special privileges, . Brake gradually and avoid U.S.: 1-888-881-3302 and more. abrupt stops. TTY Users: 1-888-889-2438 Sign up today at: . Avoid idling the engine for long U.S.: gmc.com (click on periods of time. Canada: 1-800-268-6800 Owners, then Manage My As the owner of a new GMC, you “ ” “ . When road and weather GMC/Owners Login”) conditions are appropriate, use are automatically enrolled in the Canada: gmcowner.ca cruise control. Roadside Assistance program. . Always follow posted speed See Roadside Assistance Program OnStar® limits or drive more slowly when on page 13‑6. If equipped, this vehicle has a conditions require. Roadside Assistance and OnStar comprehensive, in-vehicle system . Keep vehicle tires properly If you have an active OnStar that can connect to a live Advisor inflated. subscription, press the Q button for Emergency, Security, Navigation, . Combine several trips into a and the current GPS location will be Connection, and Diagnostic single trip. sent to an OnStar advisor who will Services. See OnStar Overview on assess your problem, contact page 14‑1. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors, and Liftgate ...... 2-10 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-20 Windows Power Assist Steps ...... 2-13 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror ...... 2-20 Vehicle Security Windows Keys and Locks Vehicle Security ...... 2-14 Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 2-14 Windows ...... 2-21 Keys ...... 2-2 Immobilizer ...... 2-15 Power Windows ...... 2-22 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-15 Sun Visors ...... 2-23 System ...... 2-2 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Exterior Mirrors Roof System Operation ...... 2-3 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-17 Sunroof ...... 2-23 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-17 Door Locks ...... 2-8 Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 2-17 Power Door Locks ...... 2-8 Power Mirrors ...... 2-18 Delayed Locking ...... 2-9 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-19 Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-9 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-19 Lockout Protection ...... 2-9 Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-19 Safety Locks ...... 2-9 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-20 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks If you are locked out of the vehicle, call the Roadside Assistance Center. See Roadside Assistance Keys Program on page 13‑6. With an active OnStar subscription, { WARNING an OnStar Advisor may remotely Leaving children in a vehicle with unlock the vehicle. See OnStar the ignition key is dangerous for Overview on page 14‑1. many reasons. Children or others could be badly injured or even Remote Keyless Entry killed. They could operate the (RKE) System power windows or other controls The key is used for the ignition and See Radio Frequency Statement on or even make the vehicle move. all door locks. page 13‑17 for information The windows will function with the regarding Part 15 of the Federal keys in the ignition and children The key has a bar-coded key tag Communications Commission (FCC) could be seriously injured or killed that the dealer or qualified locksmith rules and Industry Canada if caught in the path of a closing can use to make new keys. Store Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. window. Do not leave the keys in this information in a safe place, not in the vehicle. If there is a decrease in the RKE a vehicle with children. operating range: See your dealer if a replacement key or additional key is needed. . Check the distance. The transmitter may be too far from Notice: If the keys get locked in the vehicle. the vehicle, it may have to be damaged to get them out. . Check the location. Other Always carry a spare key. vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

. Check the transmitter's battery. The following functions may be See “Battery Replacement” later available if your vehicle has the in this section. RKE system: . If the transmitter is still not / (Remote Vehicle Start): For working correctly, see your vehicles with this feature, press to dealer or a qualified technician start the engine from outside the for service. vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start on Remote Keyless Entry page 2‑5 for additional information. (RKE) System Operation Q (Lock): Press to lock all The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the doors. transmitter functions work up to With Remote Start and Liftglass If enabled through the Driver 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. Information Center (DIC), the turn There are other conditions which signal lamps flash once to indicate can affect the performance of the locking has occurred. If enabled transmitter. See Remote Keyless through the DIC, the horn chirps Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. when the lock button is pressed again within three seconds. See Vehicle Personalization (With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑49 for additional information. Pressing Q arms the content theft‐ deterrent system. See Anti-theft Alarm System on page 2‑14. With Remote Start and Power Liftgate and Liftglass GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

K (Unlock): Press once to unlock m (Liftglass): Press and hold to Programming Transmitters to only the driver door. If K is pressed unlock the liftglass. the Vehicle again within three seconds, all 8 (Power Liftgate): Press and Only RKE transmitters programmed remaining doors unlock. The interior hold to open and close the liftgate. to this vehicle will work. If a lamps may come on and stay on for The taillamps flash and a chime transmitter is lost or stolen, a 20 seconds or until the ignition is sounds to indicate when the liftgate replacement can be purchased and turned on. is opening and closing. programmed through your dealer. If enabled through the DIC, the turn L (Vehicle Locator/Panic When the replacement transmitter is signal lamps flash twice to indicate Alarm): Press and release to programmed to this vehicle, all remaining transmitters must also be unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle locate the vehicle. The turn signal Personalization (With DIC Buttons) lamps flash and the horn sounds reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen on page 5‑49. If enabled through three times. transmitters will no longer work the DIC, the exterior lights turn on once the new transmitter is briefly if it is dark enough outside. Press and hold L for more than programmed. The vehicle can have See “Approach Lighting” under two seconds to activate the panic a maximum of eight transmitters Vehicle Personalization (With DIC alarm. The turn signal lamps flash programmed to it. See your dealer Buttons) on page 5‑49. and the horn sounds repeatedly for to program transmitters to the 30 seconds. The alarm turns off vehicle. Pressing K on the RKE transmitter when the ignition is moved to ON/ disarms the content theft‐deterrent RUN or L is pressed again. The system. See Anti-theft Alarm ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for System on page 2‑14. the panic alarm to work. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

Battery Replacement To replace the battery: Remote Vehicle Start Replace the battery if the REPLACE 1. Separate the transmitter with a If available, this feature allows you BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY flat, thin object, such as a flat to start the engine from outside of message displays in the DIC. See head screwdriver. the vehicle. It may also start up the “REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE . Carefully insert the tool into vehicle's heating or air conditioning KEY” under Key and Lock the notch located along systems and rear window defogger. Messages on page 5‑43 for the parting line of the Normal operation of the system will additional information. transmitter. Do not insert return after the key is turned to the Notice: When replacing the the tool too far. Stop as ON/RUN position. battery, do not touch any of the soon as resistance is felt. If the vehicle has an automatic circuitry on the transmitter. Static . Twist the tool until the climate control system, the climate from your body could damage the transmitter is separated. control system will default to a transmitter. heating or cooling mode depending 2. Remove the old battery. Do not on the outside temperatures. If the use a metal object. vehicle does not have an automatic 3. Insert the new battery, positive climate control system, the system side facing down. Replace with a will turn on at the setting the vehicle CR2032 or equivalent battery. was set to when the vehicle was 4. Snap the transmitter back last turned off. together. During a remote start, if the vehicle has an automatic climate control system and heated seats, the heated seats will turn on during colder outside temperatures and will shut off when the key is turned to ON/RUN. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If the vehicle does not have an There are other conditions which The engine will continue to run automatic climate control system, can affect the performance of the for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps during remote start, manually turn transmitter. See Remote Keyless for a 10-minute time extension. the heated seats on and off. See Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2 for Remote start can be extended Heated and Ventilated Front Seats additional information. only once. on page 3‑8 for additional / (Remote Start): This button will After entering the vehicle during a information. be on the RKE transmitter if the remote start, insert and turn the key Laws in some communities may vehicle has remote start. to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. restrict the use of remote starters. To start the vehicle using the remote To cancel a remote start: For example, some laws may start feature: require a person using the remote . Aim the RKE transmitter at the start to have the vehicle in view 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at vehicle and press and hold / when doing so. Check local the vehicle. until the parking lamps turn off. regulations for any requirements on 2. Press and release . . remote starting of vehicles. Q Turn on the hazard warning flashers. Do not use the remote start 3. Immediately press and hold / . feature if the vehicle is low on fuel. until the turn signal lamps flash. Turn the ignition on and then The vehicle may run out of fuel. If you cannot see the vehicle's back off. / If the vehicle has the remote start lamps, press and hold for The vehicle can be remote started feature, the RKE transmitter two to four seconds. two separate times between driving functions will have an increased sequences. The engine will run for When the vehicle starts, the 10 minutes after each remote start. range of operation. However, the parking lamps will turn on and range may be less while the vehicle remain on while the vehicle is Or, you can extend the engine run is running. running. The doors will be time by another 10 minutes within locked and the climate control the first 10 minute remote start time system may come on. frame, and before the engine stops. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

For example, if Q and then / are The vehicle cannot be remote Remote Start Ready started if the key is in the ignition, pressed again after the vehicle has If the vehicle does not have the the hood is not closed, or if there is been running for 5 minutes, remote vehicle start feature, it may an emission control system 10 minutes are added, allowing the have the remote start ready feature. malfunction and the check engine engine to run for 15 minutes. This feature allows your dealer to light is on. The additional 10 minutes are add the manufacturer's remote considered a second remote vehicle Also, the engine will turn off during a vehicle start feature. remote vehicle start if the coolant start. See your dealer to add the temperature gets too high or if the manufacturer's remote vehicle start Once two remote starts, or a single oil pressure gets low. remote start with one time extension feature to the vehicle. has been done, the vehicle must be started with the key. After the key is removed from the ignition, the vehicle can be remote started again. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Door Locks Power Door Locks WARNING (Continued) Press Q or K on the Remote { injuries or even death from WARNING Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. heat stroke. Always lock the See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Unlocked doors can be vehicle whenever leaving it. dangerous. System Operation on page 2‑3. . Outsiders can easily enter . Passengers, especially through an unlocked door children, can easily open the when you slow down or stop doors and fall out of a moving the vehicle. Locking the doors vehicle. When a door is can help prevent this from locked, the handle will not happening. open it. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the There are several ways to lock and doors are not locked. So, all unlock the vehicle. passengers should wear From outside, use the Remote safety belts properly and the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or doors should be locked the key in the driver door. Power Folding Mirrors Shown, whenever the vehicle is From inside, use the power door Other Models Similar driven. locks or manual door locks. To lock . Young children who get into or unlock the door with the manual Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. unlocked vehicles may be locks, push down or pull up on the K (Unlock): Press to unlock unable to get out. A child can manual lock knob. the doors. be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Delayed Locking See Vehicle Personalization (With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑49 for more When locking the doors with the information on DIC programming. power lock switch and a door or the liftgate is open, the doors will lock Lockout Protection five seconds after the last door is closed. You will hear three chimes If the driver side power door lock to signal that the delayed locking switch is pressed when the driver feature is in use. door is open and the key is in the ignition, all of the doors will lock and Pressing the power lock switch then the driver door will unlock. twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately If the passenger side power door lock switch is pressed when the lock all the doors. Open the rear doors to access the front passenger door is open and This feature will not operate if the security locks on the inside edge of the key is in the ignition, all of the key is in the ignition. each door. doors will lock and then the front You can program this feature using passenger door will unlock. To set the locks, insert a key into the Driver Information Center (DIC). the slot and turn it to the horizontal See “Delay Door Lock” under Safety Locks position. The door can only be Vehicle Personalization (With DIC opened from the outside with the Buttons) on page 5‑49. The vehicle has rear door security door unlocked. To return the door to locks to prevent passengers from normal operation, turn the slot to the Automatic Door Locks opening the rear doors from the vertical position. inside. The vehicle may have an automatic lock/unlock feature. This feature can be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Doors WARNING (Continued) Liftgate . Adjust the climate control system to a setting that { WARNING brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, Index. or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped with through the seal between the a power liftgate, disable the body and the trunk/hatch or power liftgate function. The liftglass or liftgate cannot be liftgate. Engine exhaust contains For more information about opened if the rear wiper is in motion. carbon monoxide (CO) which carbon monoxide, see Engine Attempting to open the liftglass or cannot be seen or smelled. Exhaust on page 9‑30. liftgate while the rear wiper is in It can cause unconsciousness motion will cause the release of the and even death. liftglass or liftgate to delay until the Notice: If you open the liftgate wipers are parked off the liftglass. If the vehicle must be driven with without checking for overhead the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: obstructions such as a garage . Close all of the windows. door, you could damage the liftgate or the liftgate glass. . Fully open the air outlets on Always check to make sure the or under the instrument area above and behind the liftgate panel. is clear before opening it. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Manual Liftgate Operation { WARNING WARNING (Continued) To unlock the liftgate, press " on the power door lock switch or press Exhaust gases can enter the . If the vehicle is equipped with " on the Remote Keyless Entry vehicle if it is driven with the a power liftgate, disable the (RKE) transmittertwice, see Remote liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with power liftgate function. Keyless Entry (RKE) System any objects that pass through the For more information about Operation on page 2‑3. seal between the body and the carbon monoxide, see Engine Press the touch pad on the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine Exhaust on page 9‑30. underside of the liftgate handle (B) exhaust contains Carbon and lift up. Monoxide (CO) which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause There are several ways to open and Use the pull cup to lower and unconsciousness and even death. close the power liftgate: close the liftgate. Do not press the . 8 touch pad while closing the liftgate. If the vehicle must be driven with Press and hold on the This will cause the liftgate to be the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: RKEtransmitter until the liftgate starts moving. unlatched. . Close all of the windows. . Press 8 on the overhead Power Liftgate Operation . Fully open the air outlets on console. On vehicles with a power liftgate, or under the instrument the switch is on the overhead panel. . Press l on the bottom of the console. . Adjust the Climate Control liftgate next to the latch to close. The vehicle must be in P (Park) to system to a setting that Pressing a second time while the use the power feature. The taillamps brings in only outside air and liftgate is moving reverses the will flash and a chime will sound set the fan speed to the direction. when the power liftgate moves. highest setting. See Climate Control System in the Index. To disable the power liftgate function, press OFFon the liftgate (Continued) switch. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The power liftgate may be Obstacle Detection Features Manual Operation of Power temporarily disabled under extreme If the liftgate encounters an obstacle Liftgate temperatures, or under low battery during a power open or close cycle, conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate To change the liftgate to manual a warning chime will sound and the can still be operated manually. operation, press OFF on the liftgate will automatically reverse liftgate switch. If the transmission is shifted out of direction to the full closed or open With the power liftgate disabled P (Park) while the power function is position. After removing the and all of the doors unlocked, the in progress, the liftgate power obstruction, the power liftgate liftgate can be manually opened function will continue to completion. operation can be used again. and closed. If the transmission is shifted out of If the liftgate encounters multiple P (Park) and the vehicle accelerates obstacles on the same power cycle, To open the liftgate, press the touch before the power liftgate latches the power function will deactivate pad on the handle (B) and lift up. closed, the liftgate may reverse to and a message will display in the Use the pull cup to lower and close the open position. Cargo could fall Driver Information Center (DIC), see the liftgate. Do not press the touch out of the vehicle. Always make Object Detection System Messages pad while closing the liftgate. sure the power liftgate is closed and on page 5‑43. After removing the This will cause the liftgate to be latched before driving away. obstructions, the liftgate will resume unlatched. The liftgate latch will If the liftgate is opened using power normal power operation. power close. Always close the liftgate before driving. operation and the liftgate support Pinch sensors are located on the struts have lost pressure, the turn side edges of the liftgate. If an If 8 on the RKE transmitter signals flash and a chime will object is caught between the liftgate or l on the liftgate is pressed sound. The liftgate stays open and the vehicle and presses against temporarily, and then slowly closes. this sensor, the liftgate will reverse while power operation is disabled, See a dealer for service before direction and open fully. The liftgate the lamps will flash three times, but the liftgate will not move. using the liftgate. will remain open until it is activated again or closed manually. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

It is not recommended to drive with Power Assist Steps The power assist steps the liftgate open, however, when automatically extend from beneath driving with the liftgate open; the the vehicle on the side in which the liftgate should be set to manual door has been opened. Once the operation by pressing OFF on the door is closed, the assist steps liftgate switch on the center console. automatically move back under the The liftgate has an electric latch. vehicle after a brief delay. The If the battery is disconnected or has vehicle must not be moving for the low voltage, the liftgate will not assist steps to extend or retract. open. The liftgate will resume The assist steps cannot be disabled operation when the battery is in the extended position. reconnected and charged. If the battery is properly connected with adequate voltage, the switch is not disabled, and the liftgate The vehicle may have power assist still will not function, see a dealer steps. To enable or disable the for service. power assist steps push j. Liftglass If equipped, there are two ways to open the liftglass: . Press the button on the underside of the license plate applique (A).

. Press m on the RKEtransmitter. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicle Security arming. If a door is open when Your vehicle's headlamps will flash the doors are locked, the and the horn will sound for about This vehicle has theft-deterrent security light will flash. 30 seconds, then will turn off to features; however, they do not make If the delayed locking feature is save the battery power. it impossible to steal. turned on, the theft‐deterrent The theft-deterrent system will not system will not start the arming activate if the doors are locked with Anti-theft Alarm System process until the last door is the vehicle's key or the manual door Your vehicle has a content closed and the delay timer has lock. It activates only if you use the theft-deterrent alarm system. expired. See Delayed Locking power door lock switch with the door on page 2‑9. open or the RKE transmitter. You 3. Close all doors. The security should also remember that you can light should go off after about start your vehicle with the correct 30 seconds. The alarm is not ignition key if the alarm has been armed until the security light set off. goes off. To avoid setting off the alarm by If a locked driver door is opened accident: This is the security light. without using the RKE transmitter, a . If you do not want to activate To arm the theft-deterrent system: 10-second pre-alarm will occur. The the theft-deterrent system, the horn will chirp and the lights will vehicle should be locked with 1. Open the door. flash. If the key is not placed in the the door key after the doors 2. Lock the door with the Remote ignition and turned to START or are closed. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter the door is not unlocked by pressing . Always unlock the doors with the or the power door lock switch. the unlock button on the RKE RKE transmitter. Unlocking a The security light will come on to transmitter during the 10-second door any other way will set off inform the driver the system is pre-alarm, the alarm will go off. the alarm if it is armed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

If you set off the alarm by accident, 4. Then reach in through the Immobilizer Operation press unlock on the RKE transmitter window, unlock the door with ® or place the key in the ignition and the manual door lock and open This vehicle has PASS-Key III+ turn it to START to turn off the the door. This should set off (Personalized Automotive Security alarm. The alarm will not stop if you the alarm. System) theft-deterrent system. try to unlock a door any other way. PASS-Key III+ is a passive While the alarm is set, the power theft-deterrent system. Testing the Alarm door unlock switch will not work. The system is automatically armed To test the alarm: If the alarm does not sound when it when the key is removed from the should but the headlamps flash, ignition. 1. From inside the vehicle, lower check to see if the horn works. The the driver window and open the horn fuse may be blown. To replace The system is automatically driver door. the fuse, see Fuses and Circuit disarmed when the key is turned to 2. Activate the system by locking Breakers on page 10‑41. ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, the doors with the power door or START from the LOCK/OFF If the alarm does not sound or the position. lock switch while the door is headlamps do not flash, the vehicle open, or with the RKE should be serviced by your dealer. You do not have to manually arm or transmitter. disarm the system. 3. Get out of the vehicle, close the Immobilizer The security light will come on if door and wait for the security there is a problem with arming or See Radio Frequency Statement on light to go out. disarming the theft-deterrent page 13 17 for information ‑ system. regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) When the PASS-Key III+ system rules and Industry Canada senses that someone is using the Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. wrong key, it prevents the vehicle from starting. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Anyone using a trial-and-error It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ 3. After the engine has started, turn method to start the vehicle will be decoder to learn the transponder the key to LOCK/OFF, and discouraged because of the high value of a new or replacement key. remove the key. number of electrical key codes. Up to 10 keys may be programmed 4. Insert the new key to be If the engine does not start and the for the vehicle. The following programmed and turn it to security light on the instrument procedure is for programming the ON/RUN position within panel cluster comes on when trying additional keys only. If all the five seconds of turning the to start the vehicle, there may be a currently programmed keys are lost ignition to the LOCK/OFF problem with the theft-deterrent or do not operate, you must see position in Step 3. your dealer or a locksmith who can system. Turn the ignition off and The security light will turn off try again. service PASS-Key III+ to have keys made and programmed to the once the key has been If the engine still does not start, and system. programmed. the key appears to be undamaged, 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if try another ignition key. At this time, See your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS-Key III+ to get a additional keys are to be you may also want to check the programmed. fuse. See Fuses and Circuit new key blank cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the Breakers on page 10‑41. If the If you lose or damage your engine still does not start with the system. PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer other key, the vehicle needs service. To program the new additional key: or a locksmith who can service If the vehicle does start, the first key 1 PASS-Key III+ to have a new may be faulty. See your dealer who 1. Verify that the new key has a key made. stamped on it. can service the PASS-Key III+ to Do not leave the key or device have a new key made. 2. Insert the original, already that disarms or deactivates the programmed key in the ignition theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. and start the engine. If the engine will not start, see your dealer for service. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors Trailer-Tow Mirrors Vehicles with manual mirrors can be Convex Mirrors adjusted by moving the mirror up and down or left to right to see a { WARNING little of the side of the vehicle, and have a clear view behind the A convex mirror can make things, vehicle. like other vehicles, look farther Using hood-mounted air deflectors away than they really are. If you and add-on convex mirror cut too sharply into the right lane, attachments could decrease mirror you could hit a vehicle on the performance. If the vehicle has towing mirrors, right. Check the inside mirror or they can be adjusted for a clearer glance over your shoulder before view of the objects behind you. changing lanes. Manually pull out the mirror head to extend it for better visibility when The passenger side mirror is convex towing a trailer. shaped. A convex mirror's surface is The lower portion of the mirror is curved so more can be seen from convex. A convex mirror's surface is the driver seat. curved to see more from the driver seat. The convex mirror can be adjusted manually to the driver preferred position for better vision. The mirror may have a turn signal arrow that flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (18,1)

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Mirrors Keep the selector switch in the center position when not adjusting either outside mirror. Exterior Automatic Dimming Mirror If the vehicle has the exterior automatic dimming mirror, the driver outside mirror automatically adjusts for the glare of headlamps behind. This feature is controlled by the on and off setting on the inside With Manual Folding Mirrors automatic dimming rearview mirror. See Automatic Dimming Rearview To adjust the mirrors: With Power Folding Mirrors Mirror on page 2‑20 for more To adjust the mirrors: 1. Move the selector switch located information. above the four-way control pad 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the to the left or right to choose Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) driver or passenger side mirror. either the driver side or If the vehicle has the Side Blind 2. Press the arrows on the control passenger side mirror. Zone Alert (SBZA) system. See Side pad to move the mirror up, 2. Press one of the four arrows Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on down, right, or left. located on the control pad to page 9‑54 for more information. 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that move the mirror in the desired Turn Signal Indicator the side of the vehicle and the direction. area behind are seen. The vehicle may also have a turn 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that signal indicator on the mirror. An 4. Press either (A) or (B) again to the side of the vehicle and the arrow on the mirror flashes in the deselect the mirror. area behind are seen. direction of the turn or lane change. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (19,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Heated Mirrors Mirrors For vehicles with heated mirrors: Power Folding Reset the power folding mirrors if: 1 (Rear Window Defogger): . The mirrors are accidentally Press to heat the mirrors. obstructed while folding. See “Rear Window Defogger” under . They are accidentally manually Dual Automatic Climate Control folded/unfolded. System on page 8‑4 or Climate . The mirrors will not stay in the Control Systems on page 8‑1 for unfolded position. more information. . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving speeds. Automatic Dimming Fold and unfold the mirrors one time Mirror using the mirror controls to reset If the vehicle has the automatic them to their normal position. dimming mirror, the driver outside 1. Press (A) to fold the mirrors out A popping noise may be heard mirror automatically adjusts for the to the driving position. during the resetting of the power glare of the headlamps from behind. 2. Press (B) to fold the mirrors in to folding mirrors. This sound is normal This feature is controlled by the on the folded position. after a manual folding operation. and off setting on the inside rearview mirror. See Automatic Manual Folding Dimming Rearview Mirror on Fold the mirrors inward to prevent page 2‑20 for more information. damage when going through an automatic car wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward, to return to its original position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (20,1)

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Park Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming If the vehicle has the memory Rearview Mirror package, the exterior mirrors tilt Manual Rearview Mirror The vehicle may have an automatic to a preselected position when the To adjust the inside rearview mirror, dimming inside rearview mirror. vehicle is in R (Reverse). This hold the rearview mirror in the feature lets the driver view the curb To adjust the inside rearview mirror, center and move it to view the area hold the rearview mirror in the when parallel parking. The mirrors behind the vehicle. return to the original position when center and move it to view the the vehicle is shifted out of For vehicles with a manual rearview area behind the vehicle. R (Reverse), or the ignition is mirror, push the tab forward for The automatic dimming rearview turned off or to OFF/LOCK. daytime use and pull it for nighttime mirror will automatically reduce the use to avoid glare from the glare from the headlamps from This feature can be programed headlamps from behind. through the Driver Information behind. The dimming feature comes ® Center (DIC). See Vehicle Vehicles with OnStar have three on when the vehicle is started. Personalization (With DIC Buttons) control buttons at the bottom of the O (On/Off): Press to turn the on page 5‑49 for more information. mirror. See a dealer for more dimming feature on or off. information about OnStar and how to subscribe to it. See OnStar The vehicle may also have a Rear Overview on page 14‑1. Vision Camera (RVC). See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on page 9‑57 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (21,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

If the vehicle has a RVC, the Windows O button for turning the dimming feature on or off will not be available. { WARNING Vehicles with OnStar have three Leaving children, helpless adults, additional control buttons for the or pets in a vehicle with the OnStar system. See a dealer for windows closed is dangerous. more information about OnStar and They can be overcome by the how to subscribe to it. See OnStar extreme heat and suffer Overview on page 14‑1. permanent injuries or even death Cleaning the Mirror from heat stroke. Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a pet Do not spray glass cleaner directly alone in a vehicle, especially with The vehicle aerodynamics are on the mirror. Use a soft towel designed to improve fuel economy the windows closed in warm or dampened with water. performance. This may result in a hot weather. pulsing sound when a window is partially open. To reduce the sound, open another window or the sunroof (if equipped). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (22,1)

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Windows Express Down Windows Windows that have the express‐ { WARNING down feature allow the windows to be lowered without holding the Leaving children in a vehicle with switch. Press the window switch the keys is dangerous for many fully and release it to activate the reasons. Children or others could express‐down feature. The express be badly injured or even killed. mode can be canceled at any time They could operate the power by briefly pressing, or pulling the windows or other controls or even switch. make the vehicle move. The Window Lockout windows will function and they could be seriously injured or killed Power Folding Mirrors Shown, if caught in the path of a closing Other Models Similar window. Do not leave keys in a The driver door has switches that vehicle with children. control all windows, the passengers door switch only control that When there are children in the window. The power windows work rear seat use the window lockout when the ignition is in ON/RUN or button to prevent unintentional ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained operation of the windows. Accessory Power (RAP). See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑26 for more information. Press the switch to lower the window. Pull the switch up to Power Folding Mirrors Shown, raise it. Other Models Similar GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (23,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-23

This feature prevents the rear Sun Visors Roof passenger windows from operating, except from the driver position. Sunroof . Press o to activate the rear window locks. An indicator light will illuminate when the feature is on.

. Press o again to deactivate the rear window locks.

Pull the sun visor down to block glare. Detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window, or to extend along the rod, if available. A. Open or Close B. Vent On vehicles with a sunroof, the sunroof only operates when the ignition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑26 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (24,1)

2-24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vent: From the closed position, When the sunroof is opened, an press the rear of switch (B) to vent air deflector will automatically raise. the sunroof. The air deflector will retract when Open/Close: To open the sunroof, the sunroof is closed. press and hold switch (A) until the The sunroof also has a sunshade sunroof reaches the desired which can be pulled forward to block position. Press and hold the front sun rays. The sunshade must be of switch (A) to close it. opened and closed manually. Express-Open/Express-Close: If an object is in the path of the Dirt and debris may collect on the To express-open the sunroof, sunroof while it is closing, the sunroof seal or in the track. This fully press and release the rear anti-pinch feature will detect the could cause an issue with sunroof of switch (A) until the sunroof object and stop the sunroof. operation or noise. It could also reaches the desired position. plug the water drainage system. To express-close the sunroof, fully Periodically open the sunroof and press and release the front of remove any obstacles or loose switch (A). Press the switch again debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and to stop it. roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Safety Belt Use During Child Restraints Seats and Pregnancy ...... 3-26 Older Children ...... 3-45 Restraints Lap Belt ...... 3-27 Infants and Young Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-28 Children ...... 3-47 Safety System Check ...... 3-28 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-50 Head Restraints Safety Belt Care ...... 3-28 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-52 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Replacing Safety Belt System Lower Anchors and Tethers Parts after a Crash ...... 3-29 for Children (LATCH Front Seats System) ...... 3-53 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Airbag System Replacing LATCH System Center Seat ...... 3-4 Airbag System ...... 3-29 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-60 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-31 Securing Child Restraints Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-4 When Should an Airbag (Rear Seat Position) ...... 3-60 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-5 Inflate? ...... 3-33 Securing Child Restraints Memory Seats ...... 3-7 What Makes an Airbag (Center Front Seat Heated and Ventilated Front Inflate? ...... 3-35 Position) ...... 3-63 Seats ...... 3-8 How Does an Airbag Securing Child Restraints Restrain? ...... 3-35 (Right Front Seat Rear Seats What Will You See after an Position) ...... 3-64 Heated Rear Seats ...... 3-10 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-36 Second Row Seats ...... 3-11 Passenger Sensing Third Row Seats ...... 3-15 System ...... 3-38 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Safety Belts Vehicle ...... 3-42 Safety Belts ...... 3-18 Adding Equipment to the How to Wear Safety Belts Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-43 Properly ...... 3-20 Airbag System Check ...... 3-44 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-21 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-45 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ WARNING

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place. Front Seats To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the The front seats have adjustable seatback, and push the head head restraints in the outboard restraint down. Try to move the seating positions. head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The front seat outboard head restraints are not designed to be removed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Rear Seats Front Seats The vehicle's second-row seats have head restraints in the outboard Seat Adjustment seating positions that cannot be adjusted. { WARNING The vehicle's third-row seats, if equipped, have adjustable You can lose control of the headrests in the outboard seating vehicle if you try to adjust a driver positions. seat while the vehicle is moving. The height of the headrest can be The sudden movement could adjusted. Pull the headrest up to startle and confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you do raise it. To lower the headrest, push To adjust the seat: down on the headrest. not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not 1. Lift the bar under the front edge Rear seat head restraints and moving. of the seat cushion to unlock headrests are not designed to the seat. be removed. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure the seat is locked in place. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

Center Seat Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see “Power Reclining Seatbacks” under If equipped, the center front Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5. seatback doubles as an armrest and cupholder/storage area for the driver Lumbar Adjustment and passenger when the center front seat is not used. Do not use it Manual Lumbar as a seating position when the seatback is folded down.

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward. . If available, raise or lower the front or rear part of the seat If equipped, increase or decrease cushion by moving the front or manual lumbar support by turning rear of the control up or down. the knob forward or rearward. . If available, raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire control up or down. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Power Lumbar raise or lower the height of the support, press and hold the top WARNING (Continued) or bottom of the control. For proper protection when the Reclining Seatbacks vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear the { WARNING safety belt properly. Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be To adjust the power lumbar support, against your body. Instead, it will if equipped: be in front of you. In a crash, you . On vehicles with two-way could go into it, receiving neck or lumbar, press and hold the top other injuries. or bottom of the control to The lap belt could go up over increase or decrease lumbar support. your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic . On vehicles with four-way bones. This could cause serious Do not have a seatback reclined if lumbar, press and hold the front internal injuries. the vehicle is moving. or rear of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. To (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Manual Reclining Seatbacks The seatback will automatically Power Reclining Seatbacks fold forward. { WARNING 2. To recline, move the seatback rearward to the desired position, If either seatback is not locked, it then release the lever to lock the could move forward in a sudden seatback in place. stop or crash. That could cause 3. Push and pull on the seatback to injury to the person sitting there. make sure it is locked. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are To return the seatback to the upright locked. position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. To recline a power seatback, 2. Push and pull on the seatback to if equipped: make sure it is locked. . Tilt the top of the control rearward to recline. . Tilt the top of the control forward to raise.

To adjust a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Memory Seats Storing Memory Positions Memory Remote Recall To save into memory: The memory feature can recall the 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback driver seat, outside mirrors, and recliner, both outside mirrors, pedals, if equipped, to stored and the throttle and brake positions when entering the vehicle. pedals, if equipped. To activate, unlock the driver door with the Remote Keyless See Power Mirrors on page 2‑18 and Adjustable Throttle and Entry (RKE) transmitter. The driver seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable Brake Pedal on page 9‑22. pedals, if equipped, will move to Not all mirrors and adjustable the memory position associated throttle and brake pedals will with the transmitter used to unlock have the ability to save and the vehicle. recall their positions. This feature can be turned on or off On vehicles with the memory 2. Press and hold “1” until using the vehicle personalization feature, the controls on the driver two beeps sound. menu. See Vehicle Personalization door are used to program and recall (With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑49. memory settings for the driver seat, 3. Repeat for a second driver outside mirrors, and the adjustable position using “2.” To stop recall movement, press one throttle and brake pedals, To recall, press and release “1” or of the power seat controls, memory if equipped. “2.” The vehicle must be in P (Park). buttons, or power mirror buttons, A single beep will sound. The seat, or the adjustable pedal switch. outside mirrors, and adjustable If something has blocked the driver throttle and brake pedals will move seat and/or the adjustable pedals to the position previously stored for while recalling a memory position, the identified driver. the recall may stop. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

Remove the obstruction; then press A single beep sounds. The driver Heated and Ventilated and hold the appropriate manual seat moves back approximately control for the memory item that is 8 cm (3 in). To move the seat back Front Seats not recalling for two seconds. Try farther, press B again until the recalling the memory position again seat is all the way back. { WARNING by pressing the appropriate memory button. If the memory position is still If something has blocked the driver If you cannot feel temperature not recalling, see your dealer for seat while recalling the exit position, change or pain to the skin, the service. the recall may stop. Remove the seat heater may cause burns obstruction; then press and hold the even at low temperatures. To Easy Exit Driver Seat power seat control rearward for reduce the risk of burns, people This feature can move the seat two seconds. Try recalling the exit with such a condition should use rearward to allow extra room to exit position again. If the exit position care when using the seat heater, the vehicle. is still not recalling, see your dealer especially for long periods of for service. B (Easy Exit Driver Seat): Press time. Do not place anything on to recall the easy exit seat position. See Vehicle Personalization (With the seat that insulates against The vehicle must be in P (Park). DIC Buttons) on page 5‑49. heat, such as a blanket, cushion, cover, or similar item. This may If the easy exit seat feature is cause the seat heater to programmed on in the vehicle overheat. An overheated seat personalization menu, automatic seat movement occurs when the heater may cause a burn or may ignition key is removed. damage the seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

Press the button once for the Remote Start Heated Seats highest setting. With each press of When it is cold outside, the heated the button, the seat will change to seats may turn on automatically the next lower setting, and then to during a remote vehicle start. The the off setting. The lights indicate heated seats will be canceled when three for the highest setting and the ignition is turned on. Press the one for the lowest. desired button to use the heated The passenger seat may take seats after the vehicle is started. longer to heat up. The lights on the heated seat On vehicles with heated seats, the buttons do not turn on during a heated seats are canceled remote start. 10 seconds after the ignition is Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons The temperature performance of an turned off. Shown, Heated Seat Buttons unoccupied seat may be reduced. Similar On vehicles with heated and cooled This is normal. seats, the heated and cooled seats See Remote Vehicle Start on If available, the buttons are on the are canceled when the ignition is page 2‑5. front doors. To operate, the ignition turned off. must be in ON/RUN. To use this feature after restarting H (Cooled Seat): If available, the vehicle, press the desired press to cool the seat. button again. I (Heated Seatback): Press to heat the seatback only. J (Heated Seat and Seatback): Press to heat the seat and seatback. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Rear Seats Press M or L to heat the left outboard or right outboard seat Heated Rear Seats cushion. An indicator on the RSA display appears when this feature is on. { WARNING Press the button once for the If you cannot feel temperature highest setting. With each press of change or pain to the skin, the the button, the heated seat changes seat heater may cause burns to the next lower setting, and then even at low temperatures. See the off setting. Indicator bars next to the Warning under Heated and the symbol show the setting: three Ventilated Front Seats on for high, two for medium, and one If available, the buttons are on the page 3 8. for low. ‑ Rear Seat Audio (RSA) panel on the rear of the center console. The heated seats are canceled when the ignition is turned off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Second Row Seats Reclining Seatbacks 3. Push and pull on the seatback to (Bucket Seats Only) make sure it is locked. The second row seats can be folded for additional cargo space or folded On vehicles with second row bucket To return the seatback to the upright and tumbled for easy entry and exit seats, the seatbacks can be position: to the third row seat, if equipped. reclined. 1. Lift the lever fully without The seat has either the manual fold To recline the seatback: applying pressure to the and tumble feature or the automatic seatback, and the seatback will seat release fold and tumble return to the upright position. feature. { WARNING

If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

1. Lift the lever on the outboard 2. Push and pull on the seatback to side of the seat. make sure it is locked. 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then release the lever to lock the seatback in place. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Manual Fold and Tumble Feature Folding and Tumbling the Seat To fold and tumble the seat: 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat. Notice: Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position 2. Lift the lever, on the outboard The seatback will fold forward to before folding a rear seat. side of the seat, to release the create a flat load floor. seatback. If the seatback cannot fold flat, try moving the front seat forward and/or put the front seatback in the upright position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

WARNING (Continued)

the seat to the passenger seating position. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place.

To fold and tumble the seat from the third row seat, if equipped: 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat. 3. Lift the lever again to release the 60/40 Split-Bench Seat Shown, Notice: Folding a rear seat with rear of the seat from the floor. Bucket Seat Similar the safety belts still fastened may The seat will tumble forward. cause damage to the seat or the 2. Lift the lever, on the bottom rear Folding and Tumbling the Seat safety belts. Always unbuckle the of the second row seat on the from the Third Row Seat safety belts and return them to inboard side, to release the their normal stowed position seatback. The seatback will fold forward. { WARNING before folding a rear seat. 3. Lift the same lever again to Using the third row seating release the rear of the seat from position while the second row is the floor. The seat will tumble folded, or folded and tumbled, forward. could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Automatic Fold and Tumble Feature WARNING (Continued) The transmission must be in stop or crash. Be sure to return P (Park) for this feature to work. the seat to the passenger seating position. Push and pull on the { WARNING seat to make sure it is locked into place. Automatically folding and tumbling the seat when someone To fold and tumble the seat from the is sitting in the seat, could cause third row seat, if equipped: injury to the person sitting there. 1. Make sure that there is nothing Always make sure there is no one Driver Side Rear Panel Button sitting in the seat before pressing under, in front of, or on the seat. Shown the automatic seat release button. Notice: Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may 2. Press the automatic seat release cause damage to the seat or the button on the panel behind the Folding and Tumbling the Second rear doors. Row Seat from the Third Row Seat safety belts. Always unbuckle the or Outside the Vehicle safety belts and return them to The seatback automatically their normal stowed position folds flat and the seat tumbles before folding a rear seat. { WARNING forward. There will be a slight delay between the folding of the Using the third row seating seatback and the tumbling of position while the second row is the seat. folded, or folded and tumbled, could cause injury in a sudden (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Returning the Seat to the 2. Lift the seatback and push it Notice: Folding a rear seat with Sitting Position rearward. Push and pull on the the safety belts still fastened may seatback to make sure it is cause damage to the seat or the To return the seat to the sitting locked. safety belts. Always unbuckle the position from the tumbled position: 3. For the 60/40 split-bench seat, safety belts and return them to 1. Pull the seat down until it latches make sure the safety belt in the their normal stowed position to the floor. The seatback cannot center seating position is not before folding a rear seat. be raised if the seat is not caught between the two seats latched to the floor. and is not twisted. { WARNING Third Row Seats If either seatback is not locked, it If the vehicle has a third row seat, could move forward in a sudden the seatback can be folded, and the stop or crash. That could cause entire seat can be tumbled or injury to the person sitting there. removed from the vehicle. Always push and pull on the Folding the Seatback seatbacks to be sure they are locked. To fold the seatback: 1. Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat. 3. Lift the release lever “1,” on the 2. Remove all items on the seat bottom rear of the seatback on cushion. the outboard side of the seat, and the seatback folds forward. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

Returning the Seatback to the Tumbling the Third Row Seat Upright Position To tumble the seat: To return the seatback to the upright 1. Open the liftgate to access the position: controls for the seat. 1. Open the liftgate to access the 2. Make sure the headrests are controls for the seat. completely lowered and there is 2. Raise the seatback to the nothing under, in front of, or upright position. on the seat. 3. Fold the seatbacks forward { WARNING using lever “1” and the instructions listed previously If either seatback is not locked, it under “Folding the Seatback.” 4. Unlatch the seat from the floor could move forward in a sudden The seat cannot be unlatched by lifting lever “2” next to the stop or crash. That could cause from the floor unless the carrying handle on the rear of injury to the person sitting there. seatback is folded. the seat, near the bottom. Always push and pull on the 5. Lift the rear of the seat up from seatbacks to be sure they the floor. are locked. 6. Tilt the seat fully forward to lock it into place. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to 7. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked. make sure it is locked. Put the seat in this position only when necessary for additional cargo space. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Returning the Third Row Seat from a Tumbled Position { WARNING To return the seat to the normal If either seatback is not locked, it seating position: could move forward in a sudden 1. Open the liftgate to access the stop or crash. That could cause controls for the seat. injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the 2. Make sure there is nothing that seatbacks to be sure they could become trapped under are locked. the seat. 3. Release the seat from the 6. Push and pull on the seatback to tumbled position by lifting lever make sure it is locked. “2” next to the carrying handle at 3. Unlatch the seat from the floor the bottom rear of the seat. Removing the Third Row Seat by pulling the handle at the rear of the seat “3 Removal Only” 4. Pull the seat down until it latches To remove the seat: toward the rear of the vehicle. to the floor. The seatback cannot be raised to the upright position 1. Open the liftgate to access the 4. Roll the seat out of the vehicle. unless the seat is latched to controls for the seat. There is a track in the floor to the floor. 2. Fold the seatbacks forward guide the seat wheels out of the vehicle. 5. Raise the seatback to the using lever “1” and the upright position. instructions listed previously under “Folding the Seatback.” The seat cannot be unlatched from the floor unless the seatback is folded. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

Installing the Third Row Seat { WARNING Safety Belts To install the seat: This section of the manual 1. Open the liftgate to access the A seat that is not locked into describes how to use safety belts rear of the vehicle. place properly can move around properly. It also describes some in a collision or sudden stop. things not to do with safety belts. 2. Slide the front outboard seat People in the vehicle could be wheels into the track on the floor injured. Be sure to lock the seat and roll the seat forward. The { WARNING into place properly when front latches should lock into installing it. place. If the latches do not lock, Do not let anyone ride where a try tilting the rear of the seat safety belt cannot be worn upward slightly. 4. Push and pull on the seat to properly. In a crash, if you or your make sure it is locked into place. passenger(s) are not wearing 3. Lower the rear of the seat and safety belts, injuries can be much push down on the seat to The seatback cannot be raised worse than if you are wearing engage the rear floor latches. to the upright position unless the seat is latched to the floor. safety belts. You can be seriously 5. Raise the seatback to the injured or killed by hitting things upright position. inside the vehicle harder or by being ejected from the vehicle. 6. Push and pull on the seatback to In addition, anyone who is not make sure it is locked. buckled up can strike other 7. Make sure the safety belts are passengers in the vehicle. returned to the original position (Continued) over the seatbacks. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Why Safety Belts Work When you wear a safety belt, you WARNING (Continued) and the vehicle slow down together. There is more time to stop because It is extremely dangerous to ride you stop over a longer distance and, in a cargo area, inside or outside when worn properly, your strongest of a vehicle. In a collision, bones take the forces from the safety belts. That is why wearing passengers riding in these areas safety belts makes such good are more likely to be seriously sense. injured or killed. Do not allow passengers to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts. Always wear a safety belt, and check that all passenger(s) are When riding in a vehicle, you travel restrained properly too. as fast as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops suddenly, you keep This vehicle has indicators as a going until something stops you. reminder to buckle the safety belts. It could be the windshield, the See Safety Belt Reminders on instrument panel, or the safety belts! page 5‑18. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts Safety Belts Properly Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle This section is only for people of after a crash if I am wearing a adult size. safety belt? There are special things to know A: You could be — whether you are about safety belts and children. And wearing a safety belt or not. there are different rules for smaller Your chance of being conscious children and infants. If a child will be during and after a crash, so you riding in the vehicle, see Older can unbuckle and get out, is Children on page 3‑45 or Infants much greater if you are belted. and Young Children on page 3‑47. Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Follow those rules for everyone's . Sit up straight and always keep should I have to wear safety protection. your feet on the floor in front of you. belts? It is very important for all occupants A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that . Always use the correct buckle systems only; so they work with unbelted people are hurt more often for your seating position. safety belts — not instead of in crashes than those who are . Wear the lap part of the belt low them. Whether or not an airbag wearing safety belts. and snug on the hips, just is provided, all occupants still There are important things to know touching the thighs. In a crash, have to buckle up to get the about wearing a safety belt properly. this applies force to the strong most protection. pelvic bones and you would be Also, in nearly all states and in less likely to slide under the lap all Canadian provinces, the law belt. If you slid under it, the belt requires wearing safety belts. would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

. Wear the shoulder belt over the Lap-Shoulder Belt Use the following pictures to shoulder and across the chest. determine the latch plate style: These parts of the body are best All seating positions in the vehicle able to take belt restraining have a lap-shoulder belt except for forces. The shoulder belt locks if the center front passenger position, there is a sudden stop or crash. if equipped, which has a lap belt. See Lap Belt on page 3‑27 for { WARNING more information. The lap‐shoulder belts for the first You can be seriously injured, and second row seating positions or even killed, by not wearing are equipped with free‐falling latch your safety belt properly. plates. If the vehicle has a third row, . Never allow the lap or the lap‐shoulder belts have either shoulder belt to become free‐falling or cinching latch plates. loose or twisted. Free-Falling Latch Plate . Never wear the shoulder belt under both arms or behind your back. . Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt with a free‐falling latch plate is pulled out all the Cinching Latch Plate way, the child restraint locking If the belt stops before it reaches The following instructions explain feature may be engaged. If this the buckle, for lap‐shoulder belts how to wear a lap-shoulder belt happens, let the belt go back all with cinching latch plates, tilt the properly. the way and start again. latch plate and keep pulling the safety belt until it can be 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is Engaging the child restraint buckled. adjustable, so you can sit up locking feature in the right front straight. To see how, see “Seats” seating position may affect the in the Index. passenger sensing system, if equipped. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑38 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt To unlatch the belt, push the button height adjuster, move it to the on the buckle. The belt should height that is right for you. See return to its stowed position. “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” Before a door is closed, be sure the in this section for instructions on safety belt is out of the way. If a use and important safety door is slammed against a safety information. belt, damage can occur to both the belt and the vehicle. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and 3. Push the latch plate into the right front passenger positions. buckle until it clicks. If you find Adjust the height so the shoulder that the latch plate will not go portion of the belt is on the shoulder fully into the buckle, see if you and not falling off of it. The belt are using the correct buckle. should be close to, but not Pull up on the latch plate to contacting, the neck. Improper make sure it is secure. If the belt shoulder belt height adjustment is not long enough, see Safety could reduce the effectiveness of 5. To make the lap part tight, pull Belt Extender on page 3‑28. the safety belt in a crash. See How up on the shoulder belt. to Wear Safety Belts Properly on Position the release button on page 3 20. the buckle so that the safety belt It may be necessary to pull ‑ could be quickly unbuckled if stitching on the safety belt necessary. through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Pretensioners Rear Safety Belt Comfort This vehicle has safety belt Guides pretensioners for front outboard This vehicle may have rear shoulder occupants. Although the safety belt belt comfort guides. If not, they are pretensioners cannot be seen, they available through your dealer. The are part of the safety belt assembly. guides may provide added safety They can help tighten the safety belt comfort for older children who belts during the early stages of a have outgrown booster seats and moderate to severe frontal, near for some adults. When installed and frontal, or rear crash if the threshold properly adjusted, the comfort guide conditions for pretensioner positions the belt away from the activation are met. And, if the neck and head. Squeeze the buttons (A) on the vehicle has side impact airbags, There is one guide, if equipped, for sides of the height adjuster and safety belt pretensioners can help each outside passenger position in move the height adjuster to the tighten the safety belts in a side the second row seat. desired position. crash or a rollover event. The adjuster can be moved up Pretensioners work only once. If the just by pushing up on the shoulder pretensioners activate in a crash, belt guide. the pretensioners and probably other parts of the vehicle's safety After the adjuster is set to the belt system will need to be replaced. desired position, try to move it See Replacing Safety Belt System down without squeezing the Parts after a Crash on page 3 29. buttons to make sure it has ‑ locked into position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

Here is how to install a comfort 2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is not guide to the safety belt: and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The 1. Remove the guide from its belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the storage clip on the interior body. belt and the guide on top. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Use During { WARNING Pregnancy A safety belt that is not properly Safety belts work for everyone, worn may not provide the including pregnant women. Like all protection needed in a crash. The occupants, they are more likely to person wearing the belt could be be seriously injured if they do not seriously injured. The shoulder wear safety belts. belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. 4. Buckle, position, and release the safety belt as described previously in this section. Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. To remove and store the comfort guide, squeeze the belt edges A pregnant woman should wear a together so that the safety belt can lap-shoulder belt, and the lap be removed from the guide. Slide portion should be worn as low as the guide onto its storage clip on the possible, below the rounding, interior body. throughout the pregnancy. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly. Lap Belt This part is only for the lap belt. To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt on To make the belt longer, tilt the latch To make the belt shorter, pull its free page 3‑21. plate and pull it along the belt. end as shown until the belt is snug. The vehicle may have a center Buckle, position and release it the If the belt is not long enough, see seating position. When you sit in the same way as the lap part of a Safety Belt Extender on page 3‑28. center front seating position, you lap-shoulder belt. Make sure the release button on the have a lap safety belt, which has buckle is positioned so you would no retractor. be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary. If you find that the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle, see if you are using the correct buckle. Be sure that the latch plate clicks when inserted into the buckle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Extender Safety System Check Safety Belt Care If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten Now and then, check that the safety Keep belts clean and dry. around you, you should use it. belt reminder light, safety belts, But if a safety belt is not long buckles, latch plates, retractors, and { WARNING enough, your dealer will order you anchorages are all working properly. an extender. When you go in to Look for any other loose or Do not bleach or dye safety belts. order it, take the heaviest coat you damaged safety belt system parts It may severely weaken them. In will wear, so the extender will be that might keep a safety belt system a crash, they might not be able to long enough for you. To help avoid from doing its job. See your dealer provide adequate protection. personal injury, do not let someone to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Clean safety belts only with mild else use it, and use it only for the safety belts may not protect you in a soap and lukewarm water. seat it is made to fit. The extender crash. They can rip apart under has been designed for adults. Never impact forces. If a belt is torn or use it for securing child seats. To frayed, get a new one right away. wear it, attach it to the regular safety Make sure the safety belt reminder belt. For more information, see the light is working. See Safety Belt instruction sheet that comes with Reminders on page 5‑18. the extender. Keep safety belts clean and dry. See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑28. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System safety belts may not be necessary. System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following Crash were used during any crash may airbags: have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver. { WARNING See your dealer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the right front A crash can damage the safety replaced. passenger. belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be . A roof-rail airbag for the driver A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt and passenger directly behind may not properly protect the system was not being used at the the driver. person using it, resulting in time of the crash. . A roof-rail airbag for the right serious injury or even death in a Have the safety belt pretensioners front passenger and the person crash. To help make sure the checked if the vehicle has been in a seated directly behind that safety belt systems are working crash, or if the airbag readiness light passenger. properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle inspected and any necessary The vehicle may have the following or while you are driving. See Airbag airbags: replacements made as soon Readiness Light on page 5‑19. as possible. . A seat‐mounted side impact airbag for the driver. . A seat‐mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger. . If the vehicle has a third row seat, it will have a third row roof-rail airbag. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

All of the airbags in the vehicle will Here are the most important things have the word AIRBAG embossed to know about the airbag system: { WARNING in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening. Because airbags inflate with great { WARNING force and faster than the blink of For frontal airbags, the word an eye, anyone who is up AIRBAG will appear on the middle You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any part of the steering wheel for the airbag when it inflates can be wearing your safety belt — even if driver and on the instrument panel seriously injured or killed. Do not for the right front passenger. you have airbags. Airbags are designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any With seat mounted side impact ‐ belts, but do not replace them. airbag, as you would be if sitting airbags, the word AIRBAG will Also, airbags are not designed to on the edge of the seat or leaning appear on the side of the seatback forward. Safety belts help keep closest to the door. deploy in every crash. In some crashes safety belts are your only you in position before and during With roof-rail airbags, the word restraint. See When Should an a crash. Always wear a safety belt, even with airbags. The driver AIRBAG will appear along the Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑33. headliner or trim. should sit as far back as possible Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of Airbags are designed to supplement crash helps reduce your chance the protection provided by safety the vehicle. of hitting things inside the vehicle belts. Even though today's airbags or being ejected from it. Airbags Occupants should not lean on or are also designed to help reduce sleep against the door or side are “supplemental restraints” to the risk of injury from the force of an windows in seating positions with inflating bag, all airbags must inflate the safety belts. Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt seat-mounted side impact airbags very quickly to do their job. and/or roof-rail airbags. properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

Where Are the Airbags? { WARNING

Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel cluster, for adults and older children, but which shows the airbag symbol. not for young children and infants. The system checks the airbag Neither the vehicle safety belt electrical system for malfunctions. system nor its airbag system is The light tells you if there is an designed for them. Young electrical problem. See Airbag children and infants need the Readiness Light on page 5‑19 for protection that a child restraint more information. system can provide. Always The driver frontal airbag is in the secure children properly in the middle of the steering wheel. vehicle. To read how, see Older Children on page 3‑45 or Infants and Young Children on page 3‑47. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

The right front passenger frontal Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag is in the instrument panel on Side Similar Side Similar the passenger's side. If the vehicle has seat‐mounted side The roof-rail airbags for the driver, impact airbags for the driver and right front passenger, and second right front passenger, they are in the row outboard passengers are in the side of the seatbacks closest to ceiling above the side windows. the door. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

When Should an Airbag WARNING (Continued) Inflate? that person causing severe injury Frontal airbags are designed to or even death. The path of an inflate in moderate to severe frontal inflating airbag must be kept or near-frontal crashes to help clear. Do not put anything reduce the potential for severe between an occupant and an injuries mainly to the driver's or right airbag, and do not attach or put front passenger's head and chest. anything on the steering wheel However, they are only designed to hub or on or near any other inflate if the impact exceeds a airbag covering. predetermined deployment Driver Side Shown, Passenger Do not use seat accessories that threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a Side Similar block the inflation path of a crash is likely to be in time for the seat-mounted side impact airbag. If the vehicle has a third row airbags to inflate and help restrain passenger seat, the roof-rail airbags Never secure anything to the roof the occupants. are located in the ceiling above the of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags Whether the frontal airbags will or rear windows for the outboard by routing a rope or tie‐down passenger positions in the third row. should deploy is not based on how through any door or window fast the vehicle is traveling. opening. If you do, the path of an It depends largely on what you hit, { WARNING inflating roof-rail airbag will be the direction of the impact, and how blocked. quickly the vehicle slows down. If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the Frontal airbags may inflate at airbag might not inflate properly different crash speeds. or it might force the object into For example: (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

. If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has The vehicle may or may not have object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. seat‐mounted side impact airbags. at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the The vehicle has roof-rail airbags. the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. See Airbag System on page 3‑29. . If the vehicle hits an object that The vehicle has electronic frontal Seat‐mounted side impact airbags deforms, the airbags could sensors, which help the sensing and roof-rail airbags are intended to inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a inflate in moderate to severe side than if the vehicle hits an object moderate frontal impact and a more crashes. In addition, these roof-rail does not deform. severe frontal impact. For moderate airbags are intended to inflate frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags during a rollover or in a severe . If the vehicle hits a narrow object inflate at a level less than full frontal impact. Seat‐mounted side (like a pole), the airbags could deployment. For more severe frontal impact airbags and roof-rail airbags inflate at a different crash speed impacts, full deployment occurs. will inflate if the crash severity is than if the vehicle hits a wide above the system's designed object (like a wall). The vehicle has a seat position sensor. Vehicles with dual stage threshold level. The threshold level . If the vehicle goes into an object airbags also have seat position can vary with specific vehicle at an angle, the airbags could sensors which enable the sensing design. inflate at a different crash speed system to monitor the position of the than if the vehicle goes straight driver seat and may or may not into the object. monitor the position of the front Thresholds can also vary with passenger seat. specific vehicle design. The seat position sensor provides Frontal airbags are not intended to information that is used to determine inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear if the airbags should deploy at a impacts, or in many side impacts. reduced level or at full deployment. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

Roof-rail airbags are not intended to What Makes an Airbag How Does an Airbag inflate in rear impacts. A seat‐ mounted side impact airbag is Inflate? Restrain? intended to deploy on the side of the In a deployment event, the sensing In moderate to severe frontal or vehicle that is struck. Both roof-rail system sends an electrical signal near frontal collisions, even belted airbags will deploy when either side triggering a release of gas from the occupants can contact the steering of the vehicle is struck or if the inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the wheel or the instrument panel. In sensing system predicts that the airbag causing the bag to break out moderate to severe side collisions, vehicle is about to roll over, or in a of the cover and deploy. The inflator, even belted occupants can contact severe frontal impact. the airbag, and related hardware are the inside of the vehicle. In any particular crash, no one can all part of the airbag module. Airbags supplement the protection say whether an airbag should have Frontal airbag modules are located provided by safety belts. Frontal inflated simply because of the inside the steering wheel and airbags distribute the force of the damage to a vehicle or because of instrument panel. For vehicles with impact more evenly over the what the repair costs were. seat‐mounted side impact airbags, occupant's upper body, stopping the For frontal airbags, inflation is there are airbags modules in the occupant more gradually. Seat‐ determined by what the vehicle hits, side of the front seatbacks closest mounted side impact and roof-rail the angle of the impact, and how to the door. For vehicles with airbags distribute the force of the quickly the vehicle slows down. roof-rail airbags, there are airbag impact more evenly over the For seat‐mounted side impact and modules in the ceiling of the vehicle, occupant's upper body. roof-rail airbags, deployment is near the side windows that have Rollover capable roof-rail airbags determined by the location and occupant seating positions. are designed to help contain the severity of the side impact. In a head and chest of occupants in the rollover event, roof-rail airbag outboard seating positions in the deployment is determined by the first, second, and third rows, direction of the roll. if equipped with a third row seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

The rollover capable roof-rail several minutes. For location of the airbags are designed to help reduce airbag modules, see What Makes WARNING (Continued) the risk of full or partial ejection in an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑35. airbag inflates, then get fresh air rollover events, although no system The parts of the airbag that come can prevent all such ejections. by opening a window or a door. into contact with you may be warm, If you experience breathing But airbags would not help in but not too hot to touch. There may problems following an airbag many types of collisions, primarily be some smoke and dust coming deployment, you should seek because the occupant's motion is from the vents in the deflated medical attention. not toward those airbags. See When airbags. Airbag inflation does not Should an Airbag Inflate? on prevent the driver from seeing out of page 3‑33 for more information. the windshield or being able to steer The vehicle may have a feature that may automatically unlock the doors, Airbags should never be regarded the vehicle, nor does it prevent turn on the interior lamps and as anything more than a supplement people from leaving the vehicle. hazard warning flashers, and shut to safety belts. { WARNING off the fuel system after the airbags What Will You See after inflate. You can lock the doors, turn When an airbag inflates, there off the interior lamps and hazard an Airbag Inflates? may be dust in the air. This dust warning flashers by using the controls for those features. After the frontal airbags and could cause breathing problems seat-mounted side impact airbags for people with a history of inflate, they quickly deflate, so asthma or other breathing trouble. { WARNING quickly that some people may not To avoid this, everyone in the even realize an airbag inflated. vehicle should get out as soon as A crash severe enough to inflate Roof-rail airbags may still be at least it is safe to do so. If you have the airbags may have also partially inflated for some time after breathing problems but cannot damaged important functions in they deploy. Some components of get out of the vehicle after an the vehicle, such as the fuel the airbag module may be hot for (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

In many crashes severe enough to . The vehicle has a crash sensing WARNING (Continued) inflate the airbag, windshields are and diagnostic module which broken by vehicle deformation. records information after a system, brake and steering Additional windshield breakage may crash. See Vehicle Data systems, etc. Even if the vehicle also occur from the right front Recording and Privacy on appears to be drivable after a passenger airbag. page 13‑15 and Event Data moderate crash, there may be Recorders on page 13‑16. . Airbags are designed to inflate concealed damage that could . Let only qualified technicians make it difficult to safely operate only once. After an airbag inflates, you will need some new work on the airbag systems. the vehicle. parts for the airbag system. Improper service can mean that Use caution if you should attempt If you do not get them, the an airbag system will not work to restart the engine after a crash airbag system will not be there properly. See your dealer for has occurred. to help protect you in another service. crash. A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts. The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

Passenger Sensing The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger System frontal airbag under certain If the vehicle has the passenger conditions. The driver airbag, airbag status indicator pictured in seat‐mounted side impact airbags the following illustration, then the (if equipped) and the roof-rail vehicle has a passenger sensing United States airbags are not affected by the system for the right front passenger passenger sensing system. position. The passenger airbag The passenger sensing system status indicator, if equipped, is works with sensors that are part of visible on the overhead console the right front passenger seat and when the vehicle is started. safety belt. The sensors are In addition, if the vehicle has a designed to detect the presence of passenger sensing system for the a properly-seated occupant and right front passenger position, the Canada determine if the right front label on the vehicle's sun visors The words ON and OFF, or the passenger frontal airbag should be refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS”. symbols for on and off, will be enabled (may inflate) or not. visible during the system check. According to accident statistics, If you are using remote start, children are safer when properly if equipped, to start the vehicle from secured in a rear seat in the correct a distance, you may not see the child restraint for their weight system check. When the system and size. check is complete, either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol for on or We recommend that children be off, will be visible. See Passenger secured in a rear seat, including: Airbag Status Indicator on an infant or a child riding in a page 5‑20. rear-facing child restraint; a child riding in a forward-facing child seat; GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

an older child riding in a booster The passenger sensing system is seat; and children, who are large WARNING (Continued) designed to turn off the right front enough, using safety belts. passenger frontal airbag if: Even if the passenger sensing A label on the sun visor says, system has turned off the right . The right front passenger seat “Never put a rear-facing child seat in front passenger frontal airbag, no is unoccupied. the front. This is because the risk to ” system is fail-safe. No one can . The system determines an infant the rear-facing child is so great, guarantee that an airbag will not is present in a child restraint. if the airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual . A right front passenger takes circumstance, even though the { WARNING his/her weight off of the seat for airbag is turned off. a period of time. A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child . There is a critical problem with restraint can be seriously injured restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag system or the or killed if the right front the airbag is off. If you secure a passenger sensing system. passenger airbag inflates. forward-facing child restraint in When the passenger sensing the right front seat, always move This is because the back of the system has turned off the right front the front passenger seat as far rear-facing child restraint would passenger frontal airbag, the off be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to indicator will light and stay lit as a airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a reminder that the airbag is off. See child restraint can be seriously rear seat. Passenger Airbag Status Indicator injured or killed if the right front on page 5‑20. passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

The passenger sensing system is 4. Reinstall the child restraint designed to turn on (may inflate) the { WARNING following the directions right front passenger frontal airbag provided by the child restraint anytime the system senses that a If the airbag readiness light ever manufacturer and refer to person of adult size is sitting comes on and stays on, it means Securing Child Restraints (Rear properly in the right front that something may be wrong Seat Position) on page 3‑60 or passenger seat. with the airbag system. To help Securing Child Restraints (Right avoid injury to yourself or others, Front Seat Position) on When the passenger sensing have the vehicle serviced right system has allowed the airbag to be page 3‑64 or Securing Child away. See Airbag Readiness enabled, the on indicator will light Restraints (Center Front Seat Light on page 5 19 for more and stay lit as a reminder that the ‑ Position) on page 3‑63. airbag is active. information, including important 5. If, after reinstalling the child safety information. For some children, including restraint and restarting the children in child restraints, and for vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, very small adults, the passenger If the On Indicator is Lit for a turn the vehicle off. Then slightly sensing system may or may not turn Child Restraint recline the vehicle seatback and off the right front passenger frontal adjust the seat cushion, If a child restraint has been installed if adjustable, to make sure that airbag, depending upon the and the on indicator is lit: person's seating posture and body the vehicle seatback is not build. Everyone in the vehicle who 1. Turn the vehicle off. pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion. has outgrown child restraints should 2. Remove the child restraint from wear a safety belt properly — the vehicle. Also make sure the child whether or not there is an airbag for restraint is not trapped under the that person. 3. Remove any additional items vehicle head restraint. If this from the seat such as blankets, happens, adjust the head cushions, seat covers, seat restraint. See Head Restraints heaters, or seat massagers. on page 3‑2. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

6. Restart the vehicle. If the Off Indicator is Lit for an use the following steps to allow the The passenger sensing system Adult-Size Occupant system to detect that person and may or may not turn off the enable the right front passenger airbag for a child in a child frontal airbag: restraint depending upon the 1. Turn the vehicle off. child’s seating posture and body 2. Remove any additional material build. It is better to secure the from the seat, such as blankets, child restraint in a rear seat. cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright position. 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with legs comfortably If a person of adult size is sitting in extended. the right front passenger seat, but 5. Restart the vehicle and have the the off indicator is lit, it could be person remain in this position for because that person is not sitting two to three minutes after the on properly in the seat. If this happens, indicator is lit. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

Additional Factors Affecting operates. We recommend that you Servicing the System Operation not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Safety belts help keep the approved by GM for your specific Airbags affect how the vehicle passenger in position on the seat vehicle. See Adding Equipment to should be serviced. There are parts during vehicle maneuvers and the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on of the airbag system in several braking, which helps the passenger page 3‑43 for more information places around the vehicle. Your sensing system maintain the about modifications that can affect dealer and the service manual have passenger airbag status. See how the system operates. information about servicing the “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” vehicle and the airbag system. in the Index for additional The on indicator may be lit if an object, such as a briefcase, To purchase a service manual, see information about the importance Service Publications Ordering of proper restraint use. handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device, is put on Information on page 13‑13. If the shoulder portion of the belt is an unoccupied seat. If this is not pulled out all the way, the child desired, remove the object from { WARNING restraint locking feature will be the seat. engaged. This may unintentionally For up to 10 seconds after the cause the passenger sensing { WARNING vehicle is turned off and the system to turn the airbag off for battery is disconnected, an airbag some adult size occupants. If this ‐ Stowing of articles under the can still inflate during improper happens, let the belt go back all the passenger seat or between the service. You can be injured if you way and start again. passenger seat cushion and are close to an airbag when it A thick layer of additional material, seatback may interfere with the inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. such as a blanket or cushion, proper operation of the passenger (Continued) or aftermarket equipment such as sensing system. seat covers, seat heaters, and seat massagers, can affect how well the passenger sensing system GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

panel, roof-rail airbag modules, This could either prevent proper WARNING (Continued) ceiling headliner or pillar garnish deployment of the passenger trim, overhead console, front airbag(s) or prevent the They are probably part of the sensors, side impact sensors, passenger sensing system airbag system. Be sure to follow or airbag wiring can affect the from properly turning off the proper service procedures, and operation of the airbag system. passenger airbag(s). See make sure the person performing In addition, the vehicle may have Passenger Sensing System on work for you is qualified to do so. a passenger sensing system for page 3‑38. the right front passenger's If you have any questions position, which includes sensors about this, you should contact Adding Equipment to the that are part of the passenger's Customer Assistance before you Airbag-Equipped Vehicle seat. The passenger sensing modify your vehicle. The phone Q: Is there anything I might add system may not operate properly numbers and addresses for to or change about the vehicle if the original seat trim is Customer Assistance are in that could keep the airbags replaced with non-GM covers, Step Two of the Customer from working properly? upholstery or trim, or with Satisfaction Procedure in this GM covers, upholstery or trim manual. See Customer A: Yes. If you add things that designed for a different vehicle. Satisfaction Procedure on change your vehicle's frame, Any object, such as an page 13‑1. bumper system, height, front end aftermarket seat heater or a If the vehicle has rollover or side sheet metal, they may comfort enhancing pad or roof-rail airbags, see Different keep the airbag system from device, installed under or on top Size Tires and Wheels on working properly. Changing or of the seat fabric, could also page 10 66 for additional moving any parts of the front ‑ interfere with the operation of important information. seats, safety belts, the airbag the passenger sensing system. sensing and diagnostic module, steering wheel, instrument GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

Q: What if I added a snow plow? Q: Because I have a disability, Airbag System Check Will it keep the airbags from I have to get my vehicle working properly? modified. How can I find out The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance A: We have designed our airbag whether this will affect my airbag system? or replacement. Make sure the systems to work properly under airbag readiness light is working. a wide range of conditions, A: If you have questions, call See Airbag Readiness Light on including snow plowing with Customer Assistance. The page 5‑19. vehicles that have the optional phone numbers and addresses Snow Plow Prep Package for Customer Assistance are in Notice: If an airbag covering is (RPO VYU). But do not change Step Two of the Customer damaged, opened, or broken, the or defeat the snow plow's Satisfaction Procedure in this airbag may not work properly. “tripping mechanism.” If you do, manual. See Customer Do not open or break the airbag it can damage your snow plow Satisfaction Procedure on coverings. If there are any and your vehicle, and it may page 13‑1. opened or broken airbag covers, cause an airbag inflation. have the airbag covering and/or In addition, your dealer and the airbag module replaced. For the service manual have information location of the airbags, see about the location of the airbag Where Are the Airbags? on sensors, sensing and diagnostic page 3‑31. See your dealer for module and airbag wiring. service. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Replacing Airbag System WARNING (Continued) Child Restraints Parts after a Crash To help make sure the airbag Older Children { WARNING systems are working properly after a crash, have them A crash can damage the inspected and any necessary airbag systems in the vehicle. replacements made as soon A damaged airbag system may as possible. not work properly and may not protect you and your passenger(s) in a crash, resulting If an airbag inflates, you will need in serious injury or even death. to replace airbag system parts. See your dealer for service. (Continued) If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on when you are driving, the airbag system may not work properly. Older children who have outgrown Have the vehicle serviced right booster seats should wear the away. See Airbag Readiness Light vehicle safety belts. on page 5‑19. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

The manufacturer's instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be restraint system or infant restraint come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the system secured in a rear seating weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, position. return to the booster seat. booster. Use a booster seat with a In a crash, children who are not lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to buckled up can strike other people passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? who are buckled up, or can be . Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a thrown out of the vehicle. Older Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the children need to use safety belts edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder properly. return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or { WARNING Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just Never allow more than one child If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs. to wear the same safety belt. The belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the safety belt cannot properly spread Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash. the impact forces. In a crash, they under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the can be crushed together and page 3‑21 for more information. abdomen, which could cause seriously injured. A safety belt If the shoulder belt still does not severe or even fatal internal must be used by only one person rest on the shoulder, then return injuries in a crash. at a time. to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort . Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on snug on the hips, touching the page 3‑21. thighs? If yes, continue. If no, According to accident statistics, return to the booster seat. children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

Infants and Young WARNING (Continued) Children The child might also slide under Everyone in a vehicle needs the lap belt. The belt force would protection! This includes infants then be applied right on the and all other children. Neither the abdomen. That could cause distance traveled nor the age and serious or fatal injuries. The size of the traveler changes the shoulder belt should go over the need, for everyone, to use safety shoulder and across the chest. restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be { WARNING restrained while in a vehicle.

Never allow a child to wear the { WARNING safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back. A child can be Children can be seriously injured seriously injured by not wearing or strangled if a shoulder belt is the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a wrapped around their neck and crash, the child would not be the safety belt continues to restrained by the shoulder belt. tighten. Never leave children The child could move too far unattended in a vehicle and never forward increasing the chance of allow children to play with the head and neck injury. safety belts. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) children, but not for young children and infants. Neither the vehicle's 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's or killed. Never put a rear-facing safety belt system nor its airbag arms. An infant should be child restraint in the right front system is designed for them. Every secured in an appropriate seat. Secure a rear-facing child time infants and young children ride restraint. restraint in a rear seat. It is also in vehicles, they should have the better to secure a forward-facing protection provided by appropriate child restraint in a rear seat. If you child restraints. must secure a forward-facing child restraint in the right front Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, seat, always move the front or can be thrown out of the vehicle. passenger seat as far back as it will go. { WARNING

Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash. For example, in a crash at only { WARNING 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a Children who are up against, (Continued) or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

Q: What are the different types of are many kinds of restraints add-on child restraints? available for children with WARNING (Continued) special needs. A: Add-on child restraints, which Instead, it may settle up around are purchased by the vehicle the child's abdomen. In a crash, owner, are available in four basic { WARNING the belt would apply force on a types. Selection of a particular body area that is unprotected by restraint should take into To reduce the risk of neck and head injury during a crash, infants any bony structure. This alone consideration not only the child's could cause serious or fatal weight, height, and age but also need complete support. In a injuries. To reduce the risk of whether or not the restraint will crash, if an infant is in a serious or fatal injuries during a be compatible with the motor rear-facing child restraint, the vehicle in which it will be used. crash forces can be distributed crash, young children should across the strongest part of an always be secured in appropriate For most basic types of child child restraints. restraints, there are many infant's body, the back and different models available. When shoulders. Infants should always purchasing a child restraint, be be secured in rear-facing child sure it is designed to be used in restraints. a motor vehicle. If it is, the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards. { WARNING The restraint manufacturer's A young child's hip bones are still instructions that come with the so small that the vehicle's regular restraint state the weight and safety belt may not remain low on height limitations for a particular the hip bones, as it should. child restraint. In addition, there (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraint Systems

Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint restraint for the child's body with designed to improve the fit of the A rear-facing infant seat provides the harness. vehicle's safety belt system. restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a against the back of the infant. child to see out the window. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-51

Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a In the U.S., refer to the Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not National Highway Traffic Safety properly secured in the vehicle. Administration (NHTSA) website to { WARNING When securing an add-on child locate the nearest child safety seat restraint, refer to the instructions inspection station. For CPST A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which availability in Canada, check with killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a Transport Canada or the Provincial restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual. Ministry of Transportation office. the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are Securing the Child within the restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not Child Restraint using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer. LATCH system, following the { WARNING instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a A child can be seriously injured or in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure killed in a crash if the child is not people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secured in the child To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in restraint. Secure the child the child restraint must be secured the vehicle— even when no child is properly following the instructions in the vehicle. Child restraint in it. that came with that child restraint. systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas, Certified Child seats by lap belts or the lap belt Passenger Safety Technicians portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by (CPSTs) are available to inspect the LATCH system. See Lower and demonstrate how to correctly Anchors and Tethers for Children use and install child restraints. (LATCH System) on page 3‑53 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (52,1)

3-52 Seats and Restraints

Where to Put the { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Restraint According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child fail-safe. No one can guarantee children and infants are safer when restraint can be seriously injured that an airbag will not deploy properly restrained in a child or killed if the right front under some unusual restraint system or infant restraint passenger airbag inflates. circumstance, even though it is system secured in a rear seating This is because the back of the turned off. position. rear-facing child restraint would Secure rear-facing child restraints be very close to the inflating We recommend that children and in a rear seat, even if the airbag airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraints be secured in a rear is off. If you secure a child restraint can be seriously seat, including: an infant or a child forward-facing child restraint in riding in a rear-facing child restraint; injured or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move a child riding in a forward-facing passenger airbag inflates and the the front passenger seat as far child seat; an older child riding in a passenger seat is in a forward back as it will go. It is better to booster seat; and children, who are position. secure the child restraint in a large enough, using safety belts. The vehicle may have a rear seat. A label on your sun visor says, passenger sensing system which See Passenger Sensing System is designed to turn off the right “Never put a rear-facing child seat in on page 3‑38 for additional the front.” This is because the risk to front passenger frontal airbag information. the rear-facing child is so great, under certain conditions. if the airbag deploys. Even if the passenger sensing system, if equipped, has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag, no system is (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-53

Depending on where you place the Lower Anchors and { WARNING child restraint and the size of the child restraint, you may not be able Tethers for Children A child in a child restraint in the to access adjacent safety belt (LATCH System) center front seat can be badly assemblies or LATCH anchors for injured or killed by the frontal The LATCH system holds a child additional passengers or child restraint during driving or in a crash. airbags if they inflate. Never restraints. Adjacent seating secure a child restraint in the This system is designed to make positions should not be used if the installation of a child restraint easier. center front seat. It is always child restraint prevents access to or The LATCH system uses anchors in better to secure a child restraint in interferes with the routing of the the vehicle and attachments on the a rear seat. safety belt. child restraint that are made for use Wherever a child restraint is with the LATCH system. Do not use child restraints in the installed, be sure to secure the Make sure that a LATCH-compatible center front seat position. child restraint properly. child restraint is properly installed When securing a child restraint in a Keep in mind that an unsecured using the anchors, or use the rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a vehicle's safety belts to secure the instructions that came with your collision or sudden stop and injure restraint, following the instructions child restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to that came with that restraint, and compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in also the instructions in this manual. your vehicle even when no child When installing a child restraint with Child restraints and booster seats — is in it. a top tether, you must also use vary considerably in size, and some either the lower anchors or the may fit in certain seating positions safety belts to properly secure the better than others. Always make child restraint. A child restraint must sure the child restraint is properly never be attached using only the secured. top tether and anchor. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (54,1)

3-54 Seats and Restraints

In order to use the LATCH system in Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments. The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle. Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors Lower anchors (A) are metal bars A top tether (A, C) anchors the top and attachments or top tether built into the vehicle. There are of the child restraint to the vehicle. anchors and attachments. two lower anchors for each A top tether anchor is built into the LATCH seating position that will vehicle. The top tether accommodate a child restraint with attachment (B) on the child restraint lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Your child restraint may have a single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-55

Some child restraints with top Lower Anchor and Top Tether tethers are designed for use with or Anchor Locations without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint.

Second Row — Bucket H (Lower Anchor): Seating Second Row — 60/40 positions with two lower anchors. H (Lower Anchor): Seating I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with two lower anchors. positions with top tether anchors. I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating For models with second row bucket positions with top tether anchors. seats, both rear seating positions have exposed metal anchors in the For models with 60/40 second row crease between the seatback and seating, the rear right side the seat cushion. passenger and center seating positions have exposed metal anchors in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (56,1)

3-56 Seats and Restraints

Be sure to use an anchor on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed.

To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol appears near the anchors.

Third Row Seat I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with top tether anchors. There is one top tether anchor that can be used for either the third row Second Row Seat — 60/40 center or driver side seating position For models with 60/40 second row but not both at the same time. seating, the top tether anchors are For models with a third row seat, at the bottom rear of the seat see the information following for cushion for each seating position in installing a child restraint with a top Second Row Seat — Bucket the second row. Be sure to use an tether in the third row. Never install For models with bucket second row anchor on the same side of the two top tethers using the same top seating, the top tether anchors are vehicle as the seating position tether anchor. at the bottom rear of the seat where the child restraint will cushion for each seating position in be placed. the second row. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (57,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-57

the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether WARNING (Continued) must be attached. belts to secure the restraint, According to accident statistics, following the instructions that children and infants are safer when came with the child restraint and properly restrained in a child the instructions in this manual. restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint on page 3‑52 for { WARNING additional information. Do not attach more than one child Third Row Seat Securing a Child Restraint restraint to a single anchor. Designed for the LATCH Attaching more than one child For vehicles with a third row seat, System there is one top tether anchor at the restraint to a single anchor could bottom rear of the seat cushion that cause the anchor or attachment can be used for either the third row { WARNING to come loose or even break center or driver side seating during a crash. A child or others position. Never install two top If a LATCH-type child restraint is could be injured. To reduce the tethers using the same top tether not attached to anchors, the child risk of serious or fatal injuries anchor. restraint will not be able to protect during a crash, attach only one the child correctly. In a crash, the child restraint per anchor. Do not secure a child restraint in a child could be seriously injured or position without a top tether anchor killed. Install a LATCH-type child if a national or local law requires restraint properly using the that the top tether be attached, or if anchors, or use the vehicle safety (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (58,1)

3-58 Seats and Restraints

Do not fold the empty rear seat 2. If the child restraint manufacturer { WARNING with a safety belt buckled. This recommends that the top tether could damage the safety belt or be attached, attach and tighten Children can be seriously injured the seat. Unbuckle and return the the top tether to the top tether or strangled if a shoulder belt is safety belt to its stowed position, anchor, if equipped. Refer to the wrapped around their neck and before folding the seat. child restraint instructions and the safety belt continues to the following steps: tighten. Buckle any unused safety 1. Attach and tighten the lower belts behind the child restraint so attachments to the lower 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. anchors. If the child restraint children cannot reach them. Pull 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten does not have lower the shoulder belt all the way out the top tether according to attachments or the desired your child restraint of the retractor to set the lock, seating position does not have if the vehicle has one, after the instructions and the lower anchors, secure the child following instructions: child restraint has been installed. restraint with the top tether and the safety belts. Refer to your Notice: Do not let the LATCH child restraint manufacturer attachments rub against the instructions and the instructions vehicle’s safety belts. This may in this manual. damage these parts. If necessary, 1.1. Find the lower anchors for move buckled safety belts to the desired seating avoid rubbing the LATCH position. attachments. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. . If the position you are using 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower does not have a headrest attachments on the child or head restraint and you restraint to the lower anchors. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (59,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-59

are using a single tether, route the tether over the seatback.

. If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, . If the position you are using . If the position you are using raise the headrest or head has a fixed headrest or does not have a headrest restraint and route the head restraint and you are or head restraint and you tether under the headrest or using a single tether, route are using a dual tether, head restraint and in the tether around the route the tether over the between the headrest or inboard or outboard side of seatback. head restraint posts. the headrest or head restraint. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (60,1)

3-60 Seats and Restraints

Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat Position) When securing a child restraint in a { WARNING rear seating position, study the instructions that came with the A crash can damage the LATCH child restraint to make sure it is system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle. LATCH system may not properly If the child restraint has the LATCH . If the position you are using secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even system, see Lower Anchors and has a fixed or an adjustable Tethers for Children (LATCH death in a crash. To help make headrest or head restraint System) on page 3 53 for how and sure the LATCH system is ‑ and you are using a dual where to install the child restraint tether, route the tether working properly after a crash, using LATCH. If a child restraint is around the headrest or see your dealer to have the secured in the vehicle using a head restraint. system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether, 3. Before placing a child in the necessary replacements made see Lower Anchors and Tethers for child restraint, make sure it is as soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) on securely held in place. To check, page 3‑53 for top tether anchor grasp the child restraint at the If the vehicle has the LATCH system locations. LATCH path and attempt to and it was being used during a Do not secure a child seat in a move it side‐to‐side and back‐ crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor and‐forth. There should be no may be needed. if a national or local law requires more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of New parts and repairs may be that the top tether be anchored, or if movement, for proper the instructions that come with the installation. necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the child restraint say that the top strap time of the crash. must be anchored. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (61,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-61

In Canada, the law requires that Use the following pictures to forward-facing child restraints have determine the latch plate style: a top tether, and that the tether be attached. If the child restraint does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say. Cinching Latch Plate If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear 1. Put the child restraint on seat, be sure to read Where to Put Free‐Falling Latch Plate the seat. the Restraint on page 3‑52. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run The vehicle's lap‐shoulder belts for the lap and shoulder portions of the first and second row seating the vehicle's safety belt through positions are equipped with free‐ or around the restraint. The child falling latch plates. If the vehicle has restraint instructions will show a third row, the lap‐shoulder belts you how. have either free‐falling or cinching latch plates. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (62,1)

3-62 Seats and Restraints

For third row seating positions, 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. For passenger seating positions with cinching latch plates, tilt the buckle until it clicks. with a lap‐shoulder belt and a latch plate to adjust the belt if Position the release button on free‐falling latch plate, pull the needed. the buckle so that the safety belt rest of the shoulder belt all the could be quickly unbuckled if way out of the retractor to set necessary. the lock. When installing a child restraint using a lap‐shoulder belt and a cinching latch plate, skip Step 4 and proceed to Step 5. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (63,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-63

6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions (Center Front Seat regarding the use of the top Position) tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH { WARNING System) on page 3‑53 for more information. A child in a child restraint in the 7. Before placing a child in the center front seat can be badly child restraint, make sure it is injured or killed by the frontal securely held in place. To check, airbags if they inflate. Never grasp the child restraint at the secure a child restraint in the 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to center front seat. It is always on the child restraint, pull the move it side‐to‐side and back‐ better to secure a child restraint in shoulder portion of the belt to and‐forth. When the child a rear seat. tighten the lap portion of the belt restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than and feed the shoulder belt back Do not use child restraints in the 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. into the retractor. When installing center front seat position. a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint, may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position. restraint as you tighten the belt. If the top tether is attached to a top Try to pull the belt out of the tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (64,1)

3-64 Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints { WARNING WARNING (Continued) (Right Front Seat Position) A child in a rear-facing child fail-safe. No one can guarantee restraint can be seriously that an airbag will not deploy This vehicle has airbags. A rear injured or killed if the right front under some unusual seat is a safer place to secure a passenger airbag inflates. circumstance, even though forward-facing child restraint. See This is because the back of the it is turned off. Where to Put the Restraint on rear-facing child restraint would page 3‑52. Secure rear-facing child be very close to the inflating restraints in a rear seat, even if In addition, the vehicle may have a airbag. A child in a forward-facing the airbag is off. If you secure a passenger sensing system which is child restraint can be seriously designed to turn off the right front forward-facing child restraint in injured or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move passenger frontal airbag under passenger airbag inflates and the certain conditions. See Passenger the front passenger seat as far passenger seat is in a forward back as it will go. It is better to Sensing System on page 3‑38 and position. Passenger Airbag Status Indicator secure the child restraint in a on page 5‑20 for more information, The vehicle may have a rear seat. including important safety passenger sensing system which See Passenger Sensing System information. is designed to turn off the right on page 3‑38 for additional A label on the sun visor says, front passenger frontal airbag information. under certain conditions. “Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to ” Even if the passenger sensing If the child restraint has the LATCH the rear-facing child is so great if the system, if equipped, has turned system, see Lower Anchors and airbag deploys. off the right front passenger Tethers for Children (LATCH frontal airbag, no system is System) on page 3‑53 for how and (Continued) where to install the child restraint using LATCH. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (65,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-65

If a child restraint is secured using a 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run safety belt and it uses a top tether, the lap and shoulder portions of see Lower Anchors and Tethers for the vehicle's safety belt through Children (LATCH System) on or around the restraint. The child page 3‑53 for top tether anchor restraint instructions will show locations. you how. Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way In Canada, the law requires that out of the retractor to set the forward-facing child restraints have lock. When the retractor lock is a top tether, and that the tether be set, the belt can be tightened but attached. not pulled out of the retractor. You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in 4. Push the latch plate into the this position. Follow the instructions buckle until it clicks. that came with the child restraint. Position the release button on 1. Move the seat as far back as it the buckle so that the safety belt will go before securing the could be quickly unbuckled if forward-facing child restraint. necessary. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (66,1)

3-66 Seats and Restraints

7. Before placing a child in the If a child restraint has been installed child restraint, make sure it is and the on indicator is lit, see “If the securely held in place. To check, On Indicator is Lit for a Child grasp the child restraint at the Restraint” under Passenger Sensing safety belt path and attempt to System on page 3‑38 for more move it side‐to‐side and back‐ information. and‐forth. When the child To remove the child restraint, restraint is properly installed, unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and there should be no more than let it return to the stowed position. 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the vehicle is equipped with the passenger sensing system, and 6. To tighten the belt, push down when the passenger sensing system on the child restraint, pull the has turned off the right front shoulder portion of the belt to passenger frontal airbag, the off tighten the lap portion of the belt, indicator in the passenger airbag and feed the shoulder belt back status indicator should light and stay into the retractor. When installing lit when you start the vehicle. See a forward-facing child restraint, it Passenger Airbag Status Indicator may be helpful to use your knee on page 5‑20. to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage Storage Compartments Storage Compartments Glove Box ...... 4-1 Glove Box Cupholders ...... 4-1 Lift up on the glove box lever to Armrest Storage ...... 4-1 open it. Rear Storage ...... 4-2 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Cupholders Additional Storage Features For vehicles with cupholders located Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 in the front and rear of the floor Roof Rack System console or in the fold down armrest, Pull downward on the lid to access adjust the front cupholders by Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 the rear floor console cupholders. moving the insert forward or rearward. There could also be cupholders located in the second and third row seat armrest areas. Armrest Storage For vehicles with a rear seat armrest, pull the loop at the top of the armrest down to access the cupholders. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

Rear Storage Additional Storage To return the cover to the retracted position: For vehicles with a rear storage Features area, it is located in the rear cargo 1. Pull up on the cover handle to release the cover posts from the area of the vehicle on the Cargo Cover driver side. retaining sockets. 2. Let the cover move forward to Turn the knobs and pull the storage { WARNING door to access. The door can be the full retracted position. removed. An unsecured cargo cover could To remove the cover from a regular strike people in a sudden stop or wheelbase model: Center Console Storage turn, or in a crash. Store the 1. Let the cover go all the way into For vehicles with a console cargo cover securely or remove it the holder. from the vehicle. compartment, it is located between 2. Then, grasping the driver side the bucket seats. cover end cap, push the cover Press the button and lift the lid to To use the cargo cover, if equipped: end cap toward the passenger access the console compartment. 1. Pull the cover handle toward the side of the vehicle. A cupholder located in the rear of rear of the vehicle. 3. Swing the cover rearward and the console, swings down for the 2. Latch the cover posts into the take it out of the vehicle. rear seat passenger to use. retaining sockets on the cargo area trim panels. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Storage 4-3

To put the cover in the vehicle: Roof Rack System Notice: Loading cargo on the 1. Make sure the cover slot in the roof rack that weighs more than 91 kg (200 lbs) or hangs over the holder faces rearward with the { WARNING round surface facing down. rear or sides of the vehicle may damage the vehicle. Load cargo 2. Then, hold the cover at an angle If something is carried on top of so that it rests evenly between and place the cover end cap into the vehicle that is longer or wider the crossrails, making sure to the slot in the passenger side than the roof rack — like paneling, fasten cargo securely. trim panel. plywood, or a mattress — the wind can catch it while the vehicle To prevent damage or loss of cargo 3. Move the other end of the cover is being driven. The item being when driving, check to make sure forward and hold it next to the crossrails and cargo are securely carried could be violently torn off, driver side trim panel slot. fastened. Loading cargo on the roof and this could cause a collision rack will make the vehicle’s center 4. Press the end caps in, to allow and damage the vehicle. Never the cover to fit into the trim slot. of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, carry something longer or wider sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden 5. Pull lightly on the cover holder to than the roof rack on top of the braking or abrupt maneuvers, make sure it is secure. vehicle unless using a GM otherwise it may result in loss of On extended wheelbase models certified accessory carrier. control. If driving for a long distance, there are two cover positions. on rough roads, or at high speeds, The slots furthest forward allow For vehicles with a roof rack, the occasionally stop the vehicle to the cover to be used if the third rack can be used to load items. make sure the cargo remains in seat is removed or folded down. For roof racks that do not have its place. The cover can be installed and crossrails included, GM Certified removed from either side. crossrails can be purchased as an accessory. See your dealer for additional information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

4-4 Storage

Do not exceed the maximum vehicle . To carry long items, move the capacity when loading the vehicle. crossrails as far apart as For more information on vehicle possible. Tie the load to the capacity and loading, see Vehicle crossrails and the siderails or Load Limits on page 9‑16. siderail supports. Also tie the load to the bumpers, but do not . If small heavy objects are placed tie the load so tightly that the on the roof, cut a piece of 9 mm crossrails or siderails are or 3/8 inch plywood to fit inside damaged. the crossrails and siderails to spread the load. Tie the plywood . After moving a crossrail, be sure to the siderail supports. it is securely locked into the siderail. . Tie the load and secure it to the crossrails or the siderail A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp supports. Use the crossrails only (CHMSL) is located above the rear to keep the load from sliding. To window glass. move a crossrail, lift the release Make sure items loaded on the roof lever up, on both sides of the of the vehicle do not block or rail. Then slide the crossrail to damage the CHMSL. the desired position balancing the force side to side. Press the release lever down on both sides of the rail, down to tighten it. Try to slide the crossrail back and forth slightly to make sure it is tight. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Engine Oil Pressure Information Displays Instruments and Gauge ...... 5-16 Driver Information Controls Engine Coolant Temperature Center (DIC) ...... 5-30 Gauge ...... 5-17 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-18 Vehicle Messages Controls Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-18 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-39 Battery Voltage and Charging Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-19 Passenger Airbag Status Messages ...... 5-39 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-39 Horn ...... 5-5 Indicator ...... 5-20 Charging System Light ...... 5-21 Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-40 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-5 Engine Cooling System Rear Window Wiper/ Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 5-22 Messages ...... 5-41 Washer ...... 5-6 Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-42 Compass ...... 5-6 Brake System Warning Light ...... 5-24 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-42 Clock ...... 5-9 Fuel System Messages ...... 5-43 Power Outlets ...... 5-10 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light ...... 5-25 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-43 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-26 Lamp Messages ...... 5-43 Indicators StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-26 Object Detection System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System Messages ...... 5-43 Indicators ...... 5-12 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-27 Ride Control System Instrument Cluster ...... 5-13 Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-27 Messages ...... 5-44 Speedometer ...... 5-14 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-28 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-46 Odometer ...... 5-14 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-28 Anti-theft Alarm System Trip Odometer ...... 5-14 Security Light ...... 5-28 Messages ...... 5-46 Tachometer ...... 5-14 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-29 Tire Messages ...... 5-46 Fuel Gauge ...... 5-15 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-29 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-47 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-29 Vehicle Reminder Messages ...... 5-48 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-49 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Personalization Controls 3. Release the lever to lock the Vehicle Personalization (With wheel in place. DIC Buttons) ...... 5-49 Steering Wheel Do not adjust the steering wheel Universal Remote System Adjustment while driving. Universal Remote System . . . 5-58 Universal Remote System Steering Wheel Controls Programming ...... 5-58 Universal Remote System Operation ...... 5-63

The tilt lever is located on the lower left side of the steering column. If equipped, some audio controls To adjust the steering wheel: can be adjusted at the steering 1. Hold the steering wheel and wheel. pull the lever. w (Next): Press to go to the next favorite radio station, track on a 2. Move the steering wheel up ® or down. CD, or folder on an iPod or USB device. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

c / x (Previous/End): Press to CD/DVD Navigating Folders on an iPod or go to the previous favorite radio To select tracks on a CD/DVD: USB Device (Vehicles without a station, track on a CD, or folder on Navigation System): ® Press and release w or c / x to an iPod or USB device. Press to 1. Press and hold w or c / x reject an incoming call, or end a go to the next or previous track. while listening to a song until the current call. Selecting Tracks on an iPod or contents of the current folder Radio USB Device (Vehicles without a display on the radio display. Navigation System) To select preset or favorite radio 2. Press and hold c / x to go stations: 1. Press and hold w or c / x back to the previous folder list. Press and release or / to while listening to a song until the w c x contents of the current folder 3. Press and release w or c / x go to the next or previous radio display on the radio display. to scroll up or down the list. station stored as a preset or . To select a folder, press favorite. 2. Press and release w or c / x to scroll up or down the list, then and hold w , or press ¨ when the folder is press and hold , or press to w ¨ highlighted. play the highlighted track. . To go back further in the folder list, press and hold c / x. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

Navigating an iPod or USB Device Navigating an iPod or USB Device SRCE (Source/Voice on the Main Audio Screen on the Music Navigator Screen Recognition): Press to switch (Vehicles with a Navigation (Vehicles with a Navigation between the radio and CD, and for System) System) equipped vehicles, the DVD, front auxiliary, and rear auxiliary. 1. Press and release w or c / x 1. Press and release w or c / x to select the next or previous to select the next or previous For vehicles with the navigation track within the selected track within the selected system, press and hold this button category. category. for longer than one second to initiate voice recognition. See “Voice 2. Press and hold w or c / x to 2. Press and hold w or c / x to Recognition” in the Navigation move quickly through the tracks. move quickly through the tracks System manual for more within the selected category. information. 3. Press and release ¨ to move up one track within the selected 3. Press and release ¨ to move up ¨ (Seek): Press to go to the next category. one track within the selected radio station while in AM, category. FM, or XM™. b / g (Mute/Push to Talk): Press For vehicles with or without a to silence the vehicle speakers only. navigation system: Press again to turn the sound on. Press ¨ to go to the next track or For vehicles with Bluetooth or chapter while sourced to the CD or OnStar systems, press and hold for DVD slot. longer than two seconds to interact with those systems. See Bluetooth Press ¨ to select a track or a folder on page 7‑48 and OnStar Overview when navigating folders on an iPod on page 14‑1 for more information. or USB device. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

For vehicles with a navigation Windshield Wiper/Washer 6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): system: Turn the band up for more 1. Press and hold until a beep is frequent wipes or down for ¨ less frequent wipes. heard, to place the radio into SCAN mode. A station will play 6 (Low Speed): Slow wipes. for five seconds before moving ? (High Speed): Fast wipes. to the next station. Clear ice and snow from the wiper 2. To stop the SCAN function, blades before using them. If frozen The front wiper control is located press ¨ again. to the windshield, carefully loosen or on the turn and lane‐change lever. While listening to a CD/DVD, press Turn the band with the wiper symbol thaw them. Damaged wiper blades should be replaced. See Wiper and hold to quickly move forward to control the windshield wipers. ¨ Blade Replacement on page 10‑34. through the tracks. Release to stop 8 (Mist): For a single wipe, on the desired track. Heavy snow or ice can overload the turn to 8 , then release. wiper motor. A circuit breaker will + e : Press to increase volume. For several wipes, hold the stop the motor until it cools down. band on 8 longer. − e : Press to decrease volume. 9 (Off): Turns the windshield Horn wipers off. To sound the horn, press the center pad on the steering wheel. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Windshield Washer Rear Window Wiper/ Compass Washer The vehicle may have a compass in { WARNING The rear wiper control is located on the Driver Information Center (DIC). In freezing weather, do not use the turn and lane‐change lever. Compass Zone the washer until the windshield is To turn the rear wiper on, slide the The zone is set to zone eight upon warmed. Otherwise the washer lever to a wiper position. leaving the factory. Your dealer will fluid can form ice on the 9 (Off): Turns the wiper off. set the correct zone for your windshield, blocking your vision. location. 5 (Rear Wiper Delay): Turns on the rear wiper delay. Under certain circumstances, such L (Washer Fluid): Push this Z as during a long-distance, paddle to spray washer fluid on the (Rear Wiper): Turns on the cross-country trip or moving to a windshield. The wipers clear the rear wiper. new state or province, it will be window and then either stop or = (Rear Wiper Wash): Press this necessary to compensate for return to the preset speed. button on the end of the lever to compass variance by resetting the spray washer fluid on the rear zone through the DIC if the zone is window. The wipers will clear the not set correctly. rear window and either stop or Compass variance is the difference return to your preset speed. For between the earth's magnetic north more washer cycles, press and hold and true geographic north. If the the button. compass is not set to the zone The rear window wiper/washer will where you live, the compass may not operate if the liftgate or liftglass give false readings. The compass is open or ajar. If the liftgate or must be set to the variance zone in liftglass is opened while the rear which the vehicle is traveling. wiper is on, the wiper returns to the parked position and stops. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

To adjust for compass variance, use Or, if the vehicle does not have the following procedure: DIC buttons, press and hold the trip odometer reset stem for Compass Variance (Zone) two seconds to select the next Procedure available variance zone. Repeat 1. Do not set the compass zone this step until the appropriate when the vehicle is moving. variance zone is displayed. Only set it when the vehicle is 5. If calibration is necessary, in P (Park). calibrate the compass. Press the vehicle information See “Compass Calibration button until PRESS V TO Procedure” following. CHANGE COMPASS ZONE Compass Calibration displays. Or, if the vehicle does 2. Find the vehicle's current not have DIC buttons, press the location and variance zone The compass can be manually trip odometer reset stem until number on the map. calibrated. Only calibrate the compass in a magnetically clean CHANGE COMPASS ZONE Zones 1 through 15 are displays. and safe location, such as an available. open parking lot, where driving the 3. Press the set/reset button to vehicle in circles is not a danger. scroll through and select the It is suggested to calibrate away appropriate variance zone. from tall buildings, utility wires, manhole covers, or other industrial 4. Press the trip/fuel button until structures, if possible. the vehicle heading, for example, N for North, is If CAL should ever appear in the displayed in the DIC. DIC display, the compass should be calibrated. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

If the DIC display does not show a To calibrate the compass, use the 3. Press the set/reset button to heading, for example, N for North, following procedure: start the compass calibration. or the heading does not change Or, if the vehicle does not have after making turns, there may be a Compass Calibration Procedure DIC buttons, press and hold the strong magnetic field interfering with 1. Before calibrating the compass, trip odometer reset stem for the compass. Such interference make sure the compass zone is two seconds to start the may be caused by a magnetic CB or set to the variance zone in which compass calibration. cell phone antenna mount, a the vehicle is located. See 4. The DIC will display magnetic emergency light, magnetic “Compass Variance (Zone) CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN note pad holder, or any other Procedure” earlier in this CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, section. in tight circles at less than move the magnetic item, then turn Do not operate any switches 8 km/h (5 mph) to complete the on the vehicle and calibrate the such as window, sunroof, calibration. The DIC will display compass. climate controls, or seats during CALIBRATION COMPLETE the calibration procedure. for a few seconds when the 2. Press the vehicle information calibration is complete. The DIC V display will then return to the button until PRESS TO previous menu. CALIBRATE COMPASS displays. Or, if the vehicle does not have DIC buttons, press the trip odometer reset stem until CALIBRATE COMPASS displays. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Clock 4. To increase the time or date, do To change the time default setting one of the following: from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change To set the time and date: the date default setting from month/ . Press the softkey below the 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ selected tab. day/year to day/month/year: ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then 1. Press the H button and then . Press the ¨ SEEK button. press the O button to turn the the softkey located below the radio on. . Press the \ FWD button. forward arrow tab. 12H, 24H, the 2. Press the H button to display date MM/DD (month and day), . Turn the f knob clockwise. and DD/MM/ (day and month) HR, MIN, MM, DD, YYYY (hour, displays. minute, month, day, and year). 5. To decrease the time or date, do one of the following: 2. Press the softkey located below 3. Press the softkey located under the desired option. any one of the tabs to change . Press the © SEEK button. that setting. 3. Press the H button again to . Press the s REV button. apply the desired option, or let . Turn the f knob the screen time out. counterclockwise. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Power Outlets When adding electrical equipment, { WARNING be sure to follow the proper The accessory power outlets can be installation instructions included used to plug in electrical equipment, Power is always supplied to the with the equipment. Do not use such as a cell phone or MP3 player. outlets. Do not leave electrical equipment exceeding the equipment plugged in when the There are two under the climate maximum amperage rating of controls, one inside the center floor vehicle is not in use because the 20 amperes. See Add-On Electrical console, one on the rear of the vehicle could catch fire and cause Equipment on page 9‑88. injury or death. center floor console and one Notice: Hanging heavy accessory power outlet in the rear equipment from the power outlet cargo area on the passenger side. Notice: Leaving electrical can cause damage not covered Remove the cover to access and equipment plugged in for an by the vehicle warranty. The replace when not in use. extended period of time while power outlets are designed for the vehicle is off will drain the accessory power plugs only, such The accessory power outlets are battery. Always unplug electrical as cell phone charge cords. powered, even with the ignition off. equipment when not in use Continuing to use accessory power and do not plug in equipment outlets while the ignition is in LOCK/ that exceeds the maximum OFF may cause the vehicle's 20 ampere rating. battery to run down. Certain accessory plugs may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could overload adapter or vehicle fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

Power Outlet 110 Volt An indicator light on the outlet turns The power outlet is not designed for Alternative Current on to show it is in use. The light and may not work properly, if the comes on when the ignition is in following are plugged in: The vehicle may have a power ON/RUN and equipment requiring outlet that can be used to plug in . Equipment with high initial less than 150 watts is plugged into peak wattage such as: electrical equipment that uses a the outlet, and no system fault is maximum limit of 150 watts. compressor-driven refrigerators detected. and electric power tools. If equipment is connected using . Other equipment requiring an more than 150 watts or a system extremely stable power supply fault is detected, a protection circuit such as: shuts off the power supply and the microcomputer-controlled indicator light turns off. To reset the electric blankets, touch sensor circuit, unplug the item and plug it lamps, etc. back in or turn the Remote Accessory Power (RAP) off and then back on. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑26

The power outlet is located on the rear of the center console. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there When one of the warning lights could be a problem with a vehicle comes on and stays on while Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem, Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Follow this manual's advice. signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle Waiting to do repairs can be costly before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning and even dangerous. to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle. warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

Instrument Cluster

English 6‐Speed Shown, Metric and 2500 Series Similar GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Trip Odometer Tachometer hybrid supplement for more information. The trip odometer can show how far The tachometer displays the the vehicle has been driven since engine speed in revolutions per Speedometer the trip odometer was last set minute (rpm). to zero. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the The speedometer shows the Press the reset button, located on hybrid supplement for more vehicle's speed in either kilometers the instrument panel cluster next to information. per hour (km/h) or miles per the trip odometer display, to toggle hour (mph). between the trip odometer and the regular odometer. Holding the reset Odometer button for approximately one second The odometer shows how far the while the trip odometer is displayed vehicle has been driven, in either resets it. kilometers or miles. To display the odometer reading with the ignition off, press the reset button. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge, when the ignition Here are some situations owners is on, shows how much fuel the may experience with the fuel gauge. vehicle has left in the tank. None of these indicate a problem An arrow on the fuel gauge with the fuel gauge. indicates the side of the vehicle the . At the gas station, the fuel pump fuel door is on. shuts off before the gauge The gauge first indicates empty reads full. before the vehicle is out of fuel, and . It takes a little more or less fuel the vehicle's fuel tank should be to fill up than the fuel gauge filled soon. indicated. For example, the When the fuel tank is low, the FUEL gauge may have indicated the LEVEL LOW message appears in tank was half full, but it actually the Driver Information Center (DIC). took a little more or less than Metric See Fuel System Messages on half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. page 5‑43 for more information. . The gauge goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information.

English GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

Engine Oil Pressure Center (DIC). See Engine Oil Gauge Messages on page 5‑42 and Engine Oil on page 10‑7 for more information. A reading in the low pressure zone may be caused by a dangerously low oil level or some other problem causing low oil pressure. Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the English engine. The repairs would not be The oil pressure gauge shows the covered by the vehicle warranty. engine oil pressure in psi (pounds Check the oil level as soon as Metric per square inch) when the engine is possible. Add oil if required, but running. Canadian vehicles indicate if the oil level is within the pressure in kPa (kilopascals). operating range and the oil Oil pressure may vary with engine pressure is still low, have the speed, outside temperature and oil vehicle serviced. Always follow viscosity, but readings above the the maintenance schedule for low pressure zone indicate the changing engine oil. normal operating range. When the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the oil pressure reaches the low hybrid supplement for more pressure zone, the OIL PRESSURE information. LOW STOP ENGINE message appears in the Driver Information GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

Engine Coolant If you are pulling a load or going up hills, it is normal for the temperature Temperature Gauge to fluctuate and approach the 122°C (250°F) mark. If the gauge reaches the 125°C (260°F) mark, it indicates that the cooling system is working beyond its capacity. See Engine Overheating on page 10‑20. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information. English This gauge shows the engine coolant temperature. Metric It also provides an indicator of how hard the vehicle is working. During a majority of the operation, the gauge reads 100°C (210°F) or less. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

Voltmeter Gauge Readings between the low and high Safety Belt Reminders warning zones indicate the normal operating range. The gauge may Driver Safety Belt Reminder also read low during the fuel Light economy mode, this is normal. There is a driver safety belt Readings in the low warning zone reminder light on the instrument may occur when a large number of panel cluster. electrical accessories are operating in the vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this condition should correct itself as When the engine is not running, but When the vehicle is started, this higher engine speeds allow the the ignition is on, this gauge shows light flashes and a chime may come charging system to create full the battery's state of charge in on to remind the driver to fasten power. If there is a problem with the DC volts. their safety belt. Then the light stays battery charging system, this light on solid until the belt is buckled. When the engine is running, the will come on or the SERVICE gauge shows the condition of the BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM This cycle may continue several charging system. The charging DIC message will display. See times if the driver remains or system regulates voltage based on Battery Voltage and Charging becomes unbuckled while the the state of the battery for improved Messages on page 5‑39 and vehicle is moving. fuel economy and battery life. The Charging System Light on If the driver safety belt is buckled, gauge may transition from a higher page 5‑21 for more information. neither the light nor the chime to lower or a lower to higher comes on. reading, this is normal. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt Reminder Light reminder light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device. To turn off the reminder light and/or chime, remove The airbag readiness light comes on the object from the seat or buckle solid for a few seconds when the the safety belt. engine is started. If the light does When the vehicle is started, this not come on then, have it fixed light flashes and a chime may come Airbag Readiness Light immediately. on to remind front passengers to The system checks the airbag's fasten their safety belt. Then the electrical system for possible { WARNING light stays on solid until the belt malfunctions. If the light stays on is buckled. it indicates there is an electrical If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or See Passenger Airbag Status problem. The system check includes comes on while driving, it means Indicator on page 5‑20. the airbag sensor(s), passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, the airbag system might not be This cycle continues several times the airbag modules, the wiring, and working properly. The airbags in if the front passenger remains or the crash sensing and diagnostic the vehicle might not inflate in a becomes unbuckled while the module. For more information on the crash, or they could even inflate vehicle is moving. airbag system, see Airbag System without a crash. To help avoid If the front passenger safety belt is on page 3‑29. injury, have the vehicle serviced buckled, neither the chime nor the right away. light comes on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

If there is a problem with the airbag Then, after several more seconds, system, a Driver Information Center the status indicator will light either (DIC) message can also come on. ON or OFF, or either the on or off See Airbag System Messages on symbol to let you know the status of page 5‑46 for more information. the right front passenger frontal airbag. Passenger Airbag Status United States If the word ON or the on symbol is Indicator lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the right If the vehicle has the airbag status front passenger frontal airbag is indicator pictured in the following enabled (may inflate). illustration, then the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the If the word OFF or the off symbol is right front passenger position. The lit on the airbag status indicator, it passenger airbag status indicator is Canada means that the passenger sensing on the overhead console. See system has turned off the right front Passenger Sensing System on When the vehicle is started, the passenger frontal airbag. passenger airbag status indicator page 3‑38 for important safety information. will light ON and OFF, or the symbols for on and off, for several In addition, if the vehicle has a seconds as a system check. If you passenger sensing system for the are using remote start, if equipped, right front passenger position, the to start the vehicle from a distance, label on the vehicle's sun visors you may not see the system check. refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS.” GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

If, after several seconds, both status Charging System Light A charging system message in the indicator lights remain on, or if there Driver Information Center (DIC) can are no lights at all, there may be a also appear. See Battery Voltage problem with the lights or the and Charging Messages on passenger sensing system. page 5‑39 for more information. See your dealer for service. This light could indicate that there are problems with a generator drive { WARNING belt, or that there is an electrical problem. Have it checked right If the airbag readiness light ever This light comes on briefly when the away. If the vehicle must be driven a ignition key is turned to START, but comes on and stays on, it means short distance with the light on, turn the engine is not running, as a that something may be wrong off accessories, such as the radio check to show it is working. with the airbag system. To help and air conditioner. avoid injury to yourself or others, If it does not, have the vehicle If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the have the vehicle serviced right serviced by your dealer. hybrid supplement for more away. See Airbag Readiness The light should go out once information. Light on page 5‑19 for more the engine starts. If it stays on, information, including important or comes on while driving, there safety information. could be a problem with the charging system. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

Malfunction Malfunctions often are indicated by costly repairs not covered by the the system before any problem is vehicle warranty. This could also Indicator Lamp apparent. Being aware of the light result in a failure to pass a A computer system called OBD II can prevent more serious damage required Emission Inspection/ (On-Board Diagnostics-Second to the vehicle. This system assists Maintenance test. See Generation) monitors the operation the service technician in correctly Accessories and Modifications on of the vehicle to ensure emissions diagnosing any malfunction. page 10‑3. are at acceptable levels, to produce Notice: If the vehicle is This light comes on during a a cleaner environment. This light continually driven with this light malfunction in one of two ways: comes on when the vehicle is on, the emission controls might placed in ON/RUN, as a check to Light Flashing: A misfire condition not work as well, the vehicle fuel has been detected. A misfire show it is working. If it does not, economy might not be as good, have the vehicle serviced by your increases vehicle emissions and and the engine might not run as could damage the emission control dealer. See Ignition Positions on smoothly. This could lead to page 9‑23. system on the vehicle. Diagnosis costly repairs that might not be and service might be required. covered by the vehicle warranty. To prevent more serious damage to Notice: Modifications made to the vehicle: the engine, transmission, exhaust, intake, or fuel system . Reduce vehicle speed. of the vehicle or the replacement . Avoid hard accelerations. of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire . Avoid steep uphill grades. If the malfunction indicator lamp Performance Criteria (TPC) can . If towing a trailer, reduce the comes on and stays on while the affect the vehicle's emission engine is running, this indicates that amount of cargo being hauled as controls and can cause this light soon as it is possible. there is an OBD II problem and to come on. Modifications to service is required. these systems could lead to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

If the light continues to flash, stop . Check that good quality fuel is Emissions Inspection and and park the vehicle. Turn the used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, the engine not to run as and restart the engine. If the light is efficiently as designed and may Some local governments may have still flashing, follow the previous cause stalling after start-up, programs to inspect the on-vehicle steps and see your dealer for stalling when the vehicle is emission control equipment. For the service as soon as possible. changed into gear, misfiring, inspection, the emission system test hesitation on acceleration, equipment is connected to the Light On Steady: An emission or stumbling on acceleration. vehicle’s Data Link control system malfunction has These conditions might go away Connector (DLC). been detected on the vehicle. once the engine is warmed up. Diagnosis and service might be required. If one or more of these conditions occurs, change the fuel brand used. The following may correct an It will require at least one full tank of emission system malfunction: the proper fuel to turn the light off. . Check that the fuel cap is fully See Recommended Fuel on installed. See Filling the Tank on page 9‑62. page 9‑66. The diagnostic The DLC is under the instrument system can determine if the If none of the above have made panel to the left of the steering fuel cap has been left off or the light turn off, your dealer can wheel. See your dealer if assistance improperly installed. A loose or check the vehicle. The dealer has is needed. missing fuel cap allows fuel to the proper test equipment and evaporate into the atmosphere. diagnostic tools to fix any A few driving trips with the cap mechanical or electrical problems properly installed should turn that might have developed. the light off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

The vehicle may not pass If this has been done and the If the warning light comes on and a inspection if: vehicle still does not pass the chime sounds there could be a inspection for lack of OBD II brake problem. Have the brake . The malfunction indicator lamp is on with the engine running, or if system readiness, your dealer system inspected right away. the light does not come on when can prepare the vehicle for This light can also come on due to the ignition is turned to ON/RUN inspection. low brake fluid. See Brake Fluid on while the engine is off. See your page 10‑27 for more information. dealer for assistance in verifying Brake System Warning proper operation of the Light malfunction indicator lamp. With the ignition on, the brake . The OBD II (On-Board system warning light comes on Diagnostics) system determines when the parking brake is set. If the that critical emission control vehicle is driven with the parking Metric English systems have not been brake engaged, a chime sounds completely diagnosed. The when the vehicle speed is greater This light comes on briefly when the vehicle would be considered not than 8 km/h (5 mph). ignition key is turned to ON/RUN. ready for inspection. This can The vehicle brake system consists If it does not come on then, have it happen if the 12-volt battery has of two hydraulic circuits. If one fixed so it is ready to warn if there is recently been replaced or run circuit is not working, the remaining a problem. down. The diagnostic system is circuit can still work to stop the designed to evaluate critical vehicle. For normal braking emission control systems during { WARNING performance, both circuits need normal driving. This can take to be working. several days of routine driving. The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Antilock Brake System If the regular brake system warning WARNING (Continued) light is not on, the vehicle still has (ABS) Warning Light brakes, but not antilock brakes. Driving with the brake system If the regular brake system warning warning light on can lead to a light is also on, the vehicle does not crash. If the light is still on after have antilock brakes and there is a the vehicle has been pulled off problem with the regular brakes. the road and carefully stopped, See Brake System Warning Light on have the vehicle towed for page 5‑24. service. For vehicles with a Driver For vehicles with the Antilock Brake Information Center (DIC), see Brake System (ABS), this light comes on If the light comes on while driving, System Messages on page 5‑39 for briefly when the engine is started. pull off the road and stop carefully. all brake‐related DIC messages. The pedal might be harder to push If it does not, have the vehicle If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the or might go closer to the floor. It can serviced by your dealer. If the hybrid supplement for more take longer to stop. If the light is still system is working normally the information. on, have the vehicle towed for indicator light then goes off. service. See Towing the Vehicle on If the ABS light stays on, turn the page 10‑91. ignition off. If the light comes on If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the while driving, stop as soon as it is hybrid supplement for more safely possible and turn the ignition information. off. Then start the engine again to reset the system. If the ABS light stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

Tow/Haul Mode Light StabiliTrak® OFF Light Press and briefly hold the TCS/ StabiliTrak button to turn off the StabiliTrak system; the StabiliTrak Off light comes on and a message appears in the Driver Information Center (DIC). If the StabiliTrak/TCS system is off, the system does not assist in For vehicles with the Tow/Haul This light comes on briefly while controlling the vehicle. Turn on the Mode feature, this light comes on starting the engine. StabiliTrak/TCS system and the when the Tow/Haul Mode has been indicator light turns off. If it does not, have the vehicle ® activated. serviced by your dealer. If the See StabiliTrak System on For more information, see Tow/Haul system is working normally, the page 9‑46, and Ride Control System Mode on page 9‑36. indicator light then goes off. Messages on page 5‑44 for more information. Press and release the Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak button to turn off TCS, and a message displays in the DIC. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

Traction Control If the light flashes while driving, this When the Light Is On Steady System (TCS)/ means that StabiliTrak or TCS is This indicates that one or more ® assisting in controlling the vehicle. StabiliTrak Light ® of the tires are significantly See StabiliTrak System on underinflated. page 9‑46 for more information. A Driver Information Center (DIC) Tire Pressure Light tire pressure message may also display. See Tire Messages on page 5‑46. Stop as soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the pressure value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See The TCS/StabiliTrak light comes on Tire Pressure on page 10 57. briefly when the engine is started. ‑ If the light does not come on or When the Light Flashes First and stays on, have the vehicle serviced For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Then Is On Steady by the dealer. If the system is Monitor System (TPMS), this light If the light flashes for about a minute working normally, the indicator comes on briefly when the engine is and then stays on, there may be a light turns off. started. It provides information problem with the TPMS. If the about tire pressures and the TPMS. If the light comes on and stays on problem is not corrected, the light while driving, and a message will come on at every ignition cycle. displays in the Driver Information See Tire Pressure Monitor Center (DIC), have the vehicle Operation on page 10‑59. serviced by the dealer. See Ride Control System Messages on page 5‑44 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it When fuel is added this light and means that oil is not flowing through message should go off. If they do the engine properly. The vehicle not, have the vehicle serviced by could be low on oil and it might your dealer. have some other system problem. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Security Light hybrid supplement for more information. Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the Low Fuel Warning Light engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. The security light should come on Check the oil level as soon as briefly as the engine is started. If the possible. Add oil if required, but system is working normally, the if the oil level is within the indicator light turns off. If it does not operating range and the oil This light, under the fuel gauge, come on, have the vehicle serviced pressure is still low, have the by your dealer. vehicle serviced. Always follow comes on briefly while the engine is the maintenance schedule for being started. If the light stays on and the engine changing engine oil. This light and a chime come on does not start, there could be a when the fuel tank is low on fuel. problem with the theft-deterrent This light comes on briefly while system. starting the engine. If it does not, The Driver Information Center also have the vehicle serviced by your displays a FUEL LEVEL LOW This light is also used to indicate the dealer. If the system is working message. See Fuel System status of the anti-theft alarm system normally the indicator light then Messages on page 5‑43 for when the ignition is turned off. goes off. more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

The light will flash rapidly if the Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light alarm system is arming and one or more of the monitored entry points is not closed. The light will stay on if the alarm is arming and all entry points are closed. For information regarding this light and the vehicle's security system, see Anti-theft Alarm System on The fog lamp light comes on when The cruise control light comes on page 2‑14. the fog lamps are in use. whenever the cruise control is set. High-Beam On Light The light goes out when the fog The light goes out when the cruise lamps are turned off. See Fog control is turned off. See Cruise Lamps on page 6‑6 for more Control on page 9‑50 for more information. information.

This light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer on page 6‑3. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

Information Displays The DIC has different displays DIC Buttons which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the Driver Information instrument panel, next to the Center (DIC) steering wheel. If the vehicle does not have DIC buttons, the trip Your vehicle has a Driver odometer reset stem can be used to Information Center (DIC). access some of the menu items. The DIC displays information about The DIC displays trip, fuel, and your vehicle. It also displays vehicle system information, and warning messages if a system warning messages if a system problem is detected. problem is detected. All messages will appear in The DIC also allows some features the DIC display located below the to be customized. See Vehicle tachometer in the instrument panel The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle Personalization (With DIC Buttons) cluster. information, customization, and set/ on page 5‑49 for more information. The DIC comes on when the ignition reset buttons. The button functions is on. After a short delay, the DIC are detailed in the following pages. will display the information that was 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press to display last displayed before the engine the odometer, trip odometer, fuel was turned off. range, average economy, fuel used, timer, instantaneous economy and Active Fuel Management™ indicator, and transmission temperature. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

The compass and outside air Trip/Fuel Menu Items The trip odometer can be reset to temperature will also be shown in (With DIC Buttons) zero by pressing the set/reset the display. The temperature will be 3 button while the trip odometer is shown in °C or °F depending on the (Trip/Fuel): Press to scroll displayed. You can also reset the units selected. through the following menu items: trip odometer while it is displayed by T (Vehicle Information): Press Odometer pressing and holding the trip odometer reset stem. to display the oil life, units, side Press the trip/fuel button until blind zone system on/off, tire ODOMETER displays. This display The trip odometer has a feature pressure readings for vehicles with shows the distance the vehicle has called the retroactive reset. This can the Tire Pressure Monitor System been driven in either kilometers (km) be used to set the trip odometer to (TPMS), trailer brake gain and or miles (mi). Pressing the trip the number of kilometers (miles) output information for vehicles with odometer reset stem will also driven since the ignition was last the Integrated Trailer Brake Control display the odometer. turned on. This can be used if the (ITBC) system, engine hours, trip odometer is not reset at the compass zone setting, and compass To switch between English and beginning of the trip. recalibration. metric measurements, see “Units” later in this section. To use the retroactive reset feature, U (Customization): Press to press and hold the set/reset button customize the feature settings on Trip Odometer for at least four seconds. The trip your vehicle. See Vehicle Press the trip/fuel button until TRIP odometer will display the number of Personalization (With DIC Buttons) displays. This display shows the kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven on page 5‑49 for more information. current distance traveled in either since the ignition was last turned on V (Set/Reset): Press to set or kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since and the vehicle was moving. Once reset certain functions and to turn the last reset for the trip odometer. the vehicle begins moving, the trip off or acknowledge messages on Pressing the trip odometer reset odometer will accumulate mileage. the DIC. stem will also display the trip odometer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

For example, if the vehicle was the same amount of fuel is in the To reset the fuel used information, driven 8 km (5 mi) before it is started fuel tank. This is because different press and hold the set/reset button again, and then the retroactive reset driving conditions produce different while FUEL USED is displayed. feature is activated, the display will fuel economies. Generally, freeway show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle driving produces better fuel Speedometer begins moving, the display will then economy than city driving. The speedometer shows how fast increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km Fuel range cannot be reset. the vehicle is moving in either (5.2 mi), etc. kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles Average Economy per hour (mph). The speedometer Fuel Range Press the trip/fuel button until AVG cannot be reset. Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL ECONOMY displays. This display RANGE displays. This display shows the approximate average Timer shows the approximate number of liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) Press the trip/fuel button until remaining kilometers (km) or or miles per gallon (mpg). This TIMER displays. This display can be miles (mi) the vehicle can be driven number is calculated based on the used as a timer. without refueling. The display will number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded To start the timer, press the set/ show LOW if the fuel level is low. since the last time this menu reset button while TIMER is The fuel range estimate is based on item was reset. To reset AVG displayed. The display will show the an average of the vehicle's fuel ECONOMY, press and hold the amount of time that has passed economy over recent driving history set/reset button. since the timer was last reset, not and the amount of fuel remaining in Fuel Used including time the ignition is off. the fuel tank. This estimate will Time will continue to be counted as change if driving conditions change. Press the trip/fuel button until long as the ignition is on, even if For example, if driving in traffic and FUEL USED displays. This display another display is being shown on making frequent stops, this display shows the number of liters (L) or the DIC. The timer will record up to may read one number, but if the gallons (gal) of fuel used since the 99 hours, 59 minutes and vehicle is driven on a freeway, the last reset of this menu item. 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which number may change even though the display will return to zero. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

To stop the timer, press the set/reset change. This display shows the Vehicle Information Menu button briefly while TIMER is instantaneous fuel economy in liters Items (With DIC Buttons) displayed. per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or T (Vehicle Information): To reset the timer to zero, press and miles per gallon (mpg). Unlike average economy, this screen Press to scroll through the hold the set/reset button while following menu items: TIMER is displayed. cannot be reset. An Active Fuel Management Oil Life Transmission Temperature indicator will display on the right Press the vehicle information Press the trip/fuel button until side of the DIC, while INST ECON button until OIL LIFE REMAINING TRANS TEMP displays. This displays on the left side. Active Fuel displays. This display shows an display shows the temperature of Management allows the engine to estimate of the oil's remaining useful the automatic transmission fluid in operate on either four or eight life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE either degrees Celsius (°C) or cylinders, depending on your driving REMAINING on the display, that degrees Fahrenheit (°F). demands. When Active Fuel means 99% of the current oil life Management is active, V4 will Instantaneous Economy and remains. The engine oil life system display on the DIC. When Active Active Fuel Management will alert you to change the oil on a ™ Fuel Management is inactive, V8 Indicator schedule consistent with your will display. See Active Fuel driving conditions. If your vehicle has this display, Management® on page 9‑29 for press the trip/fuel button until INST more information. When the remaining oil life is low, ECON V8 displays. This display the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON shows the current fuel economy at a Blank Display message will appear on the display. particular moment and will change This display shows no information. See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” frequently as driving conditions under Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑42. You should change the oil as soon as you can. See Engine Oil on page 10‑7. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

In addition to the engine oil life If you choose ON, the system will Tire Pressure system monitoring the oil life, be turned on. If you choose OFF, On vehicles with the Tire Pressure additional maintenance is the system will be turned off. When Monitor System (TPMS), the recommended in the Maintenance the SBZA system is turned off, the pressure for each tire can be viewed Schedule in this manual. See DIC will display the SIDE BLIND in the DIC. The tire pressure will be Maintenance Schedule on ZONE ALERT SYSTEM OFF shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or page 11‑3 for more information. message as a reminder that the pounds per square inch (psi). Remember, you must reset the OIL system has been turned off. See Press the vehicle information button LIFE display yourself after each oil Object Detection System Messages until the DIC displays FRONT change. It will not reset itself. Also, on page 5‑43 and Side Blind Zone TIRES kPa (PSI) LEFT ## be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE Alert (SBZA) on page 9‑54 for more RIGHT ##. Press the vehicle display accidentally at any time information. information button again until the other than when the oil has just Units DIC displays REAR TIRES been changed. It cannot be reset kPa (PSI) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. accurately until the next oil change. Press the vehicle information button until UNITS displays. This display If a low tire pressure condition is To reset the engine oil life system, detected by the system while see Engine Oil Life System on allows you to select between metric or English units of measurement. driving, a message advising you to page 10‑10. Once in this display, press the add pressure in a specific tire will Side Blind Zone Alert set/reset button to select between appear in the display. See Tire Pressure on page 10‑57 and Tire If your vehicle has the Side Blind METRIC or units ENGLISH. All of the vehicle information will Messages on page 5‑46 for more Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this information. display allows the system to be then be displayed in the unit of turned on or off. Once in this measurement selected. If the tire pressure display shows display, press the set/reset button to dashes instead of a value, there select between ON or OFF. may be a problem with your vehicle. If this consistently occurs, see your dealer for service. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (35,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-35

Trailer Gain and Output Engine Hours Trip Odometer Reset Stem On vehicles with the Integrated Press the vehicle information button Menu Items (With DIC Buttons) Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, until ENGINE HOURS displays. This Use the trip odometer reset stem to the trailer brake display appears in display shows the total number of view the odometer and trip the DIC. Press the vehicle hours the engine has run. odometer. The Language selection information button until TRAILER Compass Zone Setting and Engine Hours display can also GAIN and OUTPUT display. be accessed with the trip odometer TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer This display allows for setting the reset stem. compass zone. See Compass on gain setting. This setting can be Odometer adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either page 5‑6 a trailer connected or disconnected. Compass Recalibration Press the trip odometer reset stem To adjust this setting, see until ODOMETER displays. This This display allows for calibrating Integrated Trailer Brake Control display shows the distance the “ the compass. See Compass on System” under Towing Equipment vehicle has been driven in either page 5‑6 on page 9‑78 for more information. kilometers (km) or miles (mi). OUTPUT shows the power output to Blank Display Trip Odometer the trailer anytime a trailer with This display shows no information. Press the trip odometer reset stem electric brakes is connected. Output until TRIP displays. This display is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes shows the current distance traveled may appear in the OUTPUT display. in either kilometers (km) or See “Integrated Trailer Brake miles (mi) since the last reset Control System” under Towing for the trip odometer. Equipment on page 9‑78 for more information. The trip odometer can be reset to zero by pressing and holding the trip odometer reset stem while the trip odometer is displayed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (36,1)

5-36 Instruments and Controls

The trip odometer has a feature Language Engine Hours called the retroactive reset. This can This display allows you to To display the ENGINE HOURS, be used to set the trip odometer to select the language in which the place the ignition in LOCK/OFF or the number of kilometers (miles) DIC messages will appear. To select ACC/ACCESSORY, then press and driven since the ignition was last a language: hold the trip odometer reset stem for turned on. This can be used if the four seconds while viewing the trip odometer is not reset at the 1. Press the trip odometer reset stem until ODOMETER displays. ODOMETER. This display shows beginning of the trip. the total number of hours the engine To use the retroactive reset feature, 2. While in the ODOMETER has run. press and hold the trip odometer display, press and hold the reset stem for at least four seconds. trip odometer reset stem for Trip Odometer Reset Stem The trip odometer will display the three seconds until the currently Menu Items (Without DIC number of kilometers (km) or set language displays. Buttons) miles (mi) driven since the ignition 3. Continue to press and hold the Language was last turned on and the vehicle trip odometer reset stem to scroll was moving. Once the vehicle through all of the available This display allows you to select the begins moving, the trip odometer languages. language in which the DIC will accumulate mileage. For messages will appear. To select a example, if the vehicle was driven The available selections are language: 8 km (5 mi) before it is started again, ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS (French), ESPANOL (Spanish), 1. Press the trip odometer reset and then the retroactive reset stem until ODOMETER displays. feature is activated, the display will and NO CHANGE. show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle 4. Once the desired language is 2. While in the ODOMETER begins moving, the display will then displayed, release the trip display, press and hold the increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km odometer reset stem to set trip odometer reset stem for (5.2 mi), etc. your choice. three seconds until the currently set language displays. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (37,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-37

3. Continue to press and hold the The trip odometer has a feature Transmission Temperature trip odometer reset stem to scroll called the retroactive reset. This can Press the trip odometer reset stem through all of the available be used to set the trip odometer to until TRANS TEMP displays. This languages. the number of kilometers (miles) display shows the temperature of The available languages are driven since the ignition was last the automatic transmission fluid in ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS turned on. This can be used if the either degrees Celsius (°C) or (French), ESPANOL (Spanish), trip odometer is not reset at the degrees Fahrenheit (°F). and NO CHANGE. beginning of the trip. Trailer Gain and Output 4. Once the desired language is To use the retroactive reset feature, displayed, release the trip press and hold the trip odometer On vehicles with the Integrated odometer reset stem to set reset stem for at least four seconds. Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, your choice. The trip odometer will display the the trailer brake display appears in number of kilometers (km) or the DIC. Press the trip odometer Trip Odometer miles (mi) driven since the ignition reset stem until TRAILER GAIN and Press the trip odometer reset stem was last turned on and the vehicle OUTPUT display. until TRIP displays. This display was moving. Once the vehicle TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer shows the current distance traveled begins moving, the trip odometer gain setting. This setting can be in either kilometers (km) or will accumulate mileage. For adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either miles (mi) since the last reset example, if the vehicle was driven a trailer connected or disconnected. for the trip odometer. 8 km (5 mi) before it is started again, To adjust this setting, see and then the retroactive reset “Integrated Trailer Brake Control The trip odometer can be reset to feature is activated, the display will System” under Towing Equipment zero by pressing and holding the trip show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle on page 9‑78 for more information. odometer reset stem while the trip begins moving, the display will then odometer is displayed. increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km OUTPUT shows the power output to (5.2 mi), etc. the trailer anytime a trailer with electric brakes is connected. Output is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (38,1)

5-38 Instruments and Controls

Dashes may appear in the OUTPUT Oil Life Remember, you must reset the OIL display. See “Integrated Trailer To access this display, the vehicle LIFE display yourself after each oil Brake Control System” under must be in P (Park). Press the trip change. It will not reset itself. Also, Towing Equipment on page 9‑78 for odometer reset stem until OIL LIFE be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE more information. REMAINING displays. This display display accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just Speedometer shows an estimate of the oil's remaining useful life. If you see been changed. It cannot be reset The speedometer shows how fast 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the accurately until the next oil change. the vehicle is moving in either display, that means 99% of the To reset the engine oil life system, kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles current oil life remains. The engine see Engine Oil Life System on per hour (mph). The speedometer oil life system will alert you to page 10‑10. cannot be reset. change the oil on a schedule Relearn Tire Positions Compass Zone Setting consistent with your driving conditions. Your vehicle may have this display. This display allows for setting the To access this display, the vehicle compass zone. See Compass on When the remaining oil life is low, must be in P (Park). If your vehicle page 5‑6 for more information. the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON has the Tire Pressure Monitor message will appear on the display. System (TPMS), after rotating the Compass Recalibration See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” tires or after replacing a tire or This display allows for calibrating under Engine Oil Messages on sensor, the system must re-learn the the compass. See Compass on page 5‑42. You should change the tire positions. To re-learn the tire page 5‑6 for more information. oil as soon as you can. See Engine positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor Oil on page 10‑7. In addition to the System on page 10‑58. See Tire engine oil life system monitoring the Inspection on page 10‑62, Tire oil life, additional maintenance is Rotation on page 10‑62 and Tire recommended in the Maintenance Messages on page 5‑46 for more Schedule in this manual. See information. Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑3 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (39,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-39

Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and instrument panel cluster. Charging Messages See Charging System Light on Messages displayed on the DIC page 5‑21. Driving with this problem indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY LOW START could drain the battery. Turn off all some action may be needed to VEHICLE unnecessary accessories. Have the correct a condition. Multiple electrical system checked as soon messages may appear one after When the vehicle’s battery is as possible. See your dealer. another. severely discharged, this message will display and four chimes will The messages that do not require Brake System Messages sound. Start the vehicle immediate action can be immediately. If the vehicle is not SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM acknowledged and cleared by started and the battery continues to This message displays along with pressing V (Set/Reset) or the discharge, the climate controls, the brake system warning light if trip odometer reset stem. heated seats, and audio systems there is a problem with the brake will shut off and the vehicle may The messages that require system. See Brake System Warning require a jump start. These systems immediate action cannot be cleared Light on page 5 24. If this message will function again after the vehicle ‑ until that action is performed. appears, stop as soon as possible is started. All messages should be taken and turn off the vehicle. Restart the seriously and clearing the message SERVICE BATTERY vehicle and check for the message does not correct the problem. CHARGING SYSTEM on the DIC display. If the message is still displayed or appears again The following are the possible On some vehicles, this message when you begin driving, the brake messages and some information displays if there is a problem with system needs service as soon as about them. the battery charging system. Under possible. See your dealer. certain conditions, the charging system light may also turn on in the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (40,1)

5-40 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE BRAKES SOON ignition back on. If this message still obstructions, and close the hood displays, either your vehicle or the again. Check to see if the message This message displays if there is a trailer needs service. See your still appears on the DIC. problem with the brake system. dealer. If this message appears, stop as LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN soon as possible and turn off the See “Integrated Trailer Brake vehicle. Restart the vehicle and Control System” under Towing This message displays and a chime check for the message on the DIC Equipment on page 9‑78 for more sounds if the driver side rear door is display. If the message is still information. not fully closed and the vehicle is displayed or appears again when shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn you begin driving, the brake system Door Ajar Messages off the vehicle, check the door for needs service. See your dealer. obstructions, and close the door DRIVER DOOR OPEN again. Check to see if the message SERVICE TRAILER still appears on the DIC. This message displays and a chime BRAKE SYSTEM sounds if the driver door is not fully PASSENGER DOOR OPEN On vehicles with the Integrated closed and the vehicle is shifted out This message displays and a chime Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, of P (Park). Stop and turn off the sounds if the front passenger door this message displays and a chime vehicle, check the door for is not fully closed and the vehicle is sounds when there is a problem obstructions, and close the door shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn with the ITBC system. again. Check to see if the message off the vehicle, check the door for still appears on the DIC. When this message displays, power obstructions, and close the door is no longer available to the trailer HOOD OPEN again. Check to see if the message brakes. still appears on the DIC. This message displays and a As soon as it is safe to do so, chime sounds if the hood is not carefully pull your vehicle over to fully closed. Stop and turn off the the side of the road and turn the vehicle, check the hood for ignition off. Check the wiring connection to the trailer and turn the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (41,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-41

REAR ACCESS OPEN Engine Cooling System If this message continues to appear, have the system repaired by your This message displays and a chime Messages dealer as soon as possible to avoid sounds if the liftgate or liftglass is Notice: If you drive the vehicle damage to the engine. open while the ignition is in ON/ while the engine is overheating, RUN. Turn off the vehicle and check severe engine damage may ENGINE OVERHEATED the liftgate and liftglass. Restart the occur. If an overheat warning IDLE ENGINE vehicle and check for the message appears on the instrument panel on the DIC display. This message displays when the cluster and/or DIC, stop the engine coolant temperature is too RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN vehicle as soon as possible. hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to See Engine Overheating on idle until it cools down. See Engine This message displays and a chime page 10 20 for more information. sounds if the passenger side rear ‑ Coolant Temperature Gauge on door is not fully closed and the ENGINE HOT A/C page 5‑17. vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). (Air Conditioning) See Overheated Engine Protection Stop and turn off the vehicle, check TURNED OFF Operating Mode on page 10‑23 for the door for obstructions, and close information on driving to a safe the door again. Check to see if the This message displays when the place in an emergency. message still appears on the DIC. engine coolant becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature. ENGINE OVERHEATED See Engine Coolant Temperature STOP ENGINE Gauge on page 5 17. To avoid ‑ This message displays and a chime added strain on a hot engine, sounds if the engine cooling system the air conditioning compressor reaches unsafe temperatures for automatically turns off. When the operation. Stop and turn off the coolant temperature returns to vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so normal, the air conditioning to avoid severe damage. compressor turns back on. You can continue to drive your vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (42,1)

5-42 Instruments and Controls

This message clears when the OIL PRESSURE LOW Engine Power Messages engine has cooled to a safe STOP ENGINE operating temperature. ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Notice: If you drive the vehicle while the engine oil pressure is This message displays and a chime Engine Oil Messages low, severe engine damage may sounds when the cooling system CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON occur. If a low oil pressure temperature gets too hot and the warning appears on the Driver engine further enters the engine This message displays when the Information Center (DIC), stop the coolant protection mode. See engine oil needs to be changed. vehicle as soon as possible. Do Engine Overheating on page 10‑20 When you change the engine oil, be not drive the vehicle until the for further information. sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE cause of the low oil pressure is This message also displays when OIL SOON message. See Engine corrected. See Engine Oil on the engine power is reduced. Oil Life System on page 10 10 for ‑ page 10‑7 for more information. Reduced engine power can affect information on how to reset the the vehicle's ability to accelerate. message. See Engine Oil on This message displays if low oil If this message is on, but there is page 10 7 and Maintenance pressure levels occur. Stop the ‑ no reduction in performance, Schedule on page 11 3 for vehicle as soon as safely possible ‑ proceed to your destination. The more information. and do not operate it until the cause of the low oil pressure has been performance may be reduced the ENGINE OIL HOT corrected. Check the oil as soon as next time the vehicle is driven. The IDLE ENGINE possible and have the vehicle vehicle may be driven at a reduced serviced by your dealer. See Engine speed while this message is on, but This message displays when the Oil on page 10‑7. acceleration and speed may be engine oil becomes hotter than the reduced. Anytime this message normal operating temperature. Stop stays on, the vehicle should be and allow the vehicle to idle until it taken to your dealer for service as cools down. See Engine Coolant soon as possible. Temperature Gauge on page 5‑17. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (43,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-43

Fuel System Messages Key and Lock Messages Object Detection System FUEL LEVEL LOW REPLACE BATTERY IN Messages This message displays and a REMOTE KEY PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE chime sounds if the fuel level is low. This message displays if a Remote OWNERS MANUAL Refuel as soon as possible. See Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter This message displays if there is Fuel Gauge on page 5‑15 and Fuel battery is low. The battery needs something interfering with the park on page 9‑62 for more information. to be replaced in the transmitter. assist system. See Ultrasonic See Battery Replacement under TIGHTEN GAS CAP “ ” Parking Assist on page 9‑53 for Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) more information. This message may display along System Operation on page 2‑3. with the check engine light on the PARK ASSIST OFF instrument panel cluster if the Lamp Messages After the vehicle has been started, fuel cap is not tightened properly. TURN SIGNAL ON this message displays to remind the See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on driver that the URPA system has page 5‑22. Reinstall the fuel cap This message displays and a chime been turned off. Press the set/reset fully. See Filling the Tank on sounds if a turn signal is left on for button or the trip odometer reset page 9‑66. The diagnostic system 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn stem to acknowledge this message can determine if the fuel cap has signal/multifunction lever to the and clear it from the DIC display. been left off or improperly installed. off position. To turn the URPA system back on, A loose or missing fuel cap see Ultrasonic Parking Assist on allows fuel to evaporate into the page 9‑53. atmosphere. A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn this light and message off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (44,1)

5-44 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE PARK ASSIST SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT Your Vehicle” in Exterior Care on page 10 97. See Side Blind Zone This message displays if there is a SYSTEM OFF ‑ Alert (SBZA) on page 9 54 for more problem with the Ultrasonic Rear ‑ If your vehicle has the Side Blind information. Parking Assist (URPA) system. Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this Do not use this system to help you message displays when the SBZA park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist system has been turned off. See Ride Control System on page 9‑53 for more information. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on Messages See your dealer for service. page 9 54 and Driver Information ‑ SERVICE STABILITRAK Center (DIC) on page 5‑30 for SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE more information. If your vehicle has StabiliTrak® and ALERT SYSTEM this message displays, it means If your vehicle has the Side Blind SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM there may be a problem with the Zone Alert (SBZA) system and this UNAVAILABLE StabiliTrak system. If you see this message displays, both SBZA If your vehicle has the Side Blind message, try to reset the system. displays will remain on indicating Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this Stop; turn off the engine for at least there is a problem with the SBZA message displays when the SBZA 15 seconds; then start the engine system. If these displays remain on system is disabled because the again. If this message still comes after continued driving, the system sensor is blocked and cannot detect on, it means there is a problem. You needs service. See your dealer. vehicles in your blind zone. The should see your dealer for service. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) sensor may be blocked by mud, dirt, The vehicle is safe to drive, on page 9‑54 for more information. snow, ice, or slush. This message however, you do not have the may also display during heavy rain benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce or due to road spray. It may also your speed and drive accordingly. come on when driving in isolated areas with no guardrails, trees, or road signs and light traffic. Your vehicle does not need service. For cleaning instructions, see “Washing GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (45,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-45

SERVICE SUSPENSION When the StabiliTrak system is fully page 9‑15. To turn the StabiliTrak SYSTEM initialized, the message will turn off. system on or off, see StabiliTrak® See StabiliTrak® System on System on page 9‑46. If your vehicle has the Autoride® page 9‑46 for more information. suspension system, this message STABILITRAK OFF may also If this message continues to be display when the stability control displays when the Autoride displayed for multiple ignition cycles suspension system is not operating has been automatically disabled. and on different road surfaces, see There are several conditions that properly. Have your vehicle serviced your dealer for service. by your dealer. can cause this message to appear. TRACTION XX . One condition is overheating, SERVICE TRACTION STABILITRAK XX CONTROL which could occur if StabiliTrak This message displays when the activates continuously for an If your vehicle has StabiliTrak, this traction control and/or StabiliTrak extended period of time. message displays when there is a systems have been turned on or off. . The message also displays if the problem with the Traction Control Adjust your driving accordingly. brake system warning light is on. System (TCS). When this message To limit wheel spin and realize See Brake System Warning displays, the system will not limit the full benefits of the stability Light on page 5‑24. wheel spin. Adjust your driving enhancement system, you should . The message could display if accordingly. See your dealer for normally leave StabiliTrak on. ® the stability system takes longer service. See StabiliTrak System on However, you should turn than usual to complete its page 9‑46 for more information. StabiliTrak off if the vehicle gets diagnostic checks due to driving stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow STABILITRAK INITIALIZING conditions. and you want to rock the vehicle to If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this attempt to free it, or if you are . The message displays if an message may come on if the driving in extreme off-road engine or vehicle related StabiliTrak system has not fully conditions and require more wheel problem has been detected and initialized because of road spin. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on the vehicle needs service. conditions or the incorrect tire size. See your dealer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (46,1)

5-46 Instruments and Controls

The message turns off as soon as off the engine. See Immobilizer TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE the conditions that caused the Operation on page 2 15 for more ‑ On vehicles with the Tire Pressure message to be displayed are no information. Monitor System (TPMS), this longer present. Tire Messages message displays when the TPMS Airbag System Messages is re-learning the tire positions on SERVICE TIRE MONITOR your vehicle. The tire positions must SERVICE AIR BAG SYSTEM be re-learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor. This message displays if there is a On vehicles with the Tire Pressure See Tire Inspection on page 10‑62, problem with the airbag system. Monitor System (TPMS), this Tire Rotation on page 10‑62, Tire Have your dealer inspect the message displays if a part on the Pressure Monitor System on system for problems. See Airbag TPMS is not working properly. The page 10‑58, and Tire Pressure on Readiness Light on page 5‑19 and tire pressure light also flashes and page 10‑57 for more information. Airbag System on page 3‑29 for then remains on during the same more information. ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE Light on page 5‑27. Several On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Anti-theft Alarm System conditions may cause this message Monitor System (TPMS), this Messages to appear. See Tire Pressure message displays when the Monitor Operation on page 10‑59 for pressure in one or more of the SERVICE THEFT more information. If the warning vehicle's tires needs to be checked. DETERRENT SYSTEM comes on and stays on, there may This message also displays be a problem with the TPMS. See LEFT FRT (left front), This message displays when there your dealer. is a problem with the theft-deterrent RIGHT FRT (right front), system. The vehicle may or may not LEFT RR (left rear), or restart so you may want to take the RIGHT RR (right rear) to indicate vehicle to your dealer before turning the location of the low tire. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (47,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-47

The low tire pressure warning light Transmission Messages TRANSMISSION HOT will also come on. See Tire IDLE ENGINE Pressure Light on page 5‑27. You SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE Notice: Do not drive the vehicle can receive more than one tire This message displays if a problem pressure message at a time. To while the transmission fluid is occurs with the four-wheel-drive overheating and the transmission read the other messages that may system. If this message appears, have been sent at the same time, temperature warning is displayed stop as soon as possible and turn on the instrument panel cluster press the set/reset button or the off the vehicle. Make sure the key is trip odometer reset stem. If a tire and/or DIC, or the transmission in the LOCK/OFF position for at can be damaged. This could lead pressure message appears on the least one minute and then restart DIC, stop as soon as you can. Have to costly repairs that would not the vehicle and check for the be covered by the warranty. the tire pressures checked and set message on the DIC display. If the to those shown on the Tire Loading message is still displayed or This message displays along with a Information label. See Tires on appears again when you begin sound if the transmission fluid in the page 10‑49, Vehicle Load Limits on driving, the four-wheel-drive system vehicle gets hot. Driving with the page 9‑16, and Tire Pressure on needs service. See your dealer. transmission fluid temperature high page 10‑57. The DIC also shows can cause damage to the vehicle. the tire pressure values. See “DIC Stop the vehicle and let it idle to Operation and Displays (With DIC allow the transmission to cool. Buttons)” earlier in this section. This message clears and the chime stops when the fluid temperature reaches a safe level. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (48,1)

5-48 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Reminder As soon as it is safe to do so, TRAILER CONNECTED carefully pull the vehicle over to the On vehicles with the Integrated Messages side of the road and turn the ignition Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, off. Check the wiring connection to CHECK TRAILER WIRING this message displays briefly when the trailer and turn the ignition back a trailer with electric brakes is first On vehicles with the Integrated on. This message clears if the trailer connected to the vehicle. Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, is reconnected. This message also this message may display and a clears if you acknowledge it. If this This message clears itself after chime may sound when one of the message still displays, either the several seconds. This message also following conditions exists: vehicle or the trailer needs service. clears if you acknowledge it. After . A trailer with electric brakes See your dealer. this message clears, the TRAILER GAIN/OUTPUT display appears in becomes disconnected from See Integrated Trailer Brake “ the DIC. the vehicle. Control System” under Towing ‐ If the disconnect occurs while Equipment on page 9‑78 for more See “TRAILER GAIN/OUTPUT” the vehicle is stopped, this information. under Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 5‑30 and “Integrated message clears itself after a ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE short time. Trailer Brake Control System” under WITH CARE Towing Equipment on page 9‑78 for ‐ If the disconnect occurs while more information. the vehicle is moving, this This message displays when ice message stays on until the conditions are possible. ignition is turned off. . There is a short in the wiring to the electric trailer brakes. When this message displays, power is no longer available to the trailer brakes. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (49,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-49

Washer Fluid Messages Vehicle The customization preferences are automatically recalled. WASHER FLUID LOW ADD Personalization To change customization FLUID preferences, use the following This message displays when the Vehicle Personalization procedure. windshield washer fluid is low. Fill (With DIC Buttons) the windshield washer fluid reservoir Entering the Feature Your vehicle may have as soon as possible. See Engine Settings Menu customization capabilities that allow Compartment Overview on you to program certain features to 1. Turn the ignition on and place page 10 6 for the location of the ‑ one preferred setting. Customization the vehicle in P (Park). windshield washer fluid reservoir. features can only be programmed to To avoid excessive drain on the Also, see Washer Fluid on one setting on the vehicle and battery, it is recommended that page 10‑25 for more information. cannot be programmed to a the headlamps are turned off. preferred setting for two different 2. Press the customization button drivers. to scroll through the available All of the customization options may customizable options. not be available on your vehicle. Only the options available will be displayed on the DIC. The default settings for the customization features were set when your vehicle left the factory, but may have been changed from their default state since then. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (50,1)

5-50 Instruments and Controls

Feature Settings Menu Items Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR LOCK the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen The following are customization This feature allows you to select appears on the DIC display. Press features that allow you to program when the vehicle's doors will the set/reset button once to access settings to the vehicle: automatically lock. See Automatic the settings for this feature. Then Door Locks on page 2‑9 for more DISPLAY IN ENGLISH press the customization button to information. scroll through the following settings: This feature will only display if a Press the customization button until language other than English has ENGLISH (default): All messages AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the been set. This feature allows you to will appear in English. DIC display. Press the set/reset change the language in which the FRANCAIS: All messages will button once to access the settings DIC messages appear to English. appear in French. for this feature. Then press the Press the customization button until ESPANOL: All messages will customization button to scroll the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN appear in Spanish. through the following settings: ENGLISH screen appears on the NO CHANGE: No change will be SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default): DIC display. Press the set/reset made to this feature. The current The doors will automatically lock button once to display all DIC setting will remain. when the vehicle is shifted out of messages in English. P (Park). To select a setting, press the set/ DISPLAY LANGUAGE reset button while the desired AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doors will automatically lock when the This feature allows you to select the setting is displayed on the DIC. vehicle speed is above 8 mph language in which the DIC You can also change the language (13 km/h) for 3 seconds. messages will appear. by pressing the trip odometer reset NO CHANGE: No change will be stem. See “Language” under DIC Operation and Displays (Without made to this feature. The current DIC Buttons) earlier in this section setting will remain. for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (51,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-51

To select a setting, press the set/ DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver Press the customization button until reset button while the desired door will unlock when the vehicle is REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on setting is displayed on the DIC. shifted into P (Park). the DIC display. Press the set/reset button once to access the settings AUTO DOOR UNLOCK ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors will unlock when the key is taken for this feature. Then press the This feature allows you to select out of the ignition. customization button to scroll whether or not to turn off the through the following settings: ALL IN PARK (default): All of the automatic door unlocking feature. OFF: There will be no feedback It also allows you to select which doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). when you press the lock button on doors and when the doors will the RKE transmitter. automatically unlock. See Automatic NO CHANGE: No change will be Door Locks on page 2‑9 for more made to this feature. The current LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps information. setting will remain. will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter. Press the customization button until To select a setting, press the set/ AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on reset button while the desired HORN ONLY: The horn will sound the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting is displayed on the DIC. on the second press of the lock button once to access the settings button on the RKE transmitter. for this feature. Then press the REMOTE DOOR LOCK HORN & LIGHTS (default): The customization button to scroll This feature allows you to select the exterior lamps will flash when you through the following settings: type of feedback you will receive press the lock button on the RKE OFF: None of the doors will when locking the vehicle with the transmitter, and the horn will sound automatically unlock. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) when the lock button is pressed transmitter. You will not receive again within five seconds of the DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the feedback when locking the vehicle previous command. driver door will unlock when the key with the RKE transmitter if the doors is taken out of the ignition. are open. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2‑3 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (52,1)

5-52 Instruments and Controls

NO CHANGE: No change will be Press the customization button until DELAY DOOR LOCK made to this feature. The current REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears This feature allows you to select setting will remain. on the DIC display. Press the set/ whether or not the locking of the To select a setting, press the set/ reset button once to access the vehicle's doors and liftgate will be reset button while the desired settings for this feature. Then press delayed. When locking the doors setting is displayed on the DIC. the customization button to scroll and liftgate with the power door lock through the following settings: switch and a door or the liftgate is REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps open, this feature will delay locking This feature allows you to select the will not flash when you press the the doors and liftgate until type of feedback you will receive unlock button on the RKE five seconds after the last door is when unlocking the vehicle with the transmitter. closed. You will hear three chimes Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior to signal that the delayed locking transmitter. You will not receive lamps will flash when you press the feature is in use. The key must be feedback when unlocking the unlock button on the RKE out of the ignition for this feature to vehicle with the RKE transmitter if transmitter. work. You can temporarily override the doors are open. See Remote delayed locking by pressing the Keyless Entry (RKE) System NO CHANGE: No change will be power door lock switch twice. See Operation on page 2‑3 for more made to this feature. The current Delayed Locking on page 2‑9 for information. setting will remain. more information. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (53,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-53

Press the customization button until Press the customization button until APPROACH LIGHTING DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC This feature allows you to select the DIC display. Press the set/reset display. Press the set/reset button whether or not to have the exterior button once to access the settings once to access the settings for lights turn on briefly during low light for this feature. Then press the this feature. Then press the periods after unlocking the vehicle customization button to scroll customization button to scroll using the Remote Keyless Entry through the following settings: through the following settings: (RKE) transmitter. OFF: There will be no delayed OFF: The exterior lamps will Press the customization button until locking of the vehicle's doors. not turn on. APPROACH LIGHTING appears on ON (default): The doors will not 30 SECONDS (default): the DIC display. Press the set/reset lock until 5 seconds after the last The exterior lamps will stay on button once to access the settings door or the liftgate is closed. for 30 seconds. for this feature. Then press the NO CHANGE: No change will be 1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will customization button to scroll made to this feature. The current stay on for 1 minute. through the following settings: setting will remain. 2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will OFF: The exterior lights will not To select a setting, press the set/ stay on for 2 minutes. turn on when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. reset button while the desired NO CHANGE: No change will be setting is displayed on the DIC. made to this feature. The current ON (default): If it is dark enough setting will remain. outside, the exterior lights will turn EXIT LIGHTING on briefly when you unlock the This feature allows you to select the To select a setting, press the set/ vehicle with the RKE transmitter. amount of time you want the reset button while the desired exterior lamps to remain on when it setting is displayed on the DIC. is dark enough outside. This happens after the key is turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (54,1)

5-54 Instruments and Controls

The lights will remain on for LOUD: The chime volume will be Press the customization button until 20 seconds or until the lock button set to a loud level. PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on on the RKE transmitter is pressed, NO CHANGE: No change will be the DIC display. Press the set/reset or the vehicle is no longer off. See made to this feature. The current button once to access the settings Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) setting will remain. for this feature. Then press the System Operation on page 2‑3 for customization button to scroll more information. There is no default for chime through the following settings: volume. The volume will stay at the NO CHANGE: No change will be last known setting. OFF (default): Neither outside made to this feature. The current mirror will be tilted down when the setting will remain. To select a setting, press the set/ vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). reset button while the desired To select a setting, press the set/ setting is displayed on the DIC. DRIVER MIRROR: The driver reset button while the desired outside mirror will be tilted down setting is displayed on the DIC. PARK TILT MIRRORS when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). CHIME VOLUME If your vehicle has this feature, it allows you to select whether or not PASSENGER MIRROR: The This feature allows you to select the the outside mirror(s) will passenger outside mirror will be volume level of the chime. automatically tilt down when the tilted down when the vehicle is Press the customization button until vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). shifted into R (Reverse). CHIME VOLUME appears on the See Park Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑20 BOTH MIRRORS: The driver and DIC display. Press the set/reset for more information. passenger outside mirrors will be button once to access the settings tilted down when the vehicle is for this feature. Then press the shifted into R (Reverse). customization button to scroll through the following settings: NO CHANGE: No change will be made to this feature. The current NORMAL: The chime volume will setting will remain. be set to a normal level. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (55,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-55

To select a setting, press the set/ BUTTON & KEY OUT (default): EASY EXIT SETUP reset button while the desired If the features are enabled through If your vehicle has this feature, it setting is displayed on the DIC. the EASY EXIT SETUP menu, the allows you to select which areas will driver seat will move back when the EASY EXIT RECALL recall with the automatic easy exit key is removed from the ignition or seat feature. It also allows you to If your vehicle has this feature, it after pressing the easy exit seat turn off the automatic easy exit allows you to select your preference button. feature. See Memory Seats on for the automatic easy exit seat The automatic easy exit seat page 3‑7 and EASY EXIT RECALL feature. See Memory Seats on movement will only occur one time earlier for more information. page 3‑7 for more information. after the key is removed from the Press the customization button until Press the customization button until ignition. If the automatic movement EASY EXIT SETUP appears on the EASY EXIT RECALL appears on has already occurred, and you put DIC display. Press the set/reset the DIC display. Press the set/reset the key back in the ignition and button once to access the settings button once to access the settings remove it again, the seat will stay in for this feature. Then press the for this feature. Then press the the original exit position, unless a menu up/down button to scroll customization button to scroll memory recall took place prior to through the following settings: through the following settings: removing the key again. OFF: No automatic seat exit DOOR BUTTON ONLY: No NO CHANGE: No change will be will recall. automatic seat exit recall will occur. made to this feature. The current The recall will only occur after setting will remain. SEAT ONLY (Default): The driver seat will recall. pressing the easy exit seat button. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (56,1)

5-56 Instruments and Controls

NO CHANGE: No change will be button on the Remote Keyless Entry Press the customization button until made to this feature. The current (RKE) transmitter is pressed. On REMOTE START appears on the setting will remain. some vehicles with the adjustable DIC display. Press the set/reset To select a setting, press the set/ throttle and brake pedal feature, the button once to access the settings reset button while the desired pedals will also automatically move. for this feature. Then press the setting is displayed on the DIC. NO CHANGE: No change will be customization button to scroll made to this feature. The current through the following settings: MEMORY SEAT RECALL setting will remain. OFF: The remote start feature will If your vehicle has this feature, it To select a setting, press the set/ be disabled. allows you to select your preference reset button while the desired ON (default): The remote start for the remote memory seat recall setting is displayed on the DIC. feature will be enabled. feature. See Memory Seats on page 3‑7 for more information. REMOTE START NO CHANGE: No change will be made to this feature. The current Press the customization button until If your vehicle has this feature, it setting will remain. MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears allows you to turn the remote start on the DIC display. Press the set/ off or on. The remote start feature To select a setting, press the set/ reset button once to access the allows you to start the engine from reset button while the desired settings for this feature. Then press outside of the vehicle using the setting is displayed on the DIC. the customization button to scroll Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) through the following settings: transmitter. See Remote Vehicle OFF (default): No remote memory Start on page 2‑5 for more seat recall will occur. information. ON: The driver seat and, on some vehicles, the outside mirrors will automatically move to the stored driving position when the unlock GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (57,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-57

FACTORY SETTINGS EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS Exiting the Feature This feature allows you to set all of This feature allows you to exit the Settings Menu the customization features back to feature settings menu. The feature settings menu will be their factory default settings. Press the customization button until exited when any of the following occurs: Press the customization button until PRESS V TO EXIT FEATURE FACTORY SETTINGS appears on SETTINGS appears in the DIC . The vehicle is no longer the DIC display. Press the set/reset display. Press the set/reset button in ON/RUN. button once to access the settings once to exit the menu. for this feature. Then press the . The trip/fuel or vehicle customization button to scroll If you do not exit, pressing the information DIC buttons are through the following settings: customization button again will pressed. return you to the beginning of the . The end of the feature settings RESTORE ALL (default): The feature settings menu. customization features will be set to menu is reached and exited. their factory default settings. . A 40 second time period has DO NOT RESTORE: The elapsed with no selection made. customization features will not be set to their factory default settings. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (58,1)

5-58 Instruments and Controls

Universal Remote devices such as garage door Park the vehicle outside of the openers, security systems, and garage when programming a garage System home automation devices. door. Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door See Radio Frequency Statement on Do not use this system with any or gate that is being programmed. page 13‑17 for information garage door opener that does not regarding Part 15 of the Federal have the stop and reverse feature. Programming Universal Home Communications Commission (FCC) This includes any garage door Remote — Rolling Code rules and Industry Canada opener model manufactured before Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. April 1, 1982. For questions or help programming the Universal Home Remote Read the instructions completely Universal Remote System System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go before attempting to program the to www.learcar2u.com. Programming transmitter. Because of the steps involved, it may be helpful to have Most garage door openers sold another person assist with after 1996 are Rolling Code units. programming the transmitter. Programming a garage door opener Be sure to keep the original remote involves time-sensitive actions, so control transmitter for use in other read the entire procedure before vehicles, as well as for future starting. Otherwise, the device will programming. Only the original time out and the procedure will have to be repeated. Vehicles with the Universal Remote remote control transmitter is needed System will have these buttons for Fixed Code programming. The located in the headliner. programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or This system provides a way to the lease ends. See “Erasing replace up to three remote control Universal Home Remote Buttons” in transmitters used to activate this section. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (59,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-59

hanging antenna wire is 5. Press and release the same attached to the motor-head unit button again. The garage door and may be a colored button. should move, confirming that Press this button. After pressing programming is successful and this button, complete the complete. following steps in less than To program another Rolling Code 30 seconds. To program up to three devices: device such as an additional garage 3. Immediately return to the door opener, a security device, 1. From inside the vehicle, press vehicle. Press and hold the or home automation device, repeat the two outside buttons at the Universal Home Remote button Steps 1 through 5, choosing a same time for one to that will be used to control the different function button in Step 3 two seconds, and immediately garage door until the garage than what was used for the garage release them. door moves. The indicator light, door opener. above the selected button, If these instructions do not work, the should slowly blink. This button garage door opener is probably a may need to be held for up to Fixed Code unit. Follow the 20 seconds. programming instructions that 4. Immediately, within one second, follow for a Fixed Code garage release the button when the door opener. garage door moves. The indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete. 2. In the garage, locate the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit). Find the “Learn” or “Smart” button. It can usually be found where the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (60,1)

5-60 Instruments and Controls

Programming Universal Home Your hand-held transmitter can Remote — Fixed Code have between 8 to 12 dip switches depending on the For questions or help programming brand of transmitter. the Universal Home Remote System, call 1-866-572-2728 or The garage door opener receiver go to www.learcar2u.com. (motor head unit) could also have a row of dip switches that Most garage door openers sold can be used when programming before 1996 are Fixed Code units. the Universal Home Remote. Programming a garage door opener If the total number of switches involves time-sensitive actions, so on the motor head and read the entire procedure before hand-held transmitter are starting. Otherwise, the device will To program up to three devices: different, or if the dip switch time out and the procedure will have settings are different, use the 1. To verify that the garage door to be repeated. dip switch settings on the motor opener is a Fixed Code unit, head unit to program the remove the battery cover on the Universal Home Remote. The hand-held transmitter supplied motor head dip switch settings by the manufacturer of the can also be used when the garage door opener motor. original hand-held transmitter is If there is a row of dip switches not available. similar to the graphic above, the garage door opener is a Fixed Code unit. If you do not see a row of dip switches, return to the previous section for Programming Universal Home Remote — Rolling Code. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (61,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-61

The switch positions on the . If a switch is set between hand-held transmitter could be the up and down position, labeled as follows: write “Middle.” . A switch in the up position The switch settings written could be labeled as Up, down in Step 2 now +, or On. become the button strokes Example of Eight Dip Switches to be entered into the . A switch in the down with Two Positions Universal Home Remote in position could be labeled as Step 4. Be sure to enter the Down, −, or Off. switch settings written down . A switch in the middle in Step 2, in order from left position could be labeled as to right, into the Universal Middle, 0, or Neutral. Home Remote, when completing Step 4. 2. Write down the 8 to 12 switch settings from left to right as Example of Eight Dip Switches follows: with Three Positions . When a switch is in the up The panel of switches might not position, write “Left.” appear exactly as they do in the examples above, but they . When a switch is in the should be similar. down position, write “Right.” GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (62,1)

5-62 Instruments and Controls

3. From inside your vehicle, first 4. The indicator lights will blink 6. Press and hold the button that firmly press all three buttons at slowly. Enter each switch setting will be used to control the the same time for about from Step 2 into your vehicle's garage door until the garage three seconds. Release the Universal Home Remote. You door moves. The indicator light buttons to put the Universal will have two and one-half above the selected button Home Remote into minutes to complete Step 4. should slowly blink. This button programming mode. Now press one button on the may need to be held for up to Universal Home Remote for 55 seconds. each switch setting as follows: 7. Immediately release the button . If you wrote “Left,” press when the garage door moves. the left button (A) in the The indicator light will blink vehicle. rapidly until programming is complete. . If you wrote “Right,” press the right button (C) in the 8. Press and release the same vehicle. button again. The garage door should move, confirming that . If you wrote “Middle,” press the middle button (B) in programming is successful and the vehicle. complete. 5. After entering all of the switch To program another Fixed Code A. Left Button (Up, +, or On) positions, once again firmly device such as an additional garage door opener, a security device, B. Middle Button press and release all three or home automation device, repeat (Middle, 0, or Neutral) buttons at the same time. The indicator lights will turn on. Steps 1-8, choosing a different C. Right Button button in Step 6 than what was used (Down, −, or Off) for the garage door opener. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (63,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-63

Universal Remote System Erasing Universal Home 2. Once the indicator lights begin Remote Buttons to blink, release both buttons. Operation The codes from all buttons will Press and hold the appropriate The programmed buttons should be be erased. button for at least half of a second. erased when the vehicle is sold or the lease ends. For help or information on the The indicator light will come on Universal Home Remote System, while the signal is being transmitted. To erase either Rolling Code or call the customer assistance phone Fixed Code settings on the number under Customer Assistance Reprogramming Universal Universal Home Remote device: Home Remote Buttons Offices on page 13‑3. 1. Press and hold the two outside Any of the three buttons can be buttons at the same time for reprogrammed by repeating the approximately 20 seconds, until instructions. the indicator lights, located directly above the buttons, begin to blink rapidly. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (64,1)

5-64 Instruments and Controls

2 NOTES GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5 Lighting Features Lighting Turn and Lane-Change Entry Lighting ...... 6-9 Signals ...... 6-6 Exit Lighting ...... 6-9 Exterior Lighting Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 Battery Load Management . . . 6-10 Auxiliary Battery Power Protection . . . . 6-10 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-2 Roof-Mounted Lamp ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 6-3 Interior Lighting Headlamp High/Low-Beam Instrument Panel Illumination Changer ...... 6-3 Control ...... 6-8 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Dome Lamps ...... 6-8 Daytime Running Reading Lamps ...... 6-9 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-4 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 6-4 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

Exterior Lighting It controls the following systems: AUTO (Automatic): Automatically turns on the headlamps at normal . Headlamps brightness, together with the Exterior Lamp Controls . Taillamps following: . Parking Lamps . Parking Lamps . License Plate Lamps . Instrument Panel Lights . Instrument Panel Lights . Taillamps The exterior lamps control has . License Plate Lamps four positions: ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the O (Off): Turns off the automatic parking lamps together with the headlamps and Daytime Running following: Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp . The exterior lamps control is located control to the off position again to Instrument Panel Lights on the instrument panel to the left of turn the automatic headlamps or . Taillamps the steering wheel. DRL back on. . License Plate Lamps For vehicles first sold in Canada, 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the the off position will only work when headlamps together with the the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). following lamps listed below. . Parking Lamps . Instrument Panel Lights . Taillamps . License Plate Lamps GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

When the headlamps are turned Exterior Lamps Off When the high beams are on, this on while the vehicle is on, the indicator light on the instrument headlamps will turn off automatically Reminder panel cluster will also be on. 10 minutes after the ignition is A reminder chime will sound when turned off. When the headlamps are the headlamps or parking lamps are Flash-to-Pass turned on while the vehicle is off, manually turned on and the ignition the headlamps will stay on for is off and a door is open. To disable This feature lets you use the 10 minutes before automatically the chime, turn the light off. high-beam headlamps to signal a turning off to prevent the battery driver in front of you that you want from being drained. Turn the Headlamp High/ to pass. It works even if the headlamp control to off and then headlamps are in the automatic back to the headlamp on position to Low-Beam Changer position. make the headlamps stay on for an 5 3 (Headlamp High/ To use it, pull the turn signal lever additional 10 minutes. Low Beam Changer): To change toward you, then release it. the headlamps from low to high If the headlamps are in the beam, push the lever toward the automatic position or on low beam, instrument panel. To return to the high-beam headlamps will turn low-beam headlamps, pull the on. They will stay on as long as you multifunction lever toward you. hold the lever toward you. The Then release it. high-beam indicator on the instrument panel cluster will come on. Release the lever to return to normal operation. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

Daytime Running When it begins to get dark, the Canada, the transmission must be automatic headlamp system in the P (Park) position before the Lamps (DRL) switches from DRL to the automatic headlamp system can be Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can headlamps. turned off. make it easier for others to see the To turn off the DRL lamps, turn front of your vehicle during the day. the exterior lamps control to the Fully functional daytime running OFF position and then release. lamps are required on all vehicles For vehicles first sold in Canada, first sold in Canada. the transmission must be in the The DRL system comes on when P (Park) position before the the following conditions are met: DRL lamps can be turned off.

. The ignition is on. Automatic Headlamp . The exterior lamps control is in AUTO. System The vehicle has a light sensor located on the top of the instrument . The transmission is not in Park. When it is dark enough outside, the automatic headlamp system turns panel which regulates when the . The light sensor determines it on the headlamps at the normal automatic headlamps turn on. Do is daytime. brightness, along with the taillamps, not cover the sensor, otherwise the When the DRL system is on, sidemarker, parking lamps, and the headlamps will come on whenever only the DRL lamps are on. The instrument panel lights. The radio the ignition is on. taillamps, sidemarker, instrument lights will also be dim. The system may also turn on the panel lights, and other lamps will To turn off the automatic headlamp headlamps when driving through a not be on. system, turn the exterior lamps parking garage or heavy overcast switch to the off position and then weather. This is normal. release it. For vehicles first sold in GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

There is a delay in the transition To idle the vehicle with the Hazard Warning Flashers between the daytime and nighttime automatic headlamp system off, operation of the Daytime Running turn the control to the off position. Lamps (DRL) and the automatic The headlamps will also stay on headlamp systems so that driving after you exit the vehicle. This under bridges or bright overhead feature can be programmed using street lights does not affect the the Driver Information Center (DIC). system. The DRL and automatic See Vehicle Personalization (With headlamp system are only affected DIC Buttons) on page 5‑49. when the light sensor detects a change in lighting lasting longer If the vehicle is not equipped with than the delay. DIC buttons, exit lighting is automatic. When it is dark enough If the vehicle is started in a dark outside, the exterior lamps remain garage, the automatic headlamp on for 30 seconds after the ignition system comes on immediately. is moved from ON/RUN to Once the vehicle leaves the garage, LOCK/OFF. | (Hazard Warning Flashers): it takes approximately one minute Press this button located on top of for the automatic headlamp system For vehicles without a radio, the the steering column, to make the to change to DRL if it is bright instrument panel light remains on for front and rear turn signal lamps enough outside. During that delay, 30 seconds with the driver door flash on and off. This warns others the instrument panel cluster may not closed. For vehicles with a radio, that you are having trouble. Press be as bright as usual. Make sure the the instrument panel light remains again to turn the flashers off. instrument panel brightness control on for 10 minutes with the driver is in the full bright position. See door closed. See Retained When the hazard warning flashers Instrument Panel Illumination Accessory Power (RAP) on are on, the vehicle's turn signals will not work. Control on page 6‑8. page 9‑26. The regular headlamp system can be turned on when needed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

Turn and Lane-Change Holding the turn signal lever for Fog Lamps more than one second will cause Signals the turn signals to flash until you release the lever. The lever returns to its starting position whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out. Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb For vehicles with fog lamps, is not burned out, check the fuse. the control is located next to the An arrow on the instrument panel See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on cluster flashes in the direction of exterior lamps control on the page 10‑41. the turn or lane change. instrument panel, to the left of the steering column. Move the lever all the way up or Turn Signal On Chime down to signal a turn. If the turn signal is left on for more The ignition must be in the ON/RUN than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime will position for the fog lamps to Raise or lower the lever for less come on. than one second until the arrow sound at each flash of the turn starts to flash to signal a lane signal and the message TURN change. This causes the turn SIGNAL ON will also appear in the signals to automatically flash Driver Information Control (DIC). three times. It will flash six times To turn the chime and message off, if tow-haul mode is active. move the turn signal lever to the off position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

Lighting 6-7

# (Fog Lamps): Press to turn the Auxiliary The emergency roof lamp circuit fog lamps on or off. A light will come Roof-Mounted Lamp is fused at 30 amps, so the total on in the instrument panel cluster. current draw of the attached lamps If the vehicle has this feature, this should be less than this value. The When the fog lamps are turned on, button includes wiring provisions for attachment points for the roof lamp the parking lamps automatically a dealer or a qualified service center circuits are two blunt cut wires turn on. to install an auxiliary roof lamp. located above the overhead When the headlamps are changed console, a dark green switched to high beam, the fog lamps also go power wire and a black ground wire. off. When the high-beam headlamps For more information on roof mount are turned off, the fog lamps will emergency lamp installation, please come on again. visit the GM Upfitter website at Some localities have laws that www.gmupfitter.com or contact require the headlamps to be on your dealer. with the fog lamps. If the vehicle has this button, the vehicle may have the snow This button is located on the plow prep package. For further overhead console. information, see Adding a Snow Plow or Similar Equipment on When the wiring is connected to page 9‑88. an auxiliary roof‐mounted lamp, pressing the bottom of the button will activate the lamp and illuminate an indicator light at the bottom of this button. Pressing the top of the button will turn off the roof‐mounted lamp and indicator. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

6-8 Lighting

Interior Lighting Dome Lamps Dome Lamp Override The dome lamps are located in The dome lamp override button Instrument Panel the overhead console. is located next to the exterior lamps control. Illumination Control They come on when any door is opened and turn off after all the doors are closed. Turn the instrument panel brightness knob located below the dome lamp override button, clockwise to the farthest position to manually turn on the dome lamps. The dome lamps remain on until the knob is turned counterclockwise. k D (Dome Off): Press the button (Instrument Panel in and the dome lamps remain off Brightness): This feature controls when a door is opened. Press the the brightness of the instrument button again to return it to the panel lights and is located next to extended position so that the the exterior lamps control. dome lamps come on when a Push the knob to extend out and door is opened. then it can be turned. Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights. Turning the knob to the farthest clockwise position turns on the dome lamps. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (9,1)

Lighting 6-9

Reading Lamps Lighting Features Exit Lighting For vehicles with reading lamps The interior lamps come on when they are located on the overhead Entry Lighting the key is removed from the ignition. console. The vehicle has an illuminated entry They turn off automatically in To turn on the reading lamps, press feature. 20 seconds. The lights do not come the button located next to each on if the dome override button is When the doors are opened, the pressed in. lamp. To turn them off, press the dome lamps will come on if the button again. dome override button is in the The vehicle may also have reading extended position. If the dome lamps in other locations. To turn the override button is pressed in, the lamps on or off, press the button lamps will not come on. located next to the lamp. The lamps are fixed and cannot be adjusted. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (10,1)

6-10 Lighting

Battery Load This is because the generator Normally, these actions occur in (alternator) may not be spinning fast steps or levels, without being Management enough at idle to produce all the noticeable. In rare cases at the The vehicle has Electric Power power that is needed for very high highest levels of corrective action, Management (EPM) that estimates electrical loads. this action may be noticeable to the the battery's temperature and state A high electrical load occurs when driver. If so, a Driver Information of charge. It then adjusts the voltage several of the following are on, such Center (DIC) message might be for best performance and extended as: headlamps, high beams, fog displayed, such as BATTERY LOW life of the battery. lamps, rear window defogger, START VEHICLE . If this message displays, it is recommended that the When the battery's state of charge climate control fan at high speed, driver reduce the electrical loads as is low, the voltage is raised slightly heated seats, engine cooling fans, much as possible and restart the to quickly bring the charge back up. trailer loads, and loads plugged into vehicle. See Battery Voltage and When the state of charge is high, accessory power outlets. Charging Messages on page 5‑39. the voltage is lowered slightly to EPM works to prevent excessive prevent overcharging. If the vehicle discharge of the battery. It does this Battery Power Protection has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage by balancing the generator's output display on the Driver Information and the vehicle's electrical needs. This feature shuts off the dome, and Center (DIC), you may see the It can increase engine idle speed to reading lamps if they are left on for voltage move up or down. This is generate more power, whenever more than 10 minutes when the normal. If there is a problem, an needed. It can temporarily reduce ignition is off. This will keep the alert will be displayed. the power demands of some battery from running down. The battery can be discharged at accessories. idle if the electrical loads are very high. This is true for all vehicles. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

Audio Players Introduction Infotainment CD Player ...... 7-15 System CD/DVD Player ...... 7-20 Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-31 Infotainment Read the following pages to Rear Seat Infotainment Introduction become familiar with the audio Rear Seat Entertainment system's features. Infotainment ...... 7-1 (RSE) System ...... 7-35 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Operation ...... 7-3 System ...... 7-46 { WARNING Radio Phone Taking your eyes off the road for AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 Bluetooth ...... 7-48 extended periods could cause a Satellite Radio ...... 7-9 crash resulting in injury or death Radio Reception ...... 7-13 Trademarks and License to you or others. Do not give Rear Side Window Agreements Antenna ...... 7-14 extended attention to infotainment Trademarks and License tasks while driving. Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 7-14 Agreements ...... 7-56

This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

To minimize taking your eyes off the Notice: Contact your dealer Theft-Deterrent Feature road while driving, do the following before adding any equipment. ® while the vehicle is parked: TheftLock is designed to Adding audio or communication discourage theft of the vehicle's . Become familiar with the equipment could interfere with radio by learning a portion of the operation and controls of the the operation of the engine, radio, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). audio system. or other systems, and could The radio does not operate if it is damage them. Follow federal . Set up the tone, speaker stolen or moved to a different adjustments, and preset radio rules covering mobile radio and vehicle. stations. telephone equipment. For more information, see Defensive The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, Driving on page 9‑3. the audio system can be played This vehicle's audio system may be even after the ignition is turned off. equipped with a noise reduction See Retained Accessory Power system which can work improperly (RAP) on page 9‑26 for more if the audio amplifier, engine information. calibrations, exhaust system, microphones, radio, or speakers are Navigation/Radio System modified or replaced. This could For vehicles with a navigation radio result in more noticeable engine system, see the separate Navigation noise at certain speeds. System manual. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

Operation

Radio with CD (MP3) shown, Radio with USB and CD (MP3) similar GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD radio may have a Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) system. See Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) System on page 7‑35 for more information on the vehicle's RSE system. The DVD player is the top slot on the radio faceplate. The player is capable of reading the DTS programmed DVD Audio or DVD Video media, (DTS and DTS Digital Surround are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.). Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3) Dolby Laboratories. The vehicle has one of these radios Radios with CD and DVD as its audio system. Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD radio have a Bose® Surround Sound System. Some of its features are explained later in this section under, “Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade)”. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

Using the Radio Speed Compensated Setting the Tone Volume (SCV): Radios with Speed O (Power/Volume): Press to turn (Bass/Midrange/Treble) Compensated Volume (SCV) the system on and off. automatically adjusts the radio BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange, Turn clockwise or counterclockwise volume to compensate for road and or Treble): To adjust the bass, to increase or decrease the volume. wind noise as the vehicle's speed midrange, or treble: 4 (Information) (If available): changes while driving, so that the 1. Press the f knob until the tone Press to switch the display between volume level stays consistent. control tabs display. the radio station frequency and the To activate SCV: 2. Highlight the desired tone time. While the ignition is off, press 1. Set the radio volume to the control tab by doing one of this button to display the time. Press desired level. the following: to display additional text information related to the current FM-RDS or 2. Press the MENU button to . Pressing the f knob. XM station; or CD, MP3, or WMA display the radio setup menu. . song. If information is available Press the softkey under the 3. Press the softkey under the desired tab. during XM, CD, MP3, or WMA AUTO VOLUM (automatic playback, the song title information volume) tab on the radio display. 3. Adjust the setting by doing one displays on the top line of the of the following: display and artist information 4. Press the softkey under the . f displays on the bottom line. desired Speed Compensated Turn the knob clockwise When information is not available, Volume setting (OFF, Low, Med, or counterclockwise. or High) to select the level of “NO INFO” displays. . radio volume compensation. Press the ¨ SEEK, or The display times out after © SEEK button. approximately 10 seconds. Each . \ higher setting allows for more Press the FWD, or radio volume compensation at s REV button. faster vehicle speeds. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

If a station's frequency is weak or if Digital Signal Processing (DSP): experience from a CD or digital there is static, decrease the treble. Press the EQ button to change the audio source. Centerpoint® DSP settings (only available on delivers five independent audio To quickly adjust bass, midrange, ® or treble to the middle position, Bose systems). DSP settings channels from conventional press the softkey positioned under provide a choice of different two channel stereo recordings. the BASS, MID, or TREB tab for listening experiences. (Not available for AM or FM.) more than 2 seconds. A beep The following DSP settings are Adjusting the Speakers sounds and the level adjusts to the available: (Balance/Fade) middle position. . Normal — Select this setting to BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade): To quickly adjust all tone and adjust the audio for normal To adjust the balance or fade: speaker controls to the middle mode. This provides the position, press the f knob for more best sound quality for all 1. Press the f knob until the than 2 seconds until a beep sounds. seating positions. speaker control tabs display. EQ (Equalization): Press this . Driver — Select this setting to 2. Highlight the desired speaker button to choose bass and treble adjust the audio for the driver control tab by doing one of the equalization settings designed for to receive the best possible following: different types of music. Selecting sound quality. . Pressing the f knob. MANUAL or changing bass or . Rear — Select this setting to treble, returns the EQ to the manual adjust the audio for the rear seat . Press the softkey under the bass and treble settings. passengers to receive the best desired tab. Unique EQ settings can be saved possible sound quality. for each source. . Surround (Centerpoint®) — ® Select this setting to enable If the radio has a Bose audio ® ® system, the EQ settings are either Bose Centerpoint . Centerpoint MANUAL or TALK. signal processing produces a surround sound listening GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

3. Adjust the setting by doing one Radio Messages Radio of the following: Calibration Error: The audio . Turn the f knob clockwise system has been calibrated AM-FM Radio or counterclockwise. for the vehicle from the factory. If Calibration Error displays, it Radio Data System (RDS) . Press the ¨ SEEK, or means that the radio has not been For radios with the Radio Data © SEEK button. configured properly for the vehicle System (RDS) feature, it only works and it must be returned to your with FM stations that broadcast . \ Press the FWD, or dealer for service. RDS information. This system relies s REV button. Locked or Loc: One of these upon receiving specific information messages will display when the from these stations and only works To quickly adjust all speaker and ® tone controls to the middle position, TheftLock system has locked up when the information is available. the radio. Take the vehicle to your While the radio is tuned to an press the f knob for more than dealer for service. FM-RDS station, the station name 2 seconds. or call letters displays. In rare If any error occurs repeatedly or if cases, a radio station could If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is an error cannot be corrected, turned on, the radio disables FADE broadcast incorrect information that contact your dealer. and mutes the rear speakers. causes the radio features to work improperly. If this happens, contact the radio station. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

4 (Information) (RDS Features): ¨ SEEK: Press to seek the next Storing Radio Stations For vehicles with RDS features, radio station. Press and hold for a Drivers are encouraged to store press 4 to display additional text few seconds until a beep sounds to radio station while the vehicle is information related to the current scan for radio stations in ascending parked, see Defensive Driving on FM-RDS station. If information is order, press the ¨ SEEK button page 9‑3. Tune to stored radio available, the song title information again to stop scanning radio stations using the presets, favorites displays on the top line of the stations. The radio only seeks and button, and steering wheel controls, display and artist information scans stations with a strong signal if the vehicle has this feature. displays on the bottom line. that are in the selected band. Up to 36 stations can be When information is not available, s REV: Press to manually tune to programmed as favorites using the “NO INFO” displays. a radio station in descending order. sixbutton. Press the FAV button to Finding a Station \ FWD: Press to manually tune to go through up to six pages of a radio station in ascending order. favorites, each having six favorite BAND: Press to switch between stations available per page. Each AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. FAV (Favorites): Press to select page of favorites can contain any f (Tune): Turn to manually select different favorite pages for stored combination of AM, FM, or XM, radio stations. radio stations. if equipped, stations. © SEEK: Press to seek the previous radio station. Press and hold for a few seconds until a beep sounds to scan for radio stations in descending order, press the © SEEK button again to stop scanning radio stations. The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

Storing a Radio Station as a The number of favorites pages can Satellite Radio Favorite be setup using the MENU button. To store a station as a favorite: To setup the number of favorites XM™ Satellite Radio Service pages: 1. Tune to a radio station. XM is a satellite radio service based 1. Press the MENU button. in the 48 contiguous United States 2. Press the FAV button to display 2. Press the softkey located below and 10 Canadian provinces. XM the page where the station will Satellite Radio has a wide variety of the FAV 1-6 tab. be stored. programming and commercial-free 3. Press and hold one of the 3. Select the number of favorites music, coast to coast, and in six softkeys until a beep sounds. pages by pressing the softkey digital-quality sound. A service fee located below the displayed is required to receive the XM 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to page numbers. service. If the service needs to be store additional radio stations. 4. Press the FAV button, or let the reactivated, the radio will display menu time out, to return to the “No Subscription Please Renew on original main radio screen channel XM1.” For more showing the radio station information, contact XM at frequency tabs and to begin www.xmradio.com or the process of programming 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S., and favorites. www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

4 (Information) (XM Satellite s REV: Press to go to the 2. Press either of the two softkeys Radio Service): For vehicles with previous XM category. below the desired category tab XM, press 4 to display additional to immediately tune to the first \ FWD: Press to go to the XM station in that category. text information related to the next XM category. current XM channel. If information is To go to the previous or next XM FAV (Favorites): Press to select available, the song title information station in the selected category, displays on the top line of the different favorites pages for stored do one of the following: display and artist information radio stations. . f displays on the bottom line. CAT (Category): The CAT button is Turn the knob. When information is not available, used to find XM channels when the . Press the softkey below the “NO INFO” displays. radio is in the XM mode. right or left arrows in the category tab. Finding a Channel Finding a Category (CAT) . BAND: Press to switch between Station Press © SEEK or ¨ SEEK. AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. To find XM channels in a category: 3. To exit the category search f (Tune): Turn to manually 1. Press the CAT button to display mode, press the FAV button or select an XM channel. the category tabs. Continue BAND button to display the favorites again. © SEEK: Press to go to the pressing the CAT button until the previous XM channel. desired category name displays. ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the . Radios with CD and DVD next XM channel. can also navigate the category list by pressing the \ FWD or the s REV buttons. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

Adding and Removing Categories Storing XM Channels 3. Press and hold one of the six softkeys until a beep sounds. Categories cannot be added or Drivers are encouraged to store removed while the vehicle is moving XM channels while the vehicle is 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to faster than 8 km/h (5 mph). parked; see Defensive Driving on store additional radio stations. To add or remove a category: page 9‑3. Tune to stored radio The number of favorites pages can stations using the presets, favorites 1. Press the MENU button. be set up using the MENU button. button, and steering wheel controls, To set up the number of favorites 2. Press the softkey located below if the vehicle has this feature. pages: the XM CAT tab. Up to 36 stations can be 1. Press the MENU button. 3. Turn the f knob to display the programmed as favorites using the six softkeys below the radio station 2. Press the softkey located below category to add or remove. frequency tabs and by using the the FAV 1-6 tab. 4. Press the softkey located under FAV button. Press the FAV button to 3. Select the number of favorites the Add or Remove tab. go through up to six pages of pages by pressing the softkey To restore all removed favorites, each having six favorite located below the displayed categories, press the softkey stations available per page. Each page numbers. under the Restore All tab. page of favorites can contain any combination of AM, FM, or XM, 4. Press the FAV button, or let the 5. Repeat the steps to remove if equipped, stations. menu time out, to return to the more categories. original main radio screen Storing an XM Channel as showing the radio station a Favorite frequency tabs and to begin To store a station as a favorite: the process of programming favorites. 1. Tune to an XM channel. 2. Press the FAV button to display the page where the station will be stored. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

XM Radio Messages Channel Unauth: This channel is No Subscription Please Renew: blocked or cannot be received with The XM subscription needs to XL (Explicit Language your XM subscription package. be reactivated. Contact XM at Channels): These channels, or www.xmradio.com or call any others, can be blocked at a Channel Unavail: This previously 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and customer's request, by calling assigned channel is no longer www.xmradio.ca or call 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and assigned. Tune to another station. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. If this station was one of the presets, choose another station CAT Not Found: There are no XM Updating: The encryption code for that preset button. channels available for the selected in the receiver is being updated, and category. The system is working no action is required. This process No Artist Info: No artist properly. should take no longer than information is available at this time 30 seconds. on this channel. The system is XM Theftlocked: The XM receiver working properly. in the vehicle could have previously No XM Signal: The system is been in another vehicle. For security functioning correctly, but the vehicle No Title Info: No song title purposes, XM receivers cannot be is in a location that is blocking the information is available at this time swapped between vehicles. If this XM signal. When the vehicle is on this channel. The system is message is received after having moved into an open area, the working properly. the vehicle serviced, check with signal should return. No CAT Info: No category your dealer. Loading XM: The audio system is information is available at this time XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, acquiring and processing audio and on this channel. The system is this message alternates with the text data. No action is needed. This working properly. XM Radio eight digit radio ID label. message should disappear shortly. ‐ No Information: No text or This label is needed to activate Channel Off Air: This channel is informational messages are the service. not currently in service. Tune in to available at this time on this another channel. channel. The system is working properly. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

Unknown: If this message is Radio Reception FM Stereo received when tuned to channel 0, FM signals only reach about there could be a receiver fault. Frequency interference and static 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although Consult with your dealer. can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone the radio has a built-in electronic Check Antenna: If this message chargers, vehicle convenience circuit that automatically works to does not clear within a short period accessories, and external electronic reduce interference, some static of time, the receiver or antenna devices are plugged into the can occur, especially around tall could have a fault. Consult with accessory power outlet. If there buildings or hills, causing the your dealer. is interference or static, unplug sound to fade in and out. the item from the accessory Check XM Receivr: If this XM™ Satellite Radio Service message does not clear within a power outlet. XM Satellite Radio Service gives short period of time, the receiver AM could have a fault. Consult with digital radio reception from coast to your dealer. The range for most AM stations is coast in the 48 contiguous United greater than for FM, especially at States, and in Canada. Just as with XM Not Available: If this message night. The longer range can cause FM, tall buildings or hills can does not clear within a short period interfere with satellite radio signals, of time, the receiver could have a station frequencies to interfere with each other. For better radio causing the sound to fade in and fault. Consult with your dealer. reception, most AM radio stations out. In addition, traveling or standing boost the power levels during the under heavy foliage, bridges, day, and then reduce these levels garages, or tunnels may cause loss during the night. Static can also of the XM signal for a period of time. occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception. When this happens, try reducing the treble on the radio. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

Cellular Phone Usage Rear Side Window Notice: Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film. Cellular phone usage may cause Antenna The metallic film in some tinting interference with the vehicle's radio. The AM-FM antenna is located in materials will interfere with or This interference may occur when the passenger rear side windows. distort the incoming radio making or receiving phone calls, Make sure the inside surfaces of the reception. Any damage caused to charging the phone's battery, rear side windows are not scratched the antenna due to metallic tinting or simply having the phone on. and that the lines on the glass are materials will not be covered by This interference causes an not damaged. If the inside surfaces the warranty. increased level of static while are damaged, they could interfere listening to the radio. If static is with radio reception. received while listening to the Satellite Radio Antenna radio, unplug the cellular phone If a cellular telephone antenna The XM Satellite Radio antenna is and turn it off. needs to be attached to the glass, located on the roof of the vehicle. make sure that the grid lines for the Keep the antenna clear of AM-FM antenna are not damaged. obstructions for clear radio There is enough space between reception. the grid lines to attach a cellular telephone antenna without If the vehicle has a sunroof, the interfering with radio reception. performance of the XM system (if equipped) may be affected if Notice: Using a razor blade or the sunroof is open. sharp object to clear the inside of the rear side windows may affect radio reception or damage the rear side window antenna. Repairs would not be covered by the warranty. Do not clear the inside of the rear side windows with sharp objects. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

Audio Players the CD player and the loading slot If the surface of a CD is soiled, free of foreign materials, liquids, clean it with a soft, lint free cloth or and debris. dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, CD Player neutral detergent solution mixed If an error displays, see “CD Player with water. Make sure the wiping Care of the CD Player Messages” later in this section. process starts from the center to Do not add any label to a CD. Care of CDs the edge. It could get caught in the CD. If a CD is recorded on a personal If playing a CD-R, the sound quality Inserting a CD computer and a description label is can be reduced due to CD-R or CD-RW quality, the method of Insert a CD partway into the slot, needed, try labeling the top of the label side up. The player pulls it in recorded CD with a marking pen. recording, the quality of the music that has been recorded, and the and the CD should begin playing. The use of CD lens cleaners for way the CD-R or CD-RW has been Ejecting a CD CDs is not advised, due to the risk handled. Handle them carefully. of contaminating the lens of the CD Store CD-R(s) or CD-RW(s) in their Z EJECT: Press and release to optics with lubricants internal to the original cases or other protective eject the disc. Remove the CD CD player mechanism. cases and away from direct sunlight when Remove Disc displays. If the disc is not removed, after several Notice: If a label is added to a and dust. The CD player scans the seconds, the disc is automatically CD, more than one CD is inserted bottom surface of the disc. If the pulled back into the player. into the slot at a time, or an surface of a CD is damaged, such attempt is made to play scratched as cracked, broken, or scratched, Playing a CD or damaged CDs, the CD player the CD does not play properly or not could be damaged. While using at all. Do not touch the bottom side If the ignition or radio is turned off, the CD player, use only CDs in of a CD while handling it; this could with a CD in the player, it stays in good condition without any label, damage the surface. Pick up CDs the player. When the ignition or load one CD at a time, and keep by grasping the outer edges or the radio is turned on, the CD starts edge of the hole and the outer edge. playing where it stopped, if it was the last selected audio source. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

The CD is controlled by the buttons If a portable audio player is not ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the on the radio faceplate or by the RSA connected, “No Input Device Found” next track. unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) displays. Press and hold, or press multiple System on page 7‑46 for more 4 (Information): Press to display information. times to continue moving forward additional text information related to through the tracks on the CD. When a CD is inserted, the CD the current song. If information is symbol displays on the left side of available, the song title information s REV (Fast Reverse): the radio display. As each new track displays on the top line of the Press and hold to reverse playback starts to play, the track number display and artist information quickly within a track. displays. displays on the bottom line. \ FWD (Fast Forward): The CD player can play the smaller When information is not available, Press and hold to advance playback 8 cm (3 inch) single CDs with an “NO INFO” displays. quickly within a track. adapter ring. Full-size CDs and f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on RDM (Random): Press to listen to the smaller CDs are loaded in the the CD that is currently playing. tracks in random, rather than same manner. © SEEK: Press to go to the start of sequential order. To use random: CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to the current track, if more than ten 1. Press the softkey positioned cycle through CD or Auxiliary when seconds on the CD have played. under the RDM tab until listening to the radio. The CD icon Press to go to the previous track if Random Current Disc displays. and a message showing the disc less than ten seconds on the CD 2. Press the softkey again to turn and/or track number displays when have played. off random play. a CD is in the player. Press again and the system automatically Press and hold, or press multiple searches for an auxiliary input times to continue moving backward device, see, Auxiliary Devices on through the tracks on the CD. page 7‑31 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

MP3 Supported Files CD‐R or CD‐RW Supported File Order of Play and Folder Structure The Radio with CD (MP3) and the Compressed audio files are Radio with USB and CD (MP3), The radio supports: accessed in the following order: have the capability of playing an . Up to 50 folders. . Playlists (Px). MP3 CD-R or CD-RW disc. . Up to eight folders in depth. . Files stored in the root directory. Format . Up to 50 playlists. . Files stored in folders in the Radios that have the capability of . root directory. playing MP3s can play.mp3 or Up to 255 files. Tracks are played in the following .wma files that were recorded onto a . Playlists with an .m3u or CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can .wpl extension. order: be recorded with the following fixed . Play begins from the first track in . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, .cda file extension. the first playlist and continues 64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps, sequentially through all tracks in 128 kbps, 160 kbps, 192 kbps, Root Directory each playlist. When the last 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and 320 kbps or The root directory is treated as a track of the last playlist has a variable bit rate. folder. Files are stored in the root played, play continues from the first track of the first playlist. Compressed Audio or directory when the disc or storage Mixed Mode Discs device does not contain folders. . Play begins from the first track in Files accessed from the root the first folder and continues The radio can play discs that directory of a CD display as sequentially through all tracks in contain both uncompressed CD F1 ROOT. each folder. When the last track audio and MP3 files. If both formats of the last folder has played, are on the disc, the radio reads all Empty Folder play continues from the first MP3 files first, then the Folders that do not contain files are track of the first folder. uncompressed CD audio files. skipped, and the player advances to the next folder that contains files. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

File System and Naming Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls displays on the bottom line. When The song name that displays is the file extension and are stored on a information is not available, “NO song name that is contained in the USB device may be supported by INFO” displays. ID3 tag. If the song name is not the radio with a USB port. f (Tune): Turn to select MP3 files present in the ID3 tag, then the Playlists can be changed by using on the CD currently playing. radio displays the file name without the softkeys below the S c and © SEEK: Press to go to the start of the extension (such as .mp3) as c T tabs, the f knob, the the track, if more than ten seconds the track name. © SEEK button or the ¨ SEEK have played. Press and hold or Track names longer than button. An MP3 CD-R or CD-RW press multiple times to continue 32 characters or four pages are that has been recorded without moving backward through tracks. using file folders can be played. shortened. The display does not SEEK: Press to go to the next show parts of words on the last If a CD-R or CD-RW contains more ¨ than the maximum of 50 folders, track. Press and hold or press page of text and the extension of multiple times to continue moving 15 playlists, and 512 folders and the filename is not displayed. forward through tracks. files, the player allows access and Preprogrammed Playlists navigates up to the maximum, but s REV (Reverse): Press and hold CDs that have preprogrammed all items over the maximum are to reverse playback quickly. Sound playlists that were created using not accessible. is heard at a reduced volume and WinAmp , MusicMatch , or the elapsed time of the file displays. ™ ™ Playing an MP3 Real Jukebox™ software can be Release s REV to resume playing. 4 accessed, however, there is no (Information): Press to display \ playlist editing capability using the additional text information related to FWD (Fast Forward): Press radio. These playlists are treated the current song. If information is and hold to advance playback as special folders containing available, the song title information quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced compressed audio song files. displays on the top line of the volume and the elapsed time of the display and artist information file displays. Release \ FWD to resume playing. The elapsed time of the file displays. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

S c (Previous Folder): Press The radio may begin playing while it 3. Press the softkey below the is scanning in the background. back tab to return to the main the softkey below the S c tab to music navigator screen. go to the first track in the previous When the scan is finished, the disc folder. begins playing files in order by The album name displays on the artist. The current artist playing is second line between the arrows c T (Next Folder): Press the shown on the second line of the and songs from the current album softkey below the c T tab to go to display. Once all songs by that artist begins to play. Once all songs from the first track in the next folder. are played, the player moves to the that album have played, the player RDM (Random): Press to listen to next artist in alphabetical order and moves to the next album in tracks in random, rather than begins playing files by that artist. alphabetical order on the CD and sequential order. To use random: To listen to files by another artist, begins playing MP3 files from that album. 1. Press the softkey positioned press the softkey located below under the RDM tab until Random either arrow tab. The disc goes to To exit music navigator mode, press Current Disc displays. the next or previous artist in the softkey below the Back tab to alphabetical order. Continue return to normal MP3 playback. 2. Press the softkey again to turn pressing either softkey below off random play. the arrow tab until the desired CD Player Messages h (Music Navigator): Press the artist displays. CHECK DISC: If this message softkey below the h tab to have To change from playback by artist to displays and/or the CD ejects, it the files played in order by artist or playback by album: could be for one of the following reasons: album. The player scans the disc to 1. Press the softkey located below sort the files by artist and album ID3 the Sort By tab. . It is very hot. When the tag information. It can take several temperature returns to normal, minutes to scan the disc depending 2. Press one of the softkeys below the CD should play. on the number of files on the disc. the album tab from the sort screen. . The road is very rough. When the road becomes smoother, the CD should play. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

. The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, CD/DVD Player load one CD at a time, and keep or upside down. the CD player and the loading slot . The air is very humid. If so, wait Care of the CD and DVD Player free of foreign materials, liquids, about an hour and try again. Do not add any label to a disc. and debris. . There could have been a It could get caught in the CD or If an error displays, see “CD problem while burning the CD. DVD player. If a disc is recorded on Messages” later in this section. a personal computer and a . The label could be caught in the description label is needed, try Care of CDs and DVDs CD player. labeling the top of the recorded disc If playing a CD-R or CD-RW, the If the CD is not playing correctly, for with a marking pen. sound quality can be reduced due to any other reason, try a known The use of CD/DVD lens cleaners is CD-R or CD-RW quality, the method good CD. not advised, due to the risk of of recording, the quality of the music If any error occurs repeatedly or if contaminating the lens of the optics that has been recorded, and the an error cannot be corrected, with lubricants internal to the CD way the CD-R or CD-RW has been contact your dealer. If the radio and DVD player mechanism. handled. Handle them carefully. displays an error message, write it Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their Notice: If a label is added to a original cases or other protective down and provide it to your dealer CD, more than one CD is inserted when reporting the problem. cases and away from direct sunlight into the slot at a time, or an and dust. The CD or DVD player attempt is made to play scratched scans the bottom surface of the or damaged CDs, the CD player disc. If the surface of a disc is could be damaged. While using damaged, such as cracked, broken, the CD player, use only CDs in or scratched, the disc does not play good condition without any label, properly or not at all. Do not touch the bottom side of a disc while handling it; this could damage the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

surface. Pick up discs by grasping button to select CD slot, DVD slot, depending on media type and the outer edges or the edge of the front auxiliary input, USB port, format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds hole and the outer edge. or rear auxiliary input (if available). for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for a If the surface of a disc is soiled, If a playback device is plugged into DVD to begin playing.) clean it with a soft, lint‐free cloth or the radio’s front auxiliary input jack, Ejecting a Disc dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, USB port, or the rear auxiliary jack, neutral detergent solution mixed the front seat passengers are able Z CD (Eject): Press and release with water. Make sure the wiping to listen to playback from this to eject the disc that is currently process starts from the center to source through the vehicle playing. The CD ejects from the the edge. speakers. See “Using the Auxiliary bottom slot. A beep sounds and Input Jack” in Auxiliary Devices on Ejecting Disc displays. Once the Audio Output page 7‑31, or “Audio/Video (A/V) disc is ejected, Remove Disc Only one audio source can be heard Jacks” under Rear Seat displays. The disc can be removed. through the speakers at one time. Entertainment (RSE) System on If the disc is not removed, after An audio source is defined as page 7‑35 for more information. several seconds the disc automatically pulls back into the DVD slot, CD slot, XM, FM‐AM, In some vehicles, depending on player. front auxiliary jack, USB port, or audio options, the rear speakers rear auxiliary jack. can be muted when the RSA power Z DVD (Eject): Press and is turned on. See Rear Seat Audio release to eject the disc that is Press the O button to turn the radio currently playing in the top slot. on. The radio can be heard through (RSA) System on page 7‑46 for more information. A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc all of the vehicle speakers. displays. Front seat passengers can listen Inserting a Disc If loading and reading of a disc to the radio (AM, FM, or XM if Insert a disc partway into either slot, cannot be completed, due to equipped) by pressing the label side up. The player pulls it in unknown format, etc., and the disc BAND button or the DVD/CD AUX and the disc should begin playing. fails to eject, press and hold for (Loading a disc into the system, more than five seconds to force the disc to eject. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

Playing a CD (in Either the The CD player can play the smaller such as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front DVD or CD Slot) 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary (if adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the available). See “Using the Auxiliary If the ignition or radio is turned off smaller CDs are loaded in the same Input Jack” in Auxiliary Devices on with a CD in the player, it stays in manner. page 7‑31 or “Audio/Video (A/V) the player. When the ignition or DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to Jacks” under Rear Seat radio is turned on, the CD starts Entertainment (RSE) System on playing where it stopped, if it was cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary page 7‑35 for more information. the last selected audio source. The when listening to the radio. The CD is controlled by the buttons on DVD/CD text tab and a message If a disc is inserted into the top DVD the radio faceplate or by the RSA showing the track or chapter slot, the rear seat operator can turn unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) number will display when a disc is in on the video screen and use the System on page 7‑46 for more either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX remote control to navigate the information. The DVD/CD decks button again and the system CD (tracks only) through the (the upper slot is the DVD deck and automatically searches for an remote control. the lower slot is the CD deck) of the auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary 4 (Information): Press to display radio are compatible with most Devices on page 7‑31 for more additional text information related to audio CDs, CD-Rs, CD-RWs, information. If a portable audio the current song. If information is and MP3s. player is not connected, “No Aux available, the song title information Input Device” displays. If a disc is in When a CD is inserted, the text tab displays on the top line of the both the DVD slot and the CD slot, display and artist information DVD or CD symbol displays on the the DVD/CD AUX button cycles left side of the radio display. As displays on the bottom line. between the two sources and does When information is not available, each new track starts to play, the not indicate No Aux Input Device. “ ” “NO INFO” displays. track number displays. If a front auxiliary device is connected, the DVD/CD AUX button f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on cycles through all available options, the disc that is currently playing. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

© SEEK: Press to go to the start RDM (Random): Press to listen to The CD player reads both of the current track, if more than tracks in random, rather than uncompressed audio and MP3/ five seconds on the CD have sequential order. To use random: WMA files on a mixed mode disc. played. 1. Press the softkey under the Uncompressd audio is played before MP3/WMA files. Press the Press to go to the previous track if RDM tab until Random Current Disc displays. CAT (category) button to toggle less than five seconds on the CD between uncompressed audio and have played. 2. Press the softkey again to turn MP3/WMA files. Press and hold, or press multiple off random play. CD R or CD RW Supported File times, to continue moving backward ‐ ‐ MP3 and WMA Supported Files and Folder Structure through the tracks on the CD. The DVD player supports: ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the Format next track. The radio can play.mp3 or .wma . Up to 255 folders. Press and hold, or press multiple files that were recorded onto a . Up to eight folders in depth. CD-R or CD-RW disc. times, to continue moving forward . Up to 15 playlists. through the tracks on the CD. Compressed Audio or . Up to 40 sessions. s REV (Fast Reverse): Press Mixed Mode Discs and hold to reverse playback quickly The radio plays discs that contain . Playlists with an .m3u or within a track. both uncompressed CD audio and .wpl extension. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press MP3/WMA files depending on . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or and hold to advance playback which slot the disc is loaded into. .cda file extension. quickly within a track. The DVD player only reads uncompressed audio and ignores MP3/WMA files on a mixed mode disc. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

The CD player supports: No Folder Tracks are played in the following order: . Up to 512 files and folders. When the disc contains only compressed files, the files are . Play begins from the first track . Up to 8 folders in depth. located under the root folder. The in the first playlist and continues . Playlists with an .m3u or next and previous folder function sequentially through all tracks .wpl extension. does not function on a disc that was in each playlist. When the last . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or recorded without folders or playlists. track of the last playlist has .cda file extension. When displaying the name of the played, play continues from the folder, the radio displays ROOT. first track of the first playlist. Root Directory When the disc contains only . Play begins from the first track The root directory of the disc is playlists and compressed audio in the first folder and continues treated as a folder. If the root files, but no folders, all files are sequentially through all tracks in directory has compressed audio located under the root folder. each folder. When the last track files, the directory displays as The folder down and the folder up of the last folder has played, F1 ROOT on the radio. buttons search playlists first and play continues from the first If a disc contains both then go to the root folder. When the track of the first folder. uncompressed CD audio and MP3/ radio displays the name of the When play enters a new folder, the WMA files, a folder under the root folder, the radio displays ROOT. display does not automatically show directory called CD accesses all of Order of Play the new folder name unless the the CD audio tracks on the disc. folder mode has been chosen as Compressed audio files are Empty Folder the default display. The new track accessed in the following order: name displays. Folders that do not contain files are . Playlists (Px). skipped, and the player advances to . the next folder that contains files. Files stored in the root directory. . Files stored in folders in the root directory. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

File System and Naming Playing an MP3 or WMA (in \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press The song name that displays is the Either the DVD or CD Slot) and hold to advance playback song name that is contained in the If a disc is inserted into the top DVD quickly. ID3 tag. If the song name is not slot, the rear seat operator can turn S c (Previous Folder): Press present in the ID3 tag, then the on the video screen and use the the softkey below the S c tab to radio displays the file name without remote control to navigate the go to the first track in the previous the extension (such as .mp3) as the CD (tracks only). folder. track name. f (Tune): Turn to select MP3/ c T (Next Folder): Press the Track names longer than WMA files. 32 characters or 4 pages are softkey below the c T tab to go to shortened. Parts of words on the © SEEK: Press to go to the start of the first track in the next folder. the track, if more than five seconds last page of text and the extension RDM (Random): Press to listen to of the file name do not display. have played. Press and hold or press multiple times, if less than tracks in random, rather than Preprogrammed Playlists five seconds have played, to sequential order. Preprogrammed playlists that continue moving backward To use random: through tracks. were created using WinAmp™, 1. Press the softkey under the MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the RDM tab until Random Current software can be accessed; however, next track. Disc displays they cannot be edited using the Press and hold, or press multiple radio. These playlists are treated 2. Press the same softkey again to times, to continue moving forward as special folders containing turn off random play. through tracks. compressed audio song files. s REV (Reverse): Press and hold Playlists that have an .m3u or to reverse playback quickly. .pls file extension and are stored on a USB device may be supported by the radio with a USB port. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

h (Music Navigator): Press the To change from playback by artist to Using the DVD Player playback by album: softkey below the h tab to play The DVD player can be controlled files in order by artist or album. 1. Press the softkey below the by the buttons on the remote Sort By tab. The player scans the disc to sort the control, the RSA system, or by the files by artist and album ID3 tag 2. Press one of the softkeys below buttons on the radio faceplate. See information. It can take several the Album tab from the sort “Remote Control” under Rear Seat minutes to scan the disc depending screen. Entertainment (RSE) System on page 7‑35 and Rear Seat Audio on the number of files on the disc. 3. Press the softkey below the The radio may begin playing while it (RSA) System on page 7‑46 for Back tab to return to the main more information. is scanning in the background. music navigator screen. When the scan is finished, the disc The DVD player is only compatible The album name displays on the with DVDs of the appropriate region begins playing files in order by second line between the arrows, artist. The current artist playing is code printed on the jacket of and songs from the current album most DVDs. shown on the second line of the begin to play. Once all songs from display. Once all songs by that artist that album have played, the player The DVD slot of the radio is are played, the player moves to the moves to the next album in compatible with most audio CDs next artist in alphabetical order and alphabetical order on the CD and and CD-R/RW, DVD-Video, begins playing files by that artist. begins playing MP3 files from that DVD-Audio, DVD-R/RW, and To listen to files by another artist, album. DVD+R/RW media, along with MP3 and WMA formats. press the softkey located below To exit music navigator mode, press either arrow tab. The disc goes to the softkey below the Back tab to If an error message displays on the the next or previous artist in return to normal MP3 playback. video screen or the radio, see “DVD alphabetical order. Continue Display Error Messages” under pressing either softkey below the Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) arrow tab until the artist displays. System on page 7‑35, and “CD/DVD Player Messages” later in this section for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

Inserting a Disc If loading and reading of a disc cycles through all available options, cannot be completed, due to such as: DVD slot, CD slot, front Insert a disc partway into the top unknown format, etc., and the disc auxiliary, and rear auxiliary (if slot, label side up. The player pulls fails to eject, press and hold for available). See Using the Auxiliary it in and the disc should begin “ more than five seconds to force the Input Jack in Auxiliary Devices on playing. Loading Disc shows on ” “ ” disc to eject. page 7 31 or Audio/Video (A/V) the radio display. At the same time, ‑ “ Jacks under Rear Seat the radio displays a softkey menu of ” Playing a DVD Entertainment (RSE) System on option(s). Some discs automatically page 7 35 for more information. play the movie while others default DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to ‑ to the softkey menu display, cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary If a disc is inserted into the top DVD which requires the Play, Enter, when listening to the radio. The slot, the rear seat operator can turn or Navigation softkeys to be DVD/CD text tab and a message on the video screen and use the pressed, either by softkey or by showing the track or chapter remote control to navigate the the rear seat passenger using the number will display when a disc is in CD (tracks only) through the remote control. either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX remote control. button again and the system Loading a disc into the system, automatically searches for an O (Power): Press to turn the depending on media type and auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary radio on or off. Turn clockwise or format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds Devices on page 7‑31 for more counterclockwise to increase or for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for information. If a portable audio decrease the volume. Press and a DVD. player is not connected, “No Aux hold for more than two seconds to turn off the entire radio and Rear Ejecting a Disc Input Device” displays. If a disc is in both the DVD slot and the CD slot, Seat Entertainment (RSE) system Z DVD (Eject): Press and the DVD/CD AUX button cycles and to start the Parental Control release to eject the disc currently between the two sources and does feature. Parental Control prevents playing in the top slot. A beep not indicate “No Aux Input Device.” the rear seat occupant from sounds and Ejecting Disc displays. If a front auxiliary device is operating the Rear Seat Audio connected, the DVD/CD AUX button (RSA) system or remote control. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

A lock symbol displays next to the This button might not work when playback mode. If the DVD screen clock display. The Parental Control the DVD is playing the copyright is off, press the play button to turn feature remains on until the knob is information or the previews. the screen on. pressed and held for more than \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press to Some DVDs begin playing after the two seconds again, or until the fast forward the CD or DVD at previews have finished, although driver turns the ignition off and five times the normal speed. To stop there could be a delay of up to exits the vehicle. fast forwarding, press again. This 30 seconds. If the DVD does f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on button might not work when the not begin playing the movie a CD or DVD. DVD is playing the copyright automatically, press the softkey © SEEK: Press to return to the information or the previews. located under the play/pause start of the current track or chapter. symbol tag displayed on the radio. Using Softkeys to Play a If the DVD still does not play, refer Press again to go to the previous DVD-V (Video) track or chapter. This button might to the on-screen instructions, not work when the DVD is playing Once a DVD-V is inserted, the radio if available. the copyright information or the display menu shows several tab c (Stop): Press to stop playing, options for playback. Press the previews. rewinding, or fast forwarding a DVD. softkey located under any tab option ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next during DVD-V playback. r (Enter): Press to select the track or chapter. This button might j choices that are highlighted in not work when the DVD is playing r / (Play/Pause): Press either any menu. the Play or Pause tab displayed on the copyright information or the y (Menu): Press to access the previews. the radio, to toggle between pausing or restarting playback of a DVD. DVD menu. The DVD menu is s REV (Fast Reverse): Press to If the forward arrow is showing on different on every DVD. Use the quickly reverse the CD or DVD at the display, the system is in pause softkeys located under the five times the normal speed. To stop mode. If the Pause tab is showing navigation arrows to navigate the fast reversing, press again. on the display, the system is in cursor through the DVD menu. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

After making a selection press this Using Softkeys to Play a e (Audio Stream): Press to cycle button. This button only operates DVD-A (Audio) through audio stream formats when using a DVD. Once a DVD-A is inserted, the radio located on the DVD-A disc. The Nav (Navigate): Press to display display menu shows several tab video screen shows the audio directional arrows for navigating options for playback. Press the stream changing. through the menus. softkey located under any tab option The rear seat passenger can q (Return): Press to exit the during DVD-A playback. navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A current active menu and return to r / j (Play/Pause): Press either menus and controls through the the previous menu. This button the play or pause icon displayed on remote control. See “Remote operates only when a DVD is the radio, to toggle between pausing Control” under Rear Seat playing and a menu is active. or restarting playback of a DVD. Entertainment (RSE) System on page 7‑35 for more information. The rear seat passenger can If the forward arrow is showing on the display, the system is in pause The video screen automatically navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A turns on when the DVD-V is menus and controls through the mode. If the pause tab is showing on the display, the system is in inserted into the DVD slot, and does remote control. See “Remote playback mode. not automatically power on when Control” under Rear Seat the DVD-A is inserted into the DVD Entertainment (RSE) System on q Group r : Press to cycle slot. It must be manually turned on page 7‑35 for more information. through musical groupings on the by the rear seat occupant through The video screen automatically DVD-A disc. the remote control power button. turns on when the DVD-V is Nav (Navigate): Press to display inserted into the DVD slot, and does directional arrows for navigating not automatically power on when through the menus. the DVD-A is inserted into the DVD slot. It must be manually turned on by the rear seat occupant through the remote control power button. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

Stopping and Resuming CD/DVD Player Messages . The road is very rough. When Playback the road becomes smoother, the Disc Format Error: This message disc should play. To stop playing a DVD without displays if the disc is inserted with . turning off the system, press the the disc label wrong side up, or if The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, c button on the remote control, the disc is damaged. or upside down. or press the softkey located under Disc Region Error: This message . The air is very humid. If so, wait the c or the r / j tabs displayed displays if the disc is not from a about an hour and try again. on the radio. If the radio is sourced correct region. . There was a problem while to something other than DVD-V, No Disc Inserted: This message burning the disc. press the DVD/CD AUX button to displays if no disc is present when . The label is caught in the CD/ make DVD-V the active source. the Z or DVD/CD AUX button is DVD player. To resume DVD playback, press the pressed on the radio. If the disc is not playing correctly, / j button on the remote control, r for any other reason, try a known or press the softkey located under Optical Error: This message displays if the disc was inserted good disc. the / j tab on the radio. The DVD r upside down. should resume play from where it If any error occurs repeatedly or last stopped if the disc has not been Disk Read Error: This message if an error cannot be corrected, ejected and the stop button has not displays if a disc was inserted with contact your dealer. If the radio been pressed twice on the remote an invalid or unknown format. displays an error message, write it control. If the disc has been ejected down and provide it to your dealer Player Error: This message when reporting the problem. or the stop button has been pressed displays if there are disc load or twice on the remote control, the disc disc eject problems. resumes playing at the beginning of the disc. . It is very hot. When the temperature returns to normal, the disc should play. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (31,1)

Infotainment System 7-31

Auxiliary Devices For optimal sound quality, increase DVD/CD AUX (CD/Auxiliary): the portable audio device's volume Press to cycle through DVD, CD, Using the Auxiliary Input Jack to the loudest level. or Auxiliary when listening to the Radios with an auxiliary input jack It is always best to power the radio. The DVD/CD text tab and a located on the lower right side of the portable audio device through its message showing track or chapter faceplate can connect to an external own battery while playing. number displays when a disc is in audio device such as an iPod®, either slot. Press again and the O (Power/Volume): Turn clockwise MP3 player, CD player, for use as system automatically searches for or counterclockwise to increase or another source for audio listening. an auxiliary input device, such as a decrease the volume of the portable portable audio player. If a portable This input jack is not an audio player. Additional volume output; do not plug headphones into audio player is not connected, “No adjustments might have to be made the front auxiliary input jack. Aux Input Device” displays. If a disc from the portable device if the is in both the DVD slot and the CD Drivers are encouraged to set up volume is not loud or soft enough. slot the DVD/CD AUX button cycles any auxiliary device while the BAND: Press to listen to the radio between the two sources and not vehicle is in P (Park). See when a portable audio device is indicate “No Aux Input Device”. If a Defensive Driving on page 9 3 for ‑ playing. The portable audio device front auxiliary device is connected, more information on driver continues playing. the DVD/CD AUX button cycles distraction. through all available options, such CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to To use a portable audio player, as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front play a CD when a portable audio connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary device is playing. Press again and (if available). See “Using the the radio's front auxiliary input jack. the system begins playing audio When a device is connected, press Auxiliary Input Jack(s)” in this from the connected portable audio the radio CD/AUX button to begin section, or “Audio/Video (A/V) player. If a portable audio player is playing audio from the device over Jacks” under, Rear Seat not connected, “No Input Device the vehicle speakers. Entertainment (RSE) System on Found” displays. page 7‑35 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (32,1)

7-32 Infotainment System

Using the USB Port iPod firmware can be updated using Connecting a USB Storage the latest iTunes® application. See Radios with a USB port can control Device or iPod www.apple.com/itunes. a USB storage device or an iPod The USB Port can be used to using the radio buttons and knobs. For help with identifying your iPod, control an iPod or a USB storage go to www.apple.com/support. device. USB Support Radios that have a USB port can To connect a USB storage device, The USB connector is located on play.mp3 and .wma files that are connect the device to the USB port the instrument panel or in the center stored on a USB storage device as located in the center console or on console, and uses the USB 2.0 well as AAC files that are stored on the instrument panel. standard. an iPod. To connect an iPod, connect one USB Supported Devices USB Supported File and Folder end of the USB cable that came . USB Flash Drives Structure with the iPod to the iPod’s dock connector and connect the other . Portable USB Hard Drives The radio supports: end to the USB port located in the . Fifth generation or later iPod . Up to 700 folders. center console or on the instrument . iPod nanos . Up to 8 folders in depth. panel. If the vehicle is on and the USB connection works, “OK to . . Up to 65,535 files. iPod touch disconnect” and a GM logo may . iPod classic . Folder and file names up to appear on the iPod and iPod 64 bytes. appears on the radio display. The Not all iPods and USB Drives are iPod music appears on the radio s . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file ’ compatible with the USB port. display and begins playing. extension. Make sure the iPod has the The iPod charges while it is ® . AAC files stored on an iPod. latest firmware from Apple for connected to the vehicle if the proper operation. . FAT16 vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY . FAT32 or ON/RUN position. When the vehicle is turned off, the iPod GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (33,1)

Infotainment System 7-33

automatically powers off and will not ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next Using Softkeys to Control a charge or draw power from the track. Press and hold or press USB Storage Device or iPod vehicle's battery. multiple times to continue moving The five softkeys below the radio If you have an older iPod model that forward through tracks. display are used to control the is not supported, it can still be used s REV (Reverse): Press and hold functions listed below. by connecting it to the Auxiliary to reverse playback quickly. Sound To use the softkeys: Input Jack using a standard 3.5 mm is heard at a reduced volume. (1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using the Release s REV to resume playing. 1. Press the first or fifth softkey Auxiliary Input Jack earlier for below the radio display to ” The elapsed time of the file more information. display the functions listed displays. below, or press the softkey Using the Radio to Control a \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press below the function if it is USB Storage Device or iPod and hold to advance playback currently displayed. quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced The radio can control a USB 2. Press the softkey below the storage device or an iPod using the volume. Release \ FWD to tab with the function on it to use radio buttons and knobs and display resume playing. The elapsed time that function. song information on the radio’s of the file displays. display. j (Pause): Press the softkey 4 (Information): Press to display below j to pause the track. The tab f (Tune): Turn to select files. additional information about the appears raised when pause is being selected track. © SEEK: Press to go to the start of used. Press the softkey below j the track, if more than ten seconds again to resume playback. have played. Press and hold or press multiple times to continue Back: Press the softkey below the moving backward through tracks. back tab to go back to the main display screen on an iPod, or the root directory on a USB storage device. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (34,1)

7-34 Infotainment System

. Third softkey, 5% through the list c (Folder View): Press the 3. Press f to select the each time the softkey is pressed. softkey below c to view the desired menu. . Fourth softkey, 10% through the contents of the current folder on 4. Turn f to scroll through the the USB drive. To browse and list each time the softkey is folders or files in the select files: pressed. selected menu. . Fifth softkey, end of the list. 1. Press the softkey below c. f h (Music Navigator): Press the 5. Press to select the desired file f to be played. 2. Turn to scroll through the list softkey below h to view and of folders. select a file on an iPod, using the To skip through large lists, the five 3. Press f to select the desired iPod's menu system. Files are softkeys can be used to navigate in the following order: folder. If there is more then one sorted by: folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until . Playlists . First softkey, first item in the list. the desired folder is reached. . Artists . Second softkey, 1% through the f list each time the softkey is 4. Turn to scroll through the files . Albums in the selected folder. pressed. . Genres f . Third softkey, 5% through the list 5. Press to select the desired file . Songs each time the softkey is pressed. to be played. . Composers . Fourth softkey, 10% through the To skip through large lists, the five To select files: list each time the softkey is softkeys can be used to navigate in pressed. the following order: h 1. Press the softkey below . . Fifth softkey, end of the list. . First softkey, first item in the list. 2. Turn f to scroll through the list . Second softkey, 1% through the of menus. list each time the softkey is pressed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (35,1)

Infotainment System 7-35

Repeat Functionality > (Shuffle Off): Press the Rear Seat To use Repeat: softkey below 2 to turn shuffle Infotainment off. This is the default mode when a Press the softkey below " or ' USB storage device or iPod is first to select between Repeat All and connected. Rear Seat Entertainment Repeat Track. (RSE) System 2 (Shuffle All Songs / Shuffle " (Repeat All): Press the softkey Songs): Press the softkey below The vehicle may have an below " to repeat all tracks. The = or C to shuffle all songs on Overhead DVD Rear Seat tab appears lowered when Repeat the USB storage device or iPod. Entertainment (RSE) system. All is being used. This is the default C (Shuffle Album): Press the The RSE system works with the mode when a USB storage device vehicle's audio system. The DVD or iPod is first connected. softkey below > to shuffle all player is part of the front radio. The songs in the current album on ' (Repeat Track): Press the RSE system includes a radio with a an iPod. DVD player, a video display screen, softkey below ' to repeat one = (Shuffle Folder): Press the and if the vehicle has a third row track. The tab appears raised when seat, it could have a second video Repeat Track is being used. softkey below > to shuffle all songs in the current folder on a display screen, audio/video jacks, Shuffle Functionality USB storage device. two wireless headphones, and a remote control. See CD/DVD Player To use Shuffle: on page 7‑20 for more information Press the softkey below >, 2, on the vehicle's DVD system. C or = to select between Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, or Shuffle Folder. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (36,1)

7-36 Infotainment System

Before Driving DVD, and/or CD. While Parental Headphones Control is on, a padlock icon The RSE is designed for rear seat displays. passengers only. The driver cannot safely view the video screen while The radio can be turned back on driving and should not try to do so. with a single press of the power button, but the RSE system will In severe or extreme weather remain under Parental Control. conditions, the RSE system might not work until the temperature is To turn Parental Control off, press within the operating range. The and hold the radio power button for operating range for the RSE system more than two seconds. The RSE is above −20°C (−4°F) or below returns from where it was previously 60°C (140°F). If the temperature of left and the padlock icon disappears the vehicle is outside this range, from the radio display. heat or cool the vehicle until the Parental Control can also be turned A. Battery cover temperature is within the operating off by inserting or ejecting any disc, range of the RSE system. pressing the play icon on the radio B. Channel 1 or 2 switch Parental Control DVD display menu, or changing an C. Power button ignition position. The RSE system may have a D. Volume control Parental Control feature, depending E. Power indicator light on which radio the vehicle has. To The RSE includes two 2-channel start Parental Control, press and wireless headphones that are hold the radio power button for more dedicated to this system. Channel 1 than two seconds to stop all system is dedicated to the video screen, features such as: radio, video while Channel 2 is dedicated to screen, Rear Seat Audio (RSA), Rear Seat Audio (RSA) selections. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (37,1)

Infotainment System 7-37

These headphones can be used to Infrared transmitters are located at appears on the outside bottom listen to the radio, CDs, DVDs, the rear of the overhead console. edge of the ear cup and should be MP3s, DVD‐As, or any auxiliary The headphones shut off positioned on the right ear. source connected to A/V jacks or automatically to save the battery Notice: Do not store the the auxiliary input jack, if the vehicle power if the RSE system and RSA headphones in heat or direct has this feature. The wireless are shut off, or if the headphones sunlight. This could damage the headphones have a power button, are out of range of the transmitters headphones and repairs will not channel 1 or 2 switch, and a volume for more than three minutes. If you be covered by the warranty. control. move too far forward or step out of Storage in extreme cold can If the vehicle has a third row video the vehicle, the headphones lose weaken the batteries. Keep the screen display, it has two additional the audio signal. headphones stored in a cool, headphones. To adjust the volume on the dry place. Push the power button to turn on headphones, use the volume control If the foam ear pads attached to the headphones. An indicator light located on the right side. the headphones become worn or located on the headphones comes For optimal audio performance, the damaged, the pads can be replaced on. If the light comes on, but there headphones must be worn correctly. separately from the headphone set. is intermittent sound and/or static on Headphones should be worn with To purchase replacement ear pads, the headphones, or if the indicator the headband over the top of the call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then prompt light does not come on, the batteries head for best audio reception. zero (0), or contact your dealer. might need to be replaced. See The symbol L (Left) appears on “Battery Replacement” later in this the outside bottom edge of the ear section for more information. Switch cup and should be positioned on the headphones to Off when not the left ear. The symbol R (Right) in use. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (38,1)

7-38 Infotainment System

Battery Replacement Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks Adapter connectors or cables To change the batteries on the (not included) may be required headphones: to connect the auxiliary device to the A/V jacks. Refer to the 1. Turn the screw to loosen the manufacturer’s instructions for battery door located on the left proper usage. side of the headphones. Slide the battery door open. Power for auxiliary devices is not supplied by the radio system. 2. Replace the two batteries in the compartment. Make sure that To use the auxiliary inputs of the they are installed correctly, using RSE system, connect an external the diagram on the inside of the auxiliary device to the color-coded battery compartment. A/V jacks and turn both the auxiliary device and the video screen power 3. Replace the battery door and on. If the video screen is in the DVD tighten the door screw. Yellow: Video Input player mode, pressing the AUX If the headphones are to be stored White: Left Audio Input (auxiliary) button on the remote control switches the video screen for a long period of time, remove the Red: Right Audio Input batteries and keep them in a cool, from the DVD player mode to the dry place. The A/V jacks are color coded to auxiliary device. The audio of the match typical home entertainment connected source can be listened to system equipment. over the speakers by sourcing the radio to the auxiliary device or by The A/V jacks, located on the rear sourcing the RSA to the Rear Aux of the floor console, allow audio or and listening with the wireless video signals to be connected from headphones on Channel 2 or with an auxiliary device such as a the wired headphones. See “Using camcorder or a video game unit to the Auxiliary Input Jack” under the RSE system. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (39,1)

Infotainment System 7-39

Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑31 for Audio Output When a device is connected to the more information about changing A/V jacks, or the radio's auxiliary Audio from the DVD player or the source. input jack if the vehicle has this auxiliary inputs can be heard feature, the rear seat passengers through the following possible How to Change the RSE Video are able to hear audio from the Screen Settings sources: auxiliary device through the wireless The screen display mode (normal, . Wireless headphones or wired headphones. The front seat full, and zoom), screen brightness, . Vehicle speakers passengers are able to listen to and setup menu language can be playback from this device through changed from the on screen setup . Vehicle‐wired headphone jacks the vehicle speakers by selecting menu. To change any feature: on the RSA system, if the AUX as the source on the radio. vehicle has this feature. 1. Press the z (display menu) Video Screen(s) The RSE system always transmits button on the remote control. the audio signal to the wireless The video screen(s) are located in 2. Use the remote control n, q, headphones, if there is audio the overhead console. p, o (navigation) arrows and available. See “Headphones” earlier To use the video screen(s): in this section for more information. the r (enter) button to use 1. Push the release button located the setup menu. The DVD player is capable of on the overhead console. outputting audio to the wired 3. Press the z button again to headphone jacks on the RSA 2. Move the screen to the desired remove the setup menu from system, if the vehicle has this position. the screen. feature. The DVD player can be When the video screen is not in selected as an audio source on the use, push it up into its locked RSA system. See Rear Seat Audio position. (RSA) System on page 7‑46 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (40,1)

7-40 Infotainment System

If a DVD is playing and the screen Remote Control Objects blocking the line of sight is raised to its locked position, the could also affect the function of screen remains on. This is normal, the remote control. and the DVD continues to play If a CD or DVD is in the Radio DVD through the previous audio source. Use the remote control power button slot, the remote control O (power) or eject the disc to turn off the button can be used to turn on the screen. video screen display and start the disc. The radio can also turn on the The overhead console contains the video screen display. See CD/DVD infrared transmitters for the wireless Player on page 7‑20 for more headphones and the infrared information. receivers for the remote control. They are located at the rear of Notice: Storing the remote the console. control in a hot area or in direct sunlight can damage it, and the Notice: Avoid directly touching To use the remote control, aim it at repairs will not be covered by the the video screen, as damage may the transmitter window at the rear of warranty. Storage in extreme cold occur. See “Cleaning the Video the RSE overhead console and can weaken the batteries. Keep Screens” later in this section for press the desired button. Direct the remote control stored in a more information. sunlight or very bright light could cool, dry place. affect the ability of the RSE transmitter to receive signals from If the remote control becomes lost the remote control. If the remote or damaged, a new universal control does not seem to be remote control can be purchased. working, the batteries might need If this happens, make sure the to be replaced. See Battery universal remote control uses a “ ® Replacement” later in this section. code set of Toshiba . GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (41,1)

Infotainment System 7-41

Remote Control Buttons n, q, p, o (Menu Navigation s (Play/Pause): Press this O (Power): Press this button to Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to button to start playing a DVD. Press turn the video screen on and off. navigate through a menu. this button while a DVD is playing to r (Enter): Press this button to pause it. Press it again to continue P (Illumination): Press this button playing the DVD. to turn the remote control backlight select the choice that is highlighted on. The backlight automatically in any menu. While the DVD is playing, the DVD times out after 7 to 10 seconds if no z (Display Menu): Press this can be played slowly by pressing other button is pressed while the button to adjust the brightness, the play/pause button then pressing backlight is on. screen display mode (normal, full, the fast forward button. The DVD continues playing in a slow play v (Title): Press this button to or zoom), and display the language menu. mode. Also, reverse can be played return the DVD to the main menu of slowly by pressing the play/pause the DVD. This function could vary q (Return): Press this button to button and then pressing the fast for each disc. exit the current active menu and reverse button. To cancel slow play y (Main Menu): Press this button return to the previous menu. This mode, press the play/pause button. button operates only when the to access the DVD menu. The DVD t (Previous Track/Chapter): menu is different on every DVD. display menu or a DVD menu is active. Press this button to return to the Use the navigation arrows to move start of the current track or chapter. the cursor around the DVD menu. c (Stop): Press this button to Press this button again to go to the After making a selection press the stop playing, fast reversing, or fast previous track or chapter. This enter button. This button only forwarding a DVD. Press this button button might not work when the operates when using a DVD. twice to return to the beginning of DVD is playing the copyright the DVD. information or the previews. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (42,1)

7-42 Infotainment System

u (Next Track/Chapter): Press [ (Fast Forward): Press this e (Audio): Press this button to this button to go to the beginning of button to fast forward the DVD or change audio tracks on DVDs that the next chapter or track. This CD. To stop fast forwarding a DVD have this feature when the DVD is button might not work while the video, press the play/pause button. playing. The format and content of DVD is playing the copyright To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio this function vary for each disc. information or the previews. or CD, release the fast forward { (Subtitles): Press this button to r (Fast Reverse): Press this button. This button might not work turn on or off subtitles and to move button to quickly reverse the DVD or while the DVD is playing the through subtitle options when a CD. To stop fast reversing a DVD copyright information or the DVD is playing. The format and video, press the play/pause button. previews. content of this function vary for To stop fast reversing a DVD audio each disc. or CD, release the fast reverse button. This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (43,1)

Infotainment System 7-43

AUX (Auxiliary): Press this button 2 (Camera): Press this button to Battery Replacement to switch the system between the change camera angles on DVDs To change the remote control DVD player and an auxiliary source. that have this feature while a DVD is batteries: If the vehicle has a third row video playing. The format and content of this function vary for each disc. 1. Slide the rear cover back on the screen, the AUX button controls the remote control. source display on the second row 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): video screen, and the third row The numeric keypad provides the 2. Replace the two batteries in the video screen as described in the capability of direct chapter or track compartment. Make sure they table below: number selection. are installed correctly using the diagram on the inside of the Aux Second Third Row \ (Clear): Press this button within remote control. Button Row Screen three seconds after entering a Press Screen numeric selection, to clear all 3. Replace the battery cover. numerical inputs. Default If the remote control is to be stored DVD DVD State (No } 10 (Double Digit Entries): Press for a long period of time, remove the Media Media Press) this button to select chapter or track batteries and keep them in a cool, numbers greater than nine. Press dry place. First Aux Video Aux Video this button before entering the Press Source Source number. Second DVD Aux Video Press Media Source Third Aux Video DVD Press Source Media Return to Return to Fourth Default Default Press State State GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (44,1)

7-44 Infotainment System

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart Problem Recommended Action There is no power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. The picture does not fill the screen. There are black Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by borders on the top and bottom or on both sides, or pressing the display menu button on the remote control. the picture looks stretched out. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window. Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly. After stopping the player, and pushing Play, sometimes If the stop button was pressed one time, the DVD player the DVD starts where it left off and sometimes at the resumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If the beginning. stop button was pressed two times, the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD. The auxiliary source is running, but there is no picture Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary or sound. source mode. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (45,1)

Infotainment System 7-45

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont'd) Problem Recommended Action Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range, or buzzes. and interference from cellular telephone towers, or use a cellular telephone in the vehicle. Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L (left) and R (right) on the headphones. The remote and/or the headphones are lost. See your dealer for assistance. The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVD player.

DVD Display Error Messages Disc Format Error: This message No Disc Inserted: This message displays if the disc is inserted with displays if no disc is present when The DVD display error message the disc label wrong side up, or if Z or DVD AUX is pressed on depends on the radio that is in the the disc is damaged. the radio. vehicle. The video screen can display one of the following: Disc Region Error: This message displays if the disc is not from a Disc Load/Eject Error: This correct region. message displays when there are disc load or eject problems. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (46,1)

7-46 Infotainment System

DVD Distortion Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Only one band can be tuned to at one time. Changing the band on the Video distortion can occur when System RSA or the front radio will change operating cellular phones, scanners, Vehicles with this feature allow the the band on the other system, CB radios, Global Position Systems rear seat passengers to listen to if they are both sourced to the radio. (GPS)*, two-way radios, mobile fax and control any of the music machines, or walkie talkies. The RSA functions operate even sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other when the main radio is off. The front It might be necessary to turn off the auxiliary sources. However, the rear audio system will display the DVD player when operating one of seat passengers can only control headphone icon when the RSA is these devices in or near the vehicle. the music sources the front seat on, and will disappear from the *Excludes the OnStar® System. passengers are not listening to display when it is off. (except on some radios where dual Cleaning the RSE Overhead control is allowed). For example, Audio can be heard through wired Console rear seat passengers can control headphones (not included) plugged and listen to a CD through the into the jacks on the RSA. If the When cleaning the RSE overhead headphones, while the driver listens vehicle has this feature, audio can console surface, use only a clean to the radio through the front also be heard on Channel 2 of the cloth dampened with clean water. speakers. The rear seat passengers wireless headphones. Cleaning the Video Screen have control of the volume for each The audio system mutes the rear set of headphones. When cleaning the video screen, speakers when the RSA audio is use only a clean cloth dampened The radio functionality is controlled active through the headphones. with clean water. Use care when by both the RSA and the front radio. directly touching or cleaning the screen, as damage could result. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (47,1)

Infotainment System 7-47

SRCE (Source): Press this button While listening to a disc, press the to switch between the radio (AM/ left © seek arrow to go back to the FM), XM™ (if equipped), CD, and start of the current track or chapter if the vehicle has these features, (if more than ten seconds have DVD, front auxiliary, and rear played). Press the right seek auxiliary. ¨ arrow to go to the next track or © ¨ (Seek): When listening to FM, chapter on the disc. This function is AM, or XM™ (if equipped), press inactive, with some radios, if the the left © or right ¨ seek arrow to go front seat passengers are listening P (Power): Press the P button to to the previous or to the next station to the disc. turn the RSA on or off. or channel and stay there. This When a DVD video menu is being function is inactive, with some displayed, press the left or right Volume: To increase or decrease radios, if the front seat passengers © ¨ headphone volume, turn the knobs are listening to the radio. seek arrow to perform a cursor up located next to the SRCE or PROG or down on the menu. Hold the buttons. The left knob controls the Press and hold the left © or right ¨ left © or right ¨ arrow to perform a left headphones and the right knob seek arrow until the display flashes, cursor left or right on the menu. controls the right headphones. to tune to an individual station. The display stops flashing after the buttons have not been pushed for more than two seconds. This function is inactive, with some radios, if the front seat passengers are listening to the radio. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (48,1)

7-48 Infotainment System

PROG (Program): Press this Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. button to go to the next preset radio The system may not work with station or channel set on the main all cell phones. See “Pairing” in radio. This function is inactive, with Bluetooth this section for more information. some radios, if the front seat For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice passengers are listening to Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use the radio. interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the When a CD or DVD audio disc is allowing: address book or contact list. See playing, press this button to go to . Placement and receipt of calls in “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section the beginning of the CD or DVD a hands-free mode. for more information. audio. This function is inactive, with . See Storing and Deleting Phone . Sharing of the cell phone’s “ some radios, if the front seat Numbers” in this section for passengers are listening to the disc. address book or contact list with the vehicle. more information. When a disc is playing in the CD or DVD changer, press this button to To minimize driver distraction, { WARNING select the next disc, if multiple discs before driving, and with the are loaded. This function is inactive, vehicle parked: When using a cell phone, it can with some radios, if the front seat . Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or passengers are listening to the disc. features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the When a DVD video menu is being Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment displayed, press the PROG button contact lists clearly and delete (navigation) system. Taking your to perform the menu function, enter. duplicate or rarely used entries. eyes off the road too long or too If possible, program speed dial often could cause a crash or other shortcuts. resulting in injury or death. . Review the controls and Focus your attention on driving. operation of the infotainment system. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (49,1)

Infotainment System 7-49

A Bluetooth system can use a Noise: Keep interior noise levels to Bluetooth Controls Bluetooth capable cell phone with a a minimum. The system may not ‐ Use the buttons located on the Hands Free Profile to make and recognize voice commands if there ‐ steering wheel to operate the receive phone calls. The system is too much background noise. in vehicle Bluetooth system. can be used while the key is in the ‐ When to Speak: A short tone See Steering Wheel Controls on ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY sounds after the system responds page 5‑2 for more information. position. The range of the Bluetooth indicating when it is waiting for a / (Push To Talk): Press to system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). voice command. Wait until the tone b g answer incoming calls, confirm Not all phones support all functions, and then speak. and not all phones work with the system information, and start in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See How to Speak: Speak clearly in a speech recognition. calm and natural voice. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more c / x (End): Press to end a call, information on compatible phones. Audio System reject a call, or cancel an operation. Voice Recognition When using the in‐vehicle Bluetooth Pairing system, sound comes through the The Bluetooth system uses voice A Bluetooth enabled cell phone vehicle's front audio system recognition to interpret voice must be paired to the Bluetooth speakers and overrides the audio commands to dial phone numbers system and then connected to the system. Use the audio system and name tags. vehicle before it can be used. See volume knob, during a call, to the cell phone manufacturer's user For additional information, say change the volume level. The guide for Bluetooth functions before “Help” while you are in a voice adjusted volume level remains in pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth recognition menu. memory for later calls. To prevent phone is not connected, calls will be missed calls, a minimum volume made using OnStar Hands Free level is used if the volume is turned ‐ Calling, if equipped. See OnStar down too low. Overview on page 14‑1 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (50,1)

7-50 Infotainment System

Pairing Information Pairing a Phone with “ has been successfully paired after the . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 ” 1. Press and hold b / g for pairing process is complete. capability cannot be paired to two seconds. the vehicle as a phone and an 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair MP3 player at the same time. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command additional phones. can be skipped. . Up to five cell phones can be Listing All Paired and Connected paired to the Bluetooth system. 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds Phones with instructions and a four‐digit . The pairing process is disabled Personal Identification Number The system can list all cell phones when the vehicle is moving. (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. paired to it. If a paired cell phone is also connected to the vehicle, the . Pairing only needs to be 4. Start the pairing process on the completed once, unless the system responds with “is connected” cell phone that you want to pair. after that phone name. pairing information on the cell For help with this process, see phone changes or the cell phone the cell phone manufacturer's 1. Press and hold b / g for is deleted from the system. user guide. two seconds. . Only one paired cell phone can 5. Locate the device named “Your 2. Say “Bluetooth.” be connected to the Bluetooth Vehicle” in the list on the cell system at a time. phone. Follow the instructions 3. Say “List.” . If multiple paired cell phones are on the cell phone to enter the Deleting a Paired Phone PIN provided in Step 3. After the within range of the system, the If the phone name you want to system connects to the first PIN is successfully entered, the delete is unknown, see “Listing All available paired cell phone in the system prompts you to provide a Paired and Connected Phones.” order that they were first paired name for the paired cell phone. to the system. To connect to a This name will be used to 1. Press and hold b / g for different paired phone, see indicate which phones are two seconds. “Connecting to a Different paired and connected to the 2. Say Bluetooth. Phone” later in this section. vehicle. The system responds “ ” GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (51,1)

Infotainment System 7-51

3. Say “Delete.” The system asks Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command which phone to delete. Numbers 1. Press and hold b / g for 4. Say the name of the phone you The system can store up to two seconds. want to delete. 30 phone numbers as name tags in 2. Say “Store.” Connecting to a Different Phone the Hands‐Free Directory that is shared between the Bluetooth and 3. Say the phone number or group To connect to a different cell phone, OnStar systems, if equipped. of numbers you want to store all the Bluetooth system looks for the at once with no pauses, then The following commands are used next available cell phone in the follow the directions given by the to delete and store phone numbers. order in which all the available cell system to save a name tag for phones were paired. Depending on Store: This command will store a this number. which cell phone you want to phone number, or a group of connect to, you may have to use numbers as a name tag. Using the “Digit Store” Command this command several times. Digit Store: This command allows If an unwanted number is recognized by the system, say 1. Press and hold b / g for a phone number to be stored as a “Clear” at any time to clear the two seconds. name tag by entering the digits one at a time. last number. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Delete: This command is used to To hear all of the numbers 3. Say “Change phone.” delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say “Verify” at any time. . If another cell phone is Delete All Name Tags: This found, the response will be command deletes all stored name 1. Press and hold b / g for “ is now tags in the Hands‐Free Calling two seconds. connected.” Directory and the OnStar Turn by ‐ ‐ 2. Say “Digit Store.” . If another cell phone is not Turn Destinations Directory, found, the original phone if equipped. remains connected. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (52,1)

7-52 Infotainment System

3. Say each digit, one at a time, Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Making a Call that you want to store. After Command Calls can be made using the each digit is entered, the system This command deletes all stored following commands. repeats back the digit it heard name tags in the Hands Free ‐ Dial or Call: The dial or call followed by a tone. After the last Calling Directory and the OnStar command can be used digit has been entered, say Turn by Turn Destinations Directory, ‐ ‐ interchangeably to dial a phone “Store,” and then follow the if equipped. directions given by the system to number or a stored name tag. To delete all name tags: save a name tag for this number. Digit Dial: This command allows a Using the “Delete” Command 1. Press and hold b / g for phone number to be dialed by two seconds. entering the digits one at a time. 1. Press and hold b / g for Re dial: This command is used to two seconds. 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” ‐ dial the last number used on the 2. Say “Delete.” Listing Stored Numbers cell phone. 3. Say the name tag you want to The list command will list all stored Using the “Dial” or “Call” delete. numbers and name tags. Command Using the “List” Command 1. Press and hold b / g for 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. two seconds. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 2. Say “Directory.” 3. Say the entire number without 3. Say “Hands‐Free Calling.” pausing, or say the name tag. 4. Say “List.” Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio speakers. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (53,1)

Infotainment System 7-53

Using the “Digit Dial” Command Once connected, the person called Call Waiting will be heard through the audio The digit dial command allows a Call waiting must be supported on speakers. phone number to be dialed by the cell phone and enabled by the entering the digits one at a time. Using the “Re‐dial” Command wireless service carrier. After each digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it 1. Press and hold b / g for . Press b / g to answer an heard followed by a tone. two seconds. incoming call when another call is active. The original call is 2. After the tone, say Re dial. If an unwanted number is “ ‐ ” placed on hold. recognized by the system, say Once connected, the person called “Clear” at any time to clear the will be heard through the audio . Press b / g again to return to last number. speakers. the original call. To hear all of the numbers Receiving a Call . To ignore the incoming call, no recognized by the system, say action is required. “Verify” at any time. When an incoming call is received, the audio system mutes and a ring . Press c / x to disconnect the 1. Press and hold b / g for tone is heard in the vehicle. current call and switch to the call two seconds. on hold. . Press b / g to answer the call. 2. Say “Digit Dial.” 3. Say each digit, one at a time, . Press c / x to ignore a call. that you want to dial. After each digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it heard followed by a tone. After the last digit has been entered, say “Dial.” GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (54,1)

7-54 Infotainment System

Three‐Way Calling Muting a Call Transferring Audio from the Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone Three‐way calling must be During a call, all sounds from inside supported on the cell phone and the vehicle can be muted so that the During a call with the audio in the enabled by the wireless service person on the other end of the call vehicle: carrier. cannot hear them. 1. Press b / g. 1. While on a call, press / . . To mute a call, press / , and b g b g 2. Say “Transfer Call.” then say “Mute call.” 2. Say “Three‐way call.” Transferring Audio to the 3. Use the dial or call command to . To cancel mute, press b / g , Bluetooth System from a dial the number of the third party and then say “Un‐mute call.” Cell Phone to be called. Transferring a Call During a call with the audio on the 4. Once the call is connected, Audio can be transferred between cell phone, press b / g. The audio press b / g to link all callers the Bluetooth system and the transfers to the vehicle. If the audio together. cell phone. does not transfer to the vehicle, use the audio transfer feature on the Ending a Call The cell phone must be paired and cell phone. See your cell phone connected with the Bluetooth Press c / x to end a call. manufacturer's user guide for system before a call can be more information. transferred. The connection process can take up to two minutes after the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (55,1)

Infotainment System 7-55

Voice Pass-Thru Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System Voice pass‐thru allows access to the (DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of voice recognition commands on the The Bluetooth system can send the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it cell phone. See your cell phone numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This manufacturer's user guide to see if name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the the cell phone supports this feature. use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing To access contacts stored in the menu‐driven phone system. information. For information on how cell phone: Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the stored for use. previous section “Deleting a Paired 1. Press and hold / for Phone” and the previous sections b g Sending a Number or Name Tag two seconds. on deleting name tags. During a Call 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command can be skipped. 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by 3. Say “Voice.” The system a tone. responds “OK, accessing .” 2. Say “Dial.” The cell phone's normal prompt 3. Say the number or name tag messages will go through their cycle to send. according to the phone's operating instructions. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/15/11 Black plate (56,1)

7-56 Infotainment System

Other Information Trademarks and The Bluetooth® word mark and License Agreements logos are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Manufactured under license from See Radio Frequency Statement on Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the page 13‑17 for information double-D symbol are trademarks of regarding Part 15 of the Federal Dolby Laboratories. Manufactured under license Communications Commission (FCC) under U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; rules and Industry Canada 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and the Symbol are registered trademarks and DTS Digital Surround and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS Inc. All Rights Reserved. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled Climate Control Systems with this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-4 Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate Control Only) ...... 8-9 Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate with Rear Seat Audio) ...... 8-11 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-13

A. Fan Control E. Air Conditioning B. REAR (Rear Climate Control) F. Driver and Passenger C. Recirculation Temperature Controls D. Air Delivery Mode Control G. Rear Window Defogger GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

Temperature Control: Move the window outlets. Cooler air is window vents, with some directed to thumbwheels up or down to directed to the upper outlets and the floor vents. In this mode, the increase or decrease the warmer air to the floor outlets. system automatically forces outside temperature on the driver side or 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the air into the vehicle. The recirculation the passenger side of the vehicle floor outlets, with some of the air mode cannot be selected while in for the dual zone system. directed to the windshield, side the defrost mode. The air 9 (Fan Control): Turn the left window, and second row floor conditioning compressor runs knob clockwise or counterclockwise outlets. In this mode, the system automatically in this setting, unless to increase or decrease the fan automatically selects outside air. the outside temperature is close to speed. Turn the knob all the way Recirculation cannot be selected freezing. counterclockwise to turn the front when in Floor Mode. Do not drive the vehicle until all the system off. - (Defog): The defog mode is windows are clear. Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn used to clear the windows of fog or # (Air Conditioning): Press this clockwise or counterclockwise to moisture. Air is directed to the button to turn the air conditioning change the airflow direction inside windshield, floor outlets, and side system on or off. An indicator light the vehicle. By positioning the knob window vents. In this mode, the comes on to show that the air between two modes, a combination system turns off recirculation and conditioning is on. The air of those modes is selected. runs the air conditioning compressor conditioning can be selected in Select from the following modes: unless the outside temperature is any mode as long as the fan switch close to freezing. The recirculation is on. H (Vent): Air is directed to the mode cannot be selected while in instrument panel outlets. On hot days, open the windows to the defog mode. let hot inside air escape; then close ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided 0 (Defrost): The defrost mode them. This helps to reduce the time between the instrument panel and is used to remove fog or frost from it takes for the vehicle to cool down. floor outlets. Some air is directed the windshield more quickly. Air is It also helps the system to operate towards the windshield and side directed to the windshield and side more efficiently. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

The air conditioning system fog when the weather is cold and Do not drive the vehicle until all the removes moisture from the air, so a damp. To clear the fog, select either windows are clear. small amount of water might drip the defog or defrost mode and For vehicles with heated outside under the vehicle while idling or increase the fan speed. The rearview mirrors, the mirrors will after turning off the engine. recirculation mode can also be heat to help clear fog or frost from This is normal. turned off by turning off the engine. the surface of the mirror when the h (Recirculation): Press this REAR: Press to turn the rear rear window defog button is button to turn the recirculation mode heating and air conditioning on. See pressed. on or off. An indicator light comes Rear Climate Control System (Rear Notice: Do not use anything on to show that recirculation is on. Climate with Rear Seat Audio) on sharp on the inside of the rear This mode recirculates and helps to page 8‑11 or Rear Climate Control window. If you do, you could cut quickly cool the air inside the System (Rear Climate Control Only) or damage the warming grid, and vehicle. It can be used to help on page 8‑9 for more information. the repairs would not be covered prevent outside air and odors from Rear Window Defogger by the vehicle warranty. Do not entering the vehicle. attach a temporary vehicle The rear window defogger uses a The recirculation mode cannot be license, tape, a decal, or anything warming grid to remove fog from the similar to the defogger grid. used with floor, defrost, or defogging rear window. modes. If recirculation is selected 1 while in one of those modes, the (Rear Window Defogger): indicator flashes three times and Press this button to turn the rear turns off. The air conditioning window defogger on or off. The compressor will also come on when system automatically turns off this mode is activated. While in several minutes after it has been recirculation mode the windows may activated. The defogger can also be turned off by turning off the engine. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

Dual Automatic Climate Control System I. Power Button The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with J. Rear Window Defogger this system. The vehicle also has a flow-through ventilation system K. Air Conditioning described later in this section. L. PASS If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information. M. Passenger Temperature Control O (On/Off): Press to turn the climate control system on or off. Outside air still enters the vehicle, and is directed to the floor. This direction can be changed by pressing the mode button. Recirculation can be selected once you have selected vent or bi-level mode. The temperature can also be adjusted using either temperature button. If the air delivery mode or temperature settings are adjusted with the system off, the display A. Fan Control E. REAR (Rear Climate Control) illuminates briefly to show the settings and then returns to off. The B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) F. Air Delivery Mode Control system can be turned back on by C. Defrost G. Driver Temperature Control pressing either O, D, C, # , the D. Recirculation H. Display defrost or the AUTO button. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

Driver and Passenger Side When in defrost mode the The air inlet will normally be set Temperature Control passenger temperature setting to outside air. If it is hot outside, The driver and passenger side cannot be changed. the air inlet may automatically switch to recirculate inside air to temperature buttons are used to Automatic Operation adjust the temperature of the air help quickly cool down the coming through the system on the AUTO (Automatic): When vehicle. The light on the button driver or passenger side of the automatic operation is active the comes on in recirculation. vehicle. The temperature can be system will control the inside 2. Set the driver and passenger adjusted even if the system is temperature, the air delivery, and temperature. the fan speed. turned off. This is possible since To find your comfort setting, start outside air always flows through the Use the steps below to place the with a 23°C (74°F) temperature system as the vehicle is moving entire system in automatic mode: setting and allow about forward unless it is set to 1. Press the AUTO button. 20 minutes for the system to recirculation mode. See regulate. Use the driver or When AUTO is selected, the “Recirculation” later in this section. passenger temperature buttons display will change to show the Press the + or − buttons to increase to adjust the temperature setting current temperature(s) and or decrease the cabin temperature. as necessary. If a temperature AUTO will be lit on the display. The driver side or passenger side setting of 15°C (60°F) is chosen, The current delivery mode and temperature display shows the the system remains at the fan speed will also be displayed temperature setting decreasing or maximum cooling setting. If a for approximately 5 seconds. increasing. temperature setting of 32°C When AUTO is selected, the air The passenger temperature setting (90°F) is chosen, the system conditioning operation and air can be set to match the driver remains at the maximum heat inlet will be automatically temperature setting by pressing the setting. Choosing either controlled. The air conditioning PASS button and turning off the maximum setting will not cause compressor will run when the PASS indicator. the vehicle to heat or cool any outside temperature is over faster. about 4°C (40°F). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

Do not cover the solar sensor HG (Air Delivery Mode Control): second row floor outlets. In this located on the top of the instrument Press these buttons to change the mode, the system automatically panel near the windshield. This direction of the airflow in the vehicle. selects outside air. sensor regulates air temperature Repeatedly press either button until - (Defog): This mode clears the based on sun load and also turns the desired mode appears on the windows of fog or moisture. Air is on the headlamps. For more display. Pressing either mode button directed to the windshield, floor information on the solar sensor, see while the system is off changes the outlets, and side window vents. “Sensors” later in this section. air delivery mode without turning the In this mode, the system turns off To avoid blowing cold air in cold system on. Pressing either mode recirculation and runs the air weather, the system will delay button while in automatic control conditioning compressor unless turning on the fan until warm air is places the mode under manual the outside temperature is close to available. The length of delay control. freezing. The recirculation mode depends on the engine coolant The air delivery mode setting is cannot be selected while in the temperature. Pressing the fan displayed and the AUTO light turns defog mode. switch will override this delay and off. The fan remains under 0 (Defrost): This mode removes change the fan to a selected speed. automatic control. fog or frost from the windshield Manual Operation H (Vent): Air is directed to the more quickly. Air is directed to the DC instrument panel outlets. windshield and side window vents, (Fan Control): Press these with some directed to the floor buttons to increase or decrease the ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided vents. In this mode, the system fan speed. between the instrument panel and automatically forces outside air Pressing either fan button while in floor outlets. Some air is directed into the vehicle and runs the air automatic control places the fan towards the windshield and side conditioning compressor unless the under manual control. The fan window outlets. outside temperature is close to setting remains displayed and the 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the freezing. The recirculation mode AUTO light turns off. The air floor outlets, with some to the cannot be selected while in the delivery mode remains under windshield, side window outlets, and defrost mode. automatic control. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

Climate Controls 8-7

The passenger temperature control conditioning to be effective, the air The recirculation mode cannot be cannot be activated while in defrost conditioning light turns off to show used with floor, defog, or defrost mode. If the PASS button is that the air conditioning mode has modes. If recirculation is selected pressed, the button indicator flashes been canceled. with one of those modes, the three times and will not work. If the On hot days, open the windows long indicator light flashes three times passenger temperature buttons are enough to let hot inside air escape. and then turns off. The air adjusted, the driver temperature This helps to reduce the time it conditioning compressor also comes indicator changes. The passenger takes for the vehicle to cool down. on when this mode is activated. temperature will not be displayed. It also helps the system to operate While in recirculation mode the If vent, bi-level, or floor mode is more efficiently. windows may fog when the weather is cold and damp. To clear the fog, selected again, the climate control The air conditioning system system displays the previous select either the defog or defrost removes moisture from the air, so a mode and increase the fan speed. temperature settings. small amount of water might drip Do not drive the vehicle until all the under the vehicle while idling or The recirculation mode can also be windows are clear. after turning off the engine. This is turned off by turning off the ignition. # (Air Conditioning): Press to normal. PASS: Press to set the passenger turn the air conditioning (A/C) @ (Recirculation): Press to turn temperature setting to match the compressor on and off. An indicator the recirculation mode on or off. driver temperature setting. The light comes on to show that the air An indicator light comes on to show PASS indicator will turn off. When conditioning is on. that the recirculation is on. the passenger temperature setting is set different than the driver If this button is pressed when This mode recirculates and helps to setting, the indicator on the PASS the air conditioning compressor is quickly cool the air inside the button illuminates and both the unavailable, the indicator flashes vehicle. It can be used to help driver side and passenger side three times and then turns off. prevent outside air and odors from temperature displays are shown. If the air conditioning is on and the entering the vehicle. outside temperature drops below a temperature which is too cool for air GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

8-8 Climate Controls

REAR: For vehicles with the rear These actions may damage the heat and air conditioning controls. rear defogger. Repairs would not Press to turn the rear climate control be covered by your warranty. system on or off. See Rear Climate 1 Control System (Rear Climate with Heated Mirrors: Press to help Rear Seat Audio) on page 8‑11 or clear fog or frost from the surface of Rear Climate Control System (Rear the outside mirror. See Power Climate Control Only) on page 8‑9. Mirrors on page 2‑18. Rear Window Defogger Sensors The interior temperature sensors The rear window defogger uses a located in the headliner above the warming grid to remove fog from the driver side seat and if equipped, in rear window. the headliner above the second row 1 (Rear Window Defogger): seats measure the temperature of Press to turn the rear window the air inside the vehicle. defogger on or off. It automatically There is also an exterior turns off several minutes after it has temperature sensor located behind been activated. The defogger can the front grille. This sensor reads also be turned off by turning off the the outside air temperature and engine. Do not drive the vehicle until helps maintain the temperature all the windows are clear. inside the vehicle. Any cover on the Notice: Do not use a razor blade front of the vehicle could cause a or sharp object to clear the inside The solar sensor, located in the false reading in the displayed rear window. Do not adhere defrost grille in the middle of the temperature. anything to the defogger grid instrument panel, monitors the solar lines in the rear glass. heat. Do not cover the solar sensor or the system will not work properly. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (9,1)

Climate Controls 8-9

The climate control system uses the Rear Climate Control System information from these sensors to maintain your comfort setting by (Rear Climate Control Only) adjusting the outlet temperature, fan For vehicles with this system, the rear controls are three knobs located in speed, and the air delivery mode. the headliner. The system can also be controlled with the front controls. The system may also supply cooler air to the side of the vehicle facing the sun. The recirculation mode will also be used as needed to maintain cool outlet temperatures.

A. Fan Control See Climate Control Systems on B. Temperature Control page 8‑1 or Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑4. The C. Air Delivery Mode Control rear system can also be turned off REAR: Press the REAR button on by turning the rear fan knob to the front climate control system to the 9 position. turn the rear climate control system on or off. An indicator comes on when the rear system is on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (10,1)

8-10 Climate Controls

Mimic Mode: This mode matches Temperature Control: Turn ) (Bi-Level): Air is directed the rear climate control to the front clockwise or counterclockwise to through the floor and headliner climate control airflow settings. increase or decrease the airflow outlets. The rear system floor It comes on when REAR is pressed temperature into the outlets are located directly behind the first time. passenger area. the second row seats. The flow can Independent Mode: This mode Fan Control: Turn clockwise or be divided between vent and floor directs rear seating airflow counterclockwise to increase or outlets depending upon where the according to the settings of the decrease the fan speed. knob is placed between the settings. rear controls. It comes on when Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the any rear control is adjusted. clockwise or counterclockwise to floor outlets. The rear system floor change the direction of the airflow. outlets are located directly behind the second row seats. H (Vent): Air is directed through the headliner outlets. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (11,1)

Climate Controls 8-11

Rear Climate Control System The rear climate control system can (Rear Climate with Rear Seat Audio) also be turned off by pressing and holding the C button. To turn the For vehicles with the rear heat and air conditioning controls, they are system on from the rear seats, integrated with the rear seat audio controls located in the center console. press any rear climate control The system can be controlled from the front controls as well as the button, except the C button. rear controls. Mimic Mode: This mode matches the rear climate control to the front climate control airflow settings. It comes on when REAR is pressed the first time. Independent Mode: This mode directs rear seating airflow according to the settings of the rear controls. To turn the system on from the rear, press any rear climate control button, except the C button. Rear Climate Control with Rear Seat Audio Controls

A. Fan Control REAR: Press the REAR button on B. Air Delivery Mode Control the front climate control system to turn the rear climate control system C. Temperature Control on or off. An indicator comes on when the rear system is on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (12,1)

8-12 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation, If Manual Operation N (Air Delivery Mode Control): Equipped DC (Fan Control): Press these Press the mode button to change AUTO: Press the air delivery mode buttons on the rear seat audio the direction of the airflow in the button until this setting is selected to control panel to increase or vehicle. Repeatedly press the control the inside temperature, air decrease the airflow. Pressing the button until the desired mode delivery, and fan speed. AUTO fan up button when the system is off appears on the display. Multiple appears in the display when will turn the system on. The air presses will cycle through the automatic operation is active. delivery mode will remain under delivery selections. automatic control. + or − (Increase/Decrease Temperature): Press the + or − + or − (Temperature Control): buttons to increase or decrease the Press these buttons to adjust the cabin temperature. The rear control temperature of the air flowing into temperature display will show the the passenger area. Press the + temperature setting increasing or button for warmer air and press the decreasing. − button for cooler air. The display only indicates climate control functions when the system is in rear independent mode. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (13,1)

Climate Controls 8-13

. When you enter a vehicle in cold . Adding outside equipment to the Air Vents weather, press the fan up button front of the vehicle, such as Use the air outlets located in the to the maximum fan level before hood-air deflectors, may affect center and on the side of the driving. This helps clear the the performance of the heating instrument panel to direct the intake ducts of snow and and air conditioning system. airflow. moisture, and reduces the Check with your dealer before chance of fogging the inside of adding equipment to the outside Operation Tips the window. of the vehicle. . Keep the hood and front air . Keep the air path under the front inlets free of ice, snow, or any seats clear of objects. This helps other obstruction (such as air to circulate throughout the leaves). The heater and vehicle. defroster will work far better, reducing the chance of fogging the inside of the windows. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (14,1)

8-14 Climate Controls

2 NOTES GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Engine Heater ...... 9-26 Brakes Driving and Retained Accessory Antilock Brake Operating Power (RAP) ...... 9-26 System (ABS) ...... 9-44 Shifting Into Park ...... 9-27 Parking Brake ...... 9-45 Shifting out of Park ...... 9-28 Brake Assist ...... 9-45 Driving Information Parking over Things Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-46 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 That Burn ...... 9-29 Active Fuel Management® . . . 9-29 Ride Control Systems Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-46 Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-49 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-30 Continuous Damping Braking ...... 9-3 Running the Vehicle While Control (CDC) ...... 9-49 Steering ...... 9-4 Parked ...... 9-30 Automatic Level Control . . . . . 9-50 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Automatic Transmission Cruise Control Off-Road Driving ...... 9-6 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-31 Cruise Control ...... 9-50 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-12 Manual Mode ...... 9-35 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-12 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-36 Object Detection Systems Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-13 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-53 Winter Driving ...... 9-13 Drive Systems Side Blind Zone If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-15 Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-54 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-16 Automatic Rear Vision Transfer Case) ...... 9-37 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-57 Starting and Operating Four-Wheel Drive (Single New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-21 Speed Automatic Adjustable Throttle and Transfer Case) ...... 9-42 Brake Pedal ...... 9-22 Ignition Positions ...... 9-23 Starting the Engine ...... 9-24 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

Fuel Driving Information . Designate a front seat Fuel ...... 9-62 passenger to handle potential distractions. Recommended Fuel ...... 9-62 Distracted Driving Gasoline Specifications (U.S. . Become familiar with vehicle and Canada Only) ...... 9-63 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as California Fuel and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio Requirements ...... 9-63 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-63 judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. Fuel Additives ...... 9-64 activities divert your attention Program all trip information Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-65 away from the road. Many local into any navigation device prior Filling the Tank ...... 9-66 governments have enacted laws to driving. Filling a Portable Fuel regarding driver distraction. Become . Wait until the vehicle is parked Container ...... 9-68 familiar with the local laws in to retrieve items that have fallen your area. Towing to the floor. To avoid distracted driving, always General Towing . Stop or park the vehicle to tend keep your eyes on the road, hands Information ...... 9-68 to children. Driving Characteristics and on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Keep pets in an appropriate Towing Tips ...... 9-69 . Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint. Trailer Towing ...... 9-73 demanding driving situations. Towing Equipment ...... 9-78 Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations Trailer Sway place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a Control (TSC) ...... 9-88 phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. Conversions and Add-Ons . Watch the road. Do not read, Add-On Electrical take notes, or look up Equipment ...... 9-88 information on phones or Adding a Snow Plow or other electronic devices. Similar Equipment ...... 9-88 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

careless and make mistakes. { WARNING Anticipate what they might do WARNING (Continued) and be ready. Taking your eyes off the road too Do not drink and drive or ride with long or too often could cause a . Allow enough following distance a driver who has been drinking. crash resulting in injury or death. between you and the driver in Ride home in a cab; or if you are Focus your attention on driving. front of you. with a group, designate a driver . Focus on the task of driving. who will not drink. Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that Drunk Driving Control of a Vehicle system, including pairing and using Death and injury associated with a cell phone. drinking and driving is a global Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to tragedy. If equipped, refer to the navigation control a vehicle while driving. manual for information on that system, including pairing and using { WARNING a cell phone. Braking Drinking and then driving is Braking action involves perception Defensive Driving very dangerous. Your reflexes, time and reaction time. Deciding to perceptions, attentiveness, and push the brake pedal is perception Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even time. Actually doing it is expect the unexpected. The first ” a small amount of alcohol. You reaction time. step in driving defensively is to wear can have a serious or even the safety belt. See Safety Belts on — Average driver reaction time is fatal collision if you drive after page 3‑18. — about three-quarters of a second. drinking. In that time, a vehicle moving at . Assume that other road users (Continued) 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (pedestrians, bicyclists, and (66 ft), which could be a lot of other drivers) are going to be distance in an emergency. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

Helpful braking tips to keep in mind Steering Curve Tips include: Hydraulic Power Steering . Take curves at a reasonable . Keep enough distance between speed. you and the vehicle in front Your vehicle has hydraulic . Reduce speed before entering of you. power steering. It may require maintenance. See Power Steering a curve. . Avoid needless heavy braking. Fluid Power Steering Fluid on . Maintain a reasonable steady . Keep pace with traffic. page 10‑24. speed through the curve If the engine ever stops while the If power steering assist is lost . Wait until the vehicle is out of vehicle is being driven, brake because the engine stops or the the curve before accelerating normally but do not pump the power steering system is not gently into the straightaway. brakes. Doing so could make the functioning, the vehicle can be pedal harder to push down. If the steered but may required increased Steering in Emergencies engine stops, there will be some effort. See your dealer if there is . There are some situations when power brake assist but it will be a problem. steering around a problem may used when the brake is applied. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the be more effective than braking. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the hybrid supplement for more . Holding both sides of the information. brake pedal will be harder to push. steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without removing a hand. . Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows steering while braking. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

Off-Road Recovery 3. Then turn the steering wheel to If the vehicle starts to slide, follow go straight down the roadway. these suggestions: . Ease your foot off the Loss of Control accelerator pedal and quickly Skidding steer the way you want the vehicle to go. The vehicle may There are three types of skids that straighten out. Be ready for a correspond to the vehicle's three second skid if it occurs. control systems: . Slow down and adjust your . Braking Skid — wheels are driving according to weather not rolling. conditions. Stopping distance . Steering or Cornering Skid — can be longer and vehicle too much speed or steering in a control can be affected when curve causes tires to slip and traction is reduced by water, The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force. snow, ice, gravel, or other off the edge of a road onto the material on the road. Learn to shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much recognize warning clues — such these tips: throttle causes the driving as enough water, ice, or packed wheels to spin. snow on the road to make a 1. Ease off the accelerator and mirrored surface and slow then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids — down when you have any doubt. way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to straddles the edge of the existing conditions, and by not pavement. overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible. 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

. Try to avoid sudden steering, . Make sure all underbody acceleration, or braking, { WARNING shields, if equipped, are properly including reducing vehicle speed attached. by shifting to a lower gear. Any When driving off-road, bouncing . Know the local laws that apply to and quick changes in direction sudden changes could cause off-road driving. the tires to slide. can easily throw you out of position. This could cause you to To gain more ground clearance if Remember: Antilock brakes help needed, it may be necessary to avoid only the braking skid. lose control and crash. You and your passengers should always remove the front fascia lower air dam. Off-Road Driving wear safety belts. Notice: Operating the vehicle Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be Before Driving Off-Road for extended periods without used for off-road driving. Vehicles the front fascia lower air dam without four-wheel drive and . Have all necessary maintenance installed can cause improper air vehicles not equipped with All and service work completed. flow to the engine. Re‐attach the Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, front fascia air dam after off-road tires must not be driven off-road and check inflation pressure in driving. except on a level, solid surface. all tires, including the spare, To contact the tire manufacturer for if equipped. more information about the original equipment tires, see the Limited . Read all the information about Warranty and Owner Assistance four-wheel-drive vehicles in Information manual. this manual. Controlling the vehicle is the key to successful off-road driving. One of the best ways to control the vehicle is to control the speed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading Driving on Hills the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits Off-Road Driving Driving safely on hills requires good and Tires. judgment and an understanding of { WARNING Environmental Concerns what the vehicle can and cannot do. . Unsecured cargo on the load . Always use established trails, { floor can be tossed about roads, and areas that have been WARNING set aside for public off-road when driving over rough Many hills are simply too steep recreational driving and obey all terrain. You or your for any vehicle. Driving up hills passengers can be struck by posted regulations. can cause the vehicle to stall. flying objects. Secure the . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, Driving down hills can cause cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb loss of control. Driving across hills . Keep cargo in the cargo area wildlife. can cause a rollover. You could as far forward and as low as . Do not park over things that be injured or killed. Do not drive possible. The heaviest things burn. See Parking Over Things on steep hills. should be on the floor, that Burn. forward of the rear axle. Before driving on a hill, assess . Heavy loads on the roof raise the steepness, traction, and the vehicle's center of gravity, obstructions. If the terrain ahead making it more likely to roll cannot be seen, get out of the over. You can be seriously or vehicle and walk the hill before fatally injured if the vehicle driving further. rolls over. Put heavy loads inside the cargo area, not on the roof. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

When driving on hills: . Never go downhill forward or . When driving down a hill, keep backward with either the the vehicle headed straight . Use a low gear and keep a transmission or transfer case in down. Use a low gear because firm grip on the steering wheel. N (Neutral). The brakes could the engine will work with the . Maintain a slow speed. overheat and you could lose brakes to slow the vehicle and control. help keep the vehicle under . When possible, drive straight up control. or down the hill. { WARNING . Slow down when approaching { WARNING the top of the hill. If the vehicle has the two‐speed . Use headlamps even during automatic transfer case, shifting Heavy braking when going down the day to make the vehicle the transfer case to N (Neutral) a hill can cause your brakes to more visible. can cause your vehicle to roll overheat and fade. This could even if the transmission is in cause loss of control and you or { WARNING P (Park). This is because the others could be injured or killed. N (Neutral) position on the Apply the brakes lightly when Driving to the top of a hill at high transfer case overrides the descending a hill and use a speed can cause an accident. transmission. You or someone low gear to keep vehicle speed There could be a drop-off, else could be injured. If leaving under control. embankment, cliff, or even the vehicle, set the parking brake another vehicle. You could be and shift the transmission to seriously injured or killed. As you P (Park). Shift the transfer case to near the top of a hill, slow down any position but N (Neutral). and stay alert. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

If the vehicle stalls on a hill: . If driving downhill when the . Surface conditions can be a vehicle stalls, shift to a problem. Loose gravel, muddy 1. Apply the brakes to stop the lower gear, release the spots, or even wet grass can vehicle, and then apply the parking brake, and drive cause the tires to slip sideways, parking brake. straight down the hill. downhill. If the vehicle slips 2. Shift into P (Park) and then 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted sideways, it can hit something restart the engine. after stalling, set the parking that will trip it – a rock, a rut, etc. – and roll over. . If driving uphill when the brake, shift an automatic vehicle stalls, shift to transmission into P (Park), and . Hidden obstacles can make the R (Reverse), release the turn the vehicle off. steepness of the incline more parking brake, and back 3.1. Leave the vehicle and severe. If a rock is driven across straight down. seek help. with the uphill wheels, or if the downhill wheels drop into a rut . Never try to turn the vehicle 3.2. Stay clear of the path the or depression, the vehicle can around. If the hill is steep vehicle would take if it tilt even more. enough to stall the vehicle, rolled downhill. it is steep enough to cause it to roll over. . Avoid turns that take the vehicle across the incline of the hill. . If you cannot make it up A hill that can be driven straight the hill, back straight up or down might be too steep to down the hill. drive across. Driving across an . Never back down a hill incline puts more weight on the in N (Neutral) using only downhill wheels which could the brake. cause a downhill slide or a rollover. . The vehicle can roll backward quickly and you could lose control. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

. If an incline must be driven Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, Traction is reduced on hard packed across, and the vehicle starts to or Ice snow and ice and it is easy to lose slide, turn downhill. This should control. Reduce vehicle speed when help straighten out the vehicle Use a low gear when driving in driving on hard packed snow and prevent the side slipping. mud – the deeper the mud, the and ice. lower the gear. Keep the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck. { WARNING { WARNING Traction changes when driving on Getting out of the vehicle on the sand. On loose sand, such as on Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, downhill side when stopped beaches or sand dunes, the tires or rivers can be dangerous. Ice across an incline is dangerous. tend to sink into the sand. This conditions vary greatly and the If the vehicle rolls over, you could affects steering, accelerating, and vehicle could fall through the ice; be crushed or killed. Always get braking. Drive at a reduced speed you and your passengers could out on the uphill side of the and avoid sharp turns or abrupt drown. Drive your vehicle on safe vehicle and stay well clear of maneuvers. surfaces only. the rollover path. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

Driving in Water Notice: Do not drive through After Off-Road Driving standing water if it is deep Remove any brush or debris that enough to cover the wheel hubs, { WARNING has collected on the underbody, axles or exhaust pipe. Deep water or chassis, or under the hood. can damage the axle and other Driving through rushing water can These accumulations can be a vehicle parts. be dangerous. Deep water can fire hazard. sweep your vehicle downstream If the standing water is not too deep, After operation in mud or sand, and you and your passengers drive slowly through it. At faster have the brake linings cleaned and could drown. If it is only shallow speeds, water splashes on the checked. These substances can water, it can still wash away the ignition system and the vehicle can cause glazing and uneven braking. ground from under your tires. stall. Stalling can also occur if you Check the body structure, steering, get the tailpipe under water. While Traction could be lost, and the suspension, wheels, tires, and the tailpipe is under water, you will vehicle could roll over. Do not exhaust system for damage and not be able to start the engine. drive through rushing water. check the fuel lines and cooling When going through water, the system for any leakage. brakes get wet, and it might take longer to stop. See Driving on More frequent maintenance Wet Roads. service is required. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

Driving on Wet Roads Other Rainy Weather Tips WARNING (Continued) Rain and wet roads can reduce Besides slowing down, other wet vehicle traction and affect your weather driving tips include: Flowing or rushing water creates ability to stop and accelerate. . Allow extra following distance. Always drive slower in these types strong forces. Driving through of driving conditions and avoid flowing water could cause the . Pass with caution. driving through large puddles and vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep windshield wiping deep‐standing or flowing water. happens, you and other vehicle equipment in good shape. occupants could drown. Do not . ignore police warnings and be Keep the windshield washer fluid { WARNING reservoir filled. very cautious about trying to drive Wet brakes can cause crashes. through flowing water. . Have good tires with proper They might not work as well in a tread depth. See Tires on page 10‑49. quick stop and could cause Hydroplaning pulling to one side. You could . Turn off cruise control. lose control of the vehicle. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicle's Highway Hypnosis After driving through a large tires so they actually ride on the puddle of water or a car/vehicle water. This can happen if the road is Always be alert and pay attention to wash, lightly apply the brake wet enough and you are going fast your surroundings while driving. pedal until the brakes work enough. When the vehicle is If you become tired or sleepy, find a normally. hydroplaning, it has little or no safe place to park the vehicle (Continued) contact with the road. and rest. There is no hard and fast rule about Other driving tips include: hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. slow down when the road is wet. . Keep the interior temperature cool. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

. Keep your eyes moving — scan . Stay in your own lane. Do not the road ahead and to the sides. WARNING (Continued) swing wide or cut across the . center of the road. Drive at Check the rearview mirror and none going down a hill. You could vehicle instruments often. speeds that let you stay in your crash. Shift down to let the engine own lane. assist the brakes on a steep Hill and Mountain Roads . Be alert on top of hills; downhill slope. something could be in your lane Driving on steep hills or through (stalled car, accident). mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for . Pay attention to special road driving in these conditions include: { WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding roads, long grades, passing or . Keep the vehicle serviced and in Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take good shape. or with the ignition off is appropriate action. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, dangerous. The brakes will have tires, cooling system, and to do all the work of slowing down Winter Driving transmission. and they could get so hot that they would not work well. You Driving on Snow or Ice . Shift to a lower gear when going would then have poor braking or down steep or long hills. Drive carefully when there is snow even none going down a hill. You or ice between the tires and the could crash. Always have the { WARNING road, creating less traction or grip. engine running and the vehicle in Wet ice can occur at about 0°C If you do not shift down, the gear when going downhill. (32°F) when freezing rain begins to brakes could get so hot that they fall, resulting in even less traction. would not work well. You would Avoid driving on wet ice or in then have poor braking or even freezing rain until roads can be treated with salt or sand. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

Drive with caution, whatever the Turn off cruise control on slippery condition. Accelerate gently so surfaces. WARNING (Continued) traction is not lost. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin Blizzard Conditions cannot be seen or smelled. It can and makes the surface under the Being stuck in snow can be a cause unconsciousness and even tires slick, so there is even less serious situation. Stay with the death. traction. vehicle unless there is help nearby. If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: If possible, use the Roadside Try not to break the fragile traction. . Clear away snow from around Assistance Program on page 13 6. If you accelerate too fast, the drive ‑ the base of your vehicle, To get help and keep everyone in wheels will spin and polish the especially any that is blocking the vehicle safe: surface under the tires even more. the exhaust pipe. . Turn on the hazard warning The Antilock Brake System (ABS) . Check again from time to flashers. on page 9‑44 improves vehicle time to be sure snow does stability during hard stops on . Tie a red cloth to an outside not collect there. slippery roads, but apply the brakes mirror. . sooner than when on dry pavement. Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the side of the Allow greater following distance on { WARNING vehicle that is away from the any slippery road and watch for wind to bring in fresh air. slippery spots. Icy patches can Snow can trap engine exhaust occur on otherwise clear roads in under the vehicle. This may . Fully open the air outlets on shaded areas. The surface of a cause exhaust gases to get or under the instrument curve or an overpass can remain icy inside. Engine exhaust contains panel. when the surrounding roads are carbon monoxide (CO) which (Continued) clear. Avoid sudden steering (Continued) maneuvers and braking while on ice. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

If it takes some time for help to WARNING (Continued) arrive, now and then when you run { WARNING the engine, push the accelerator If the vehicle's tires spin at high . Adjust the climate control pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed. This speed, they can explode, and you system to a setting that or others could be injured. The circulates the air inside the keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help vehicle can overheat, causing an vehicle and set the fan speed with the headlamps. Do this as little engine compartment fire or other to the highest setting. See as possible to save fuel. damage. Spin the wheels as little “Climate Control Systems” in as possible and avoid going the Index. If the Vehicle Is Stuck above 56 km/h (35 mph). For more information about Slowly and cautiously spin the carbon monoxide, see Engine wheels to free the vehicle when For information about using tire Exhaust on page 9‑30. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. chains on the vehicle, see Tire Chains on page 10‑69. If the vehicle has a traction system, Run the engine for short periods it can often help to free a stuck only as needed to keep warm, but vehicle. Refer to the vehicle's be careful. traction system in the Index. If stuck To save fuel, run the engine for only too severely for the traction system short periods as needed to warm to free the vehicle, turn the traction the vehicle and then shut the engine system off and use the rocking off and close the window most of method. the way to save heat. Repeat this until help arrives but only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold. Moving about to keep warm also helps. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

Rocking the Vehicle to has them. If the vehicle does need Notice: Never use recovery Get it Out to be towed out, see Towing the hooks to tow the vehicle. Your Vehicle on page 10‑91. vehicle could be damaged and it Turn the steering wheel left and would not be covered by right to clear the area around the Recovery Hooks warranty. front wheels. For four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift into Four‐Wheel High { WARNING For vehicles with recovery hooks at or, if the vehicle has a two‐speed the front of the vehicle, you can use automatic transfer case, Four‐Wheel Never pull on recovery hooks them if you are stuck off-road and ® Low. For vehicles with StabiliTrak , from the side. The hooks could need to be pulled to some place turn the traction control part of the break and you and others could where you can continue driving. system off. Shift back and forth be injured. When using recovery between R (Reverse) and a forward hooks, always pull the vehicle Vehicle Load Limits gear, spinning the wheels as little as straight out. It is very important to know how possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop much weight your vehicle can spinning before shifting gears. carry. This weight is called the Release the accelerator pedal while vehicle capacity weight and shifting, and press lightly on the includes the weight of all accelerator pedal when the occupants, cargo, and all transmission is in gear. Slowly nonfactory-installed options. spinning the wheels in the forward Two labels on your vehicle and reverse directions causes a show how much weight it was rocking motion that could free the designed to carry, the Tire and vehicle. If that does not get the Loading Information label and vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. Recovery the Certification/Tire label. hooks can be used, if the vehicle GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

Tire and Loading Information the number of occupant seating { WARNING Label positions (A), and the maximum Do not load the vehicle any vehicle capacity weight (B) in heavier than the Gross kilograms and pounds. Vehicle Weight Rating The Tire and Loading (GVWR), or either the Information label also shows the maximum front or rear Gross size of the original equipment Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). tires (C) and the recommended This can cause systems to cold tire inflation pressures (D). break and change the way the For more information on tires vehicle handles. This could and inflation see Tires on cause loss of control and a page 10‑49 andTire Pressure on crash. Overloading can also page 10‑57. shorten the life of the vehicle. Label Example There is also important loading A vehicle specific Tire and information on the vehicle Loading Information label is Certification/Tire label. It tells attached to the center pillar you the Gross Vehicle Weight (B-pillar). With the driver door Rating (GVWR) and the Gross open, you will find the label Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for attached below the door lock the front and rear axles. See post (striker). The tire and “Certification/Tire Label” later in loading information label shows this section. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

Steps for Determining Correct the amount of available cargo Load Limit and luggage load capacity is 1. Locate the statement 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should 5. Determine the combined never exceed XXX kg or weight of luggage and cargo XXX lbs” on your vehicle's being loaded on the vehicle. placard. That weight may not safely 2. Determine the combined exceed the available cargo weight of the driver and and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. passengers that will be Example 1 riding in your vehicle. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 3. Subtract the combined Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) weight of the driver and trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ passengers from XXX kg or 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = XXX lbs. manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo 136 kg (300 lbs) 4. The resulting figure equals and luggage load capacity of C. Available Occupant and Cargo the available amount of cargo your vehicle. See Trailer Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) and luggage load capacity. Towing on page 9‑73 for For example, if the “XXX” important information on amount equals 1400 lbs and towing a trailer, towing safety there will be five 150 lb rules and trailering tips. passengers in your vehicle, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight. Certification/Tire Label

Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (750 lbs) 453 kg (1,000 lbs) A vehicle specific Certification/ C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = Tire label is found on the rear 113 kg (250 lbs) 0 kg (0 lbs) edge of the driver door. The Refer to your vehicle's tire and label shows the size of your loading information label for vehicle's original tires and the specific information about your inflation pressures needed vehicle's capacity weight and to obtain the gross weight seating positions. The combined capacity of your vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

This is called Gross Vehicle The Certification/Tire label also Notice: Overloading the Weight Rating (GVWR). The contains information about your vehicle may cause damage. GVWR includes the weight of Front Axle Reserve Capacity. Repairs would not be covered the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, And, if you do have a heavy by the vehicle warranty. and cargo. load, you should spread it out. Do not overload the vehicle. The Certification/Tire label also The label will help you decide tells you the maximum weights { WARNING how much cargo and installed for the front and rear axles, equipment your truck can carry. called Gross Axle Weight Rating Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Using heavier suspension (GAWR). To find out the actual components to get added loads on your front and rear Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the durability might not change your axles, you need to go to a weigh weight ratings. Ask your dealer station and weigh your vehicle. maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). to help you load your vehicle Your dealer can help you with the right way. this. Be sure to spread out your This can cause systems to load equally on both sides of break and change the way the If you put things inside your the centerline. vehicle handles. This could vehicle — like suitcases, cause loss of control and a tools, packages, or anything Never exceed the GVWR for crash. Overloading can also else — they go as fast as the your vehicle, or the GAWR for shorten the life of the vehicle. vehicle goes. If you have to stop either the front or rear axle. or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, they will keep going. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued) Starting and Operating Things you put inside the . Do not leave an vehicle can strike and injure unsecured child restraint New Vehicle Break-In people in a sudden stop or in the vehicle. turn, or in a crash. Notice: The vehicle does not . When you carry something need an elaborate break-in. But it . Put things in the cargo inside the vehicle, secure will perform better in the long run area of the vehicle. Try to it whenever you can. if you follow these guidelines: spread the weight evenly. . Keep the vehicle speed at . Do not leave a seat folded . 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for Never stack heavier down unless you need to. things, like suitcases, the first 805 km (500 miles). inside the vehicle so that . Do not drive at any one some of them are above There is also important loading constant speed, fast or the tops of the seats. information for off-road driving in slow, for the first 805 km this manual. See Loading Your (Continued) “ (500 miles). Do not make Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” full-throttle starts. Avoid under Off-Road Driving on downshifting to brake or page 9‑6. slow the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

. Avoid making hard stops for Adjustable Throttle and Press the bottom of the control to the first 322 km (200 miles) or move the pedals closer. Press the so. During this time the new Brake Pedal top of the control to move the brake linings are not yet On vehicles with this feature, you pedals away. broken in. Hard stops with can change the position of the Before you start driving, fully new linings can mean throttle and brake pedals. premature wear and earlier press the brake pedal to confirm replacement. Follow this No adjustment to the pedals can the adjustment is right for you. breaking-in guideline every be made when the vehicle is in While driving, make only small time you get new brake R (Reverse) or while using cruise adjustments. linings. control. The vehicle may have a memory . Do not tow a trailer during function which lets pedal settings be break-in. See Trailer Towing saved and recalled. See Memory Seats on page 3 7. on page 9‑73 for the trailer ‑ towing capabilities of the vehicle and more information. Following break‐in, engine speed The control used to adjust the and load can be gradually pedals is located on the instrument increased. panel below the climate control system. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

Ignition Positions Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to N (Neutral), firmly apply the will remain active. See Retained brakes and steer the vehicle to a Accessory Power (RAP) on safe location. page 9‑26. 3. Come to a complete stop, shift This position locks the ignition. to P (Park), and turn the ignition It also locks the transmission on to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with automatic transmission vehicles. an automatic transmission, the The key can be removed in shift lever must be in P (Park) to LOCK/OFF. turn the ignition switch to the Do not turn the engine off when the LOCK/OFF position. vehicle is moving. This will cause a 4. Set the parking brake. See loss of power assist in the brake Parking Brake on page 9‑45. and steering systems and disable the airbags. { WARNING The ignition switch has four different If the vehicle must be shut off in an positions. emergency: Turning off the vehicle while To shift out of P (Park), the ignition moving may cause loss of power 1. Brake using a firm and steady assist in the brake and steering must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ pressure. Do not pump the ACCESSORY and the regular brake systems and disable the airbags. brakes repeatedly. This may While driving, only shut the pedal must be applied. deplete power assist, requiring vehicle off in an emergency. A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ increased brake pedal force. LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). stopped, turn the ignition switch to This can be done while the If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. vehicle is moving. After shifting and must be shut off while driving, turn the ignition to ACC/ ACCESSORY. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

The steering can bind with the diagnostics, and to verify the proper Starting the Engine wheels turned off center. If this operation of the malfunction happens, move the steering wheel indicator lamp as may be required If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the from right to left while turning the for emission inspection purposes. hybrid supplement for more key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this The switch stays in this position information. does not work, then the vehicle when the engine is running. The Move the shift lever to P (Park) or needs service. transmission is also unlocked in this N (Neutral). The engine will not start Notice: Using a tool to force the position on automatic transmission in any other position. To restart the key to turn in the ignition could vehicles. engine when the vehicle is already cause damage to the switch or If you leave the key in the ACC/ moving, use N (Neutral) only. break the key. Use the correct ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position Notice: Do not try to shift to key, make sure it is all the way in, with the engine off, the battery could P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. and turn it only with your hand. be drained. You may not be able to If you do, you could damage the If the key cannot be turned by start the vehicle if the battery is transmission. Shift to P (Park) hand, see your dealer. allowed to drain for an extended only when the vehicle is stopped. period of time. B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This Starting Procedure position lets things like the radio D (START): This is the position that and the windshield wipers operate starts the engine. When the engine 1. With your foot off the accelerator while the engine is off. Use this starts, release the key. The ignition pedal, turn the ignition to START. position if the vehicle must be switch returns to ON/RUN for When the engine starts, let go of pushed or towed. driving. the key. The idle speed will go down as the engine warms. Do C (ON/RUN): This position can be A warning tone will sound when the not race the engine immediately used to operate the electrical driver door is opened and the after starting it. Operate the accessories and to display some ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or engine and transmission gently instrument panel cluster warning LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the to allow the oil to warm up and and indicator lights. This position ignition. lubricate all moving parts. can also be used for service and GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

The vehicle has a Computer-Controlled there as you hold the key in Computer-Controlled Cranking Cranking System is disabled START for up to a maximum System. This feature assists in to prevent possible vehicle of 15 seconds. Wait at least starting the engine and protects component damage. When this 15 seconds between each try, to components. If the ignition key is happens, hold the ignition switch allow the cranking motor to cool turned to the START position, in the START position to down. When the engine starts, and then released when the continue engine cranking. let go of the key and accelerator. engine begins cranking, the Notice: Cranking the engine for If the vehicle starts briefly but engine will continue cranking for long periods of time, by returning then stops again, repeat these a few seconds or until the the key to the START position steps. This clears the extra vehicle starts. If the engine does immediately after cranking has gasoline from the engine. Do not not start and the key is held in ended, can overheat and damage race the engine immediately START, cranking will be stopped the cranking motor, and drain the after starting it. Operate the after 15 seconds to prevent battery. Wait at least 15 seconds engine and transmission gently cranking motor damage. To between each try, to let the until the oil warms up and prevent gear damage, this cranking motor cool down. lubricates all moving parts. system also prevents cranking if Notice: If you add electrical parts the engine is already running. 2. If the engine does not start after 5-10 seconds, especially in or accessories, you could change Engine cranking can be stopped the way the engine operates. Any by turning the ignition switch to very cold weather (below −18°C or 0°F), it could be flooded with resulting damage would not be the ACC/ACCESSORY or covered by the vehicle warranty. LOCK/OFF position. too much gasoline. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the See Add-On Electrical Equipment When the Low Fuel warning way to the floor and holding it on page 9‑88. lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is displayed in the Driver Information Center (DIC), the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

Engine Heater Retained Accessory { WARNING The engine coolant heater can Power (RAP) provide easier starting and better Plugging the cord into an The following vehicle accessories fuel economy during engine ungrounded outlet could cause an can be used for up to 10 minutes warm-up in cold weather conditions electrical shock. Also, the wrong after the engine is turned off: at or below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles kind of extension cord could with an engine heater should be overheat and cause a fire. You . Audio System plugged in at least four hours before could be seriously injured. Plug . Power Windows starting. An internal thermostat in the cord into a properly grounded . OnStar System (if equipped) the plug-end of the cord may exist three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. which will prevent engine coolant If the cord will not reach, use a . Sunroof (if equipped) heater operation at temperatures heavy-duty three-prong extension These features work when the above −18°C (0°F). cord rated for at least 15 amps. key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ To Use the Engine Coolant ACCESSORY. Once the key is Heater 4. Before starting the engine, be turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, the windows and sunroof continue 1. Turn off the engine. sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it to work up to 10 minutes until any 2. Open the hood and unwrap the away from moving engine parts. door is opened. The radio continues electrical cord. The cord is If you do not, it could be to work for up to 10 minutes or until secured to the engine damaged. the driver door is opened. compartment fuse block with a clip. Carefully remove the wire The length of time the heater should tie which secures the electrical remain plugged in depends on cord. Do not cut the several factors. Ask a dealer in the electrical cord. area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this. 3. Plug the cord into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

Shifting Into Park 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then WARNING (Continued) set the parking brake. See Parking Brake on page 9 45 { WARNING If you have a four-wheel drive ‑ for more information. It can be dangerous to get out of transfer case with a N (Neutral) position, and the transfer case is 2. Move the shift lever into the the vehicle if the shift lever is not P (Park) position by pulling the fully in P (Park) with the parking in N (Neutral), the vehicle will be free to roll, even if the shift lever shift lever toward you and brake firmly set. The vehicle can moving it up as far as it will go. roll. If you have left the engine is in P (Park). So, be sure the running, the vehicle can move transfer case is in a drive 3. Be sure the transfer case is in a suddenly. You or others could be gear — not in N (Neutral). If you drive gear — not in N (Neutral). injured. To be sure the vehicle are pulling a trailer, see Driving 4. Turn the ignition key to will not move, even when you are Characteristics and Towing Tips LOCK/OFF. on fairly level ground, use the on page 9‑69. Always set the parking brake. 5. Remove the key and take it with steps that follow. you. If you can leave the vehicle (Continued) with the ignition key in your hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

Leaving the Vehicle With the If you have to leave the vehicle with When you are ready to drive, move Engine Running the engine running, be sure your the shift lever out of P (Park) before vehicle is in P (Park) and the you release the parking brake. { WARNING parking brake is firmly set before If torque lock does occur, you may you leave it. After you move the shift need to have another vehicle push It can be dangerous to leave the lever into P (Park), hold the regular yours a little uphill to take some of vehicle with the engine running. brake pedal down. Then, see if you the pressure from the parking pawl The vehicle could move suddenly can move the shift lever away from in the transmission, then you will be P (Park) without first pulling it toward if the shift lever is not fully in able to pull the shift lever out of you. If you can, it means that the P (Park) with the parking brake P (Park). shift lever was not fully locked firmly set. into P (Park). If you have four-wheel drive and Shifting out of Park the transfer case is in N (Neutral), Torque Lock This vehicle is equipped with an the vehicle will be free to roll, If you are parking on a hill and electronic shift lock release system. even if the shift lever is in you do not shift your transmission The shift lock release is P (Park). So be sure the transfer into P (Park) properly, the weight designed to: case is in a drive gear — not in of the vehicle may put too much . Prevent ignition key removal N (Neutral). force on the parking pawl in the unless the shift lever is in transmission. You may find it difficult And, if you leave the vehicle P (Park) with the shift lever to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). button fully released. with the engine running, it could This is called torque lock. To overheat and even catch fire. You prevent torque lock, set the parking . Prevent movement of the shift or others could be injured. Do not brake and then shift into P (Park) lever out of P (Park), unless the leave the vehicle with the engine properly before you leave the driver ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ running unless you have to. seat. To find out how, see Shifting ACCESSORY and the regular Into Park on page 9‑27. brake pedal is applied. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

The shift lock release is always 3. Move the shift lever to the Active Fuel Management® functional except in the case of an desired position. Vehicles with V8 engines may have uncharged or low voltage (less than If you are still having a problem 9 volt) battery. Active Fuel Management™. This shifting, then have the vehicle system allows the engine to operate If the vehicle has an uncharged serviced soon. on either all or half of its cylinders, battery or a battery with low voltage, depending on the driving conditions. try charging or jump starting the Parking over Things When less power is required, such battery. See Jump Starting on That Burn page 10‑86 for more information. as cruising at a constant vehicle speed, the system will operate in To shift out of P (Park) use the { WARNING the half cylinder mode, allowing the following: vehicle to achieve better fuel 1. Apply the brake pedal. Things that can burn could touch economy. When greater power hot exhaust parts under the demands are required, such as 2. Move the shift lever to the vehicle and ignite. Do not park accelerating from a stop, passing, desired position. over papers, leaves, dry grass, or merging onto a freeway, the If you still are unable to shift out of or other things that can burn. system will maintain full-cylinder P (Park): operation. 1. Ease the pressure on the If the vehicle has an Active Fuel shift lever. Management™ indicator, see Driver 2. While holding down the brake Information Center (DIC) on pedal, press the shift lever all page 5‑30 for more information on the way into P (Park). using this display. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued) While Parked . There are holes or openings { WARNING It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. But if you ever have damage or aftermarket Engine exhaust contains carbon to, here are some things to know. monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. { WARNING can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is Idling a vehicle in an enclosed Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: area with poor ventilation is dangerous. Engine exhaust may . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows with poor ventilation (parking completely down. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired which cannot be seen or smelled. that may block underbody immediately. airflow or tail pipes). It can cause unconsciousness Never park the vehicle with the and even death. Never run the . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed engine in an enclosed area that sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a has no fresh air ventilation. For . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air more information, see Engine due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. Exhaust on page 9‑30. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

{ WARNING { WARNING Automatic Transmission It can be dangerous to get out If the vehicle has a four-wheel of the vehicle if the automatic drive transfer case with a If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the transmission shift lever is not fully N (Neutral) position, and the hybrid supplement for more in P (Park) with the parking brake transfer case is in N (Neutral), the information. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. vehicle may roll, even if the If the vehicle is has an automatic Do not leave the vehicle when the automatic transmission shift lever transmission, it has an electronic engine is running unless you is in P (Park). So, be sure the shift position indicator within the have to. If you have left the transfer case is in a drive gear — instrument panel cluster. This engine running, the vehicle can not in N (Neutral). Always set the display comes on when the ignition move suddenly. You or others parking brake. key is turned to the ON/RUN could be injured. To be sure the position. vehicle will not move, even when Follow the proper steps to be sure There are several different positions you are on fairly level ground, the vehicle will not move. See for the shift lever. always set the parking brake and Shifting Into Park on page 9‑27. move the shift lever to P (Park). If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑69.

Heavy Duty 6-Speed Automatic Transmission Shown (Light Duty Similar) See “Range Selection Mode” under Manual Mode on page 9‑35. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

P (Park): This position locks the R (Reverse): Use this gear to rear wheels. It is the best position to WARNING (Continued) back up. use when starting the engine always set the parking brake and Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) because the vehicle cannot move while the vehicle is moving easily. When parked on a hill, move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on forward could damage the especially when the vehicle has a transmission. The repairs would heavy load, you might notice an page 9‑27. If you are pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics not be covered by the vehicle increase in the effort to shift out of warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only and Towing Tips on page 9‑69. P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under after the vehicle is stopped. Shifting Into Park on page 9‑27 for more information. To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without { WARNING { WARNING damaging the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑15. If the vehicle has a four-wheel It is dangerous to get out of the drive transfer case with a N (Neutral): In this position, the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully N (Neutral) position, and the engine does not connect with the in P (Park) with the parking brake transfer case is in N (Neutral), the wheels. To restart the engine when firmly set. The vehicle can roll. the vehicle is already moving, vehicle will be free to roll — even Do not leave the vehicle when the if the shift lever is in P (Park). use N (Neutral) only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is engine is running unless you Be sure the transfer case is in a being towed. have to. If you have left the drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive High engine running, the vehicle can or Four-Wheel Drive High or move suddenly. You or others Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in could be injured. To be sure the N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park vehicle will not move, even when on page 9‑27. Always set the you are on fairly level ground, parking brake. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

D (Drive): This position is for The vehicle has a shift stabilization { WARNING normal driving. It provides the best feature that adjusts the transmission fuel economy. If you need more shifting to the current driving Shifting into a drive gear while the power for passing, and you are: conditions in order to reduce rapid engine is running at high speed is upshifts and downshifts. This shift . Going less than about 55 km/h dangerous. Unless your foot is stabilization feature is designed to firmly on the brake pedal, the (35 mph), push the accelerator pedal about halfway down. determine, before making an vehicle could move very rapidly. upshift, if the engine is able to You could lose control and hit . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or maintain vehicle speed by analyzing people or objects. Do not shift more, push the accelerator all things such as vehicle speed, into a drive gear while the engine the way down. throttle position, and vehicle load. is running at high speed. By doing this, the vehicle shifts If the shift stabilization feature down to the next gear and has determines that a current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, the Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or more power. transmission does not upshift and N (Neutral) with the engine D (Drive) can be used when towing instead holds the current gear. In running at high speed may a trailer, carrying a heavy load, some cases, this could appear to be damage the transmission. The driving on steep hills, or for off-road a delayed shift, however the repairs would not be covered by driving. You might want to shift the transmission is operating normally. the vehicle warranty. Be sure the transmission to a lower gear engine is not running at high selection if the transmission shifts The vehicle's transmission speed when shifting the vehicle. too often. uses adaptive shift controls. Adaptive shift controls continually Downshifting the transmission in compares key shift parameters to slippery road conditions could result pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in skidding. See “Skidding” under in the transmissions computer. Loss of Control on page 9‑5. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

The transmission constantly makes 3 (Third): This position is also used 1 (First): This position reduces adjustments to improve vehicle for normal driving. It reduces vehicle vehicle speed without using the performance according to how the speed more than D (Drive) without brakes. You can use it for major/ vehicle is being used, such as using the brakes. You might choose severe downgrades and off-road with a heavy load or when the 3 (Third) instead of D (Drive) when driving where the vehicle would temperature changes. During this driving on hilly, winding roads, when otherwise accelerate due to adaptive shift control process, towing a trailer, so there is less steepness of grade. When you shift shifting might feel different as shifting between gears and when to 1 (First) it provides the lowest the transmission determines the going down a steep hill. gear appropriate to the vehicle's best settings. 2 (Second): This position reduces current road speed and continues to When temperatures are very cold, vehicle speed even more than downshift as the vehicle slows, shifting could be delayed providing 3 (Third) without using the brakes. eventually downshifting to more stable shifts until the engine You can use 2 (Second) on hills. 1 (First) gear. warms up. Shifts could be more It can help control vehicle speed as Notice: Spinning the tires noticeable with a cold transmission. you go down steep mountain roads, or holding the vehicle in one This difference in shifting is normal. but then you would also want to use place on a hill using only the M (Manual Mode): This position the brakes off and on. accelerator pedal may damage lets drivers select the range of gears If you manually select 2 (Second) the transmission. The repair will appropriate for current driving in an automatic transmission, not be covered by the vehicle conditions. If the vehicle has this the transmission will start in warranty. If you are stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on feature, see “Range Selection second gear. You can use this a hill, use the brakes to hold the Mode” under Manual Mode on feature for reducing the speed of vehicle in place. page 9‑35. the rear wheels when you are trying to start the vehicle from a stop on slippery road surfaces. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

Manual Mode 2. Press the plus/minus buttons, Notice: Spinning the tires or located on the steering column holding the vehicle in one place Range Selection Mode shift lever, to select the desired on a hill using only the (Hydra-Matic® 6-Speed range of gears for the current accelerator pedal may damage Transmission) driving conditions. the transmission. The repair will When M (Manual Mode) is selected not be covered by the vehicle a number displays next to the M, warranty. If you are stuck, do not indicating the current gear. spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the This number is the highest gear that vehicle in place. can be used. However, the vehicle can automatically shift to lower Low Traction Mode Base Trim Shown (Uplevel Similar) gears as it adjusts to driving If the vehicle has the Hydra-Matic® conditions. This means that all The vehicle may have a Range 6-Speed Automatic Transmission, it gears below that number are Selection Mode. The Range has a Low Traction Mode that available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, Selection Mode helps control the assists in vehicle acceleration when 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are vehicle's transmission and vehicle road conditions are slippery, such automatically shifted by the vehicle, speed while driving down hill or as with ice or snow. While the but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until towing a trailer by letting you select vehicle is at a stop, select the the plus/minus button located on the a desired range of gears. second gear range using Range steering column lever is used to Selection Mode. This will limit To use this feature, do the following: change to the gear. torque to the wheels after it detects 1. Move the shift lever to Grade Braking is not available when wheel slip, preventing the tires M (Manual Mode). Range Selection Mode is active. from spinning. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑36. While using Range Selection Mode, Cruise Control and the Tow/Haul Mode can be used. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only active while the Tow/Haul Mode is selected and you are not in the Range Selection Mode. See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed previously and Manual Mode on page 9‑35 for more information on When Tow/Haul Mode is selected the Range Selection Mode. Grade the tow/haul indicator light will come Braking assists in maintaining on. See Tow/Haul Mode Light on desired vehicle speeds when driving The vehicle has a Tow/Haul Mode. page 5‑26. on downhill grades by automatically The selector button is located on the implementing a shift schedule that end of the column shift lever. You The Tow/Haul Mode works with the ® utilizes the engine and transmission can use this feature to assist when Autoride feature, if the vehicle has to slow the vehicle. This reduces driving down steep hills or mountain this, to enhance the ride when wear on the braking system and grades, towing, or hauling a heavy trailering or with a loaded vehicle. increases control of the vehicle. load, or if there is a need to charge See Continuous Damping Control Grade Braking monitors vehicle a battery installed in a trailer. See (CDC) on page 9‑49. speed, acceleration, engine torque Towing Equipment on page 9‑78 Grade Braking (Hydra-Matic® and brake pedal usage. Using this and Hill and Mountain Roads on 6-Speed Automatic information, it detects when the page 9‑13 for more information. truck is on a downhill grade and the Transmission) driver desires to slow the vehicle by The Grade Braking shift modes can pressing the brake. be activated by pressing the button Also see Towing Equipment on on the end of the shift control lever. page 9‑78 for more information. While in Range Selection Mode, Grade Braking is deactivated allowing the driver to select a desired range of gears. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

Drive Systems The vehicle has StabiliTrak®. The transfer case knob is located to Shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Low the left of the instrument panel will turn Traction Control and cluster. Four-Wheel Drive ® StabiliTrak off. See StabiliTrak Use this dial to shift into and out of (Two Speed Automatic System on page 9‑46. four-wheel drive. Transfer Case) Front Axle You can choose among five driving If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, The front axle engages and settings: you can send the engine's driving disengages automatically when you Indicator lights in the switches show power to all four wheels for extra shift the transfer case. Some delay you which setting you are in. The traction. Read the following before for the axle to engage or disengage indicator lights will come on briefly using four-wheel drive. is normal. when you turn on the ignition and Notice: Driving on clean, dry Automatic Transfer Case the last chosen setting will stay on. pavement in Four-Wheel Drive If the lights do not come on, you High or Four-Wheel Drive Low for should take the vehicle to your an extended period of time may dealer for service. An indicator light cause premature wear on the will flash while shifting. It will stay on vehicle's powertrain. Do not drive when the shift is completed. If for on clean, dry pavement in some reason the transfer case Four-Wheel Drive High or cannot make a requested shift, it will Four-Wheel Drive Low for return to the last chosen setting. extended periods of time. 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): While driving on clean dry pavement This setting is used for driving in and during tight turns, you may most street and highway situations. experience a vibration in the The front axle is not engaged in steering system. two-wheel drive. This setting also provides the best fuel economy. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low): This N (Neutral): Shift the vehicle's Drive): This setting is ideal for setting also engages the front axle transfer case to N (Neutral) only use when road surface traction and delivers extra torque. You may when towing the vehicle. See conditions are variable. When never need this setting. It sends Recreational Vehicle Towing on driving the vehicle in AUTO, the maximum power to all four wheels. page 10‑91 or Towing the Vehicle front axle is engaged, and the You might choose Four-Wheel Drive on page 10‑91 for more information. vehicle's power is sent to the front Low if you are driving off-road in If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE and rear wheels automatically deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, message stays on, you should take based on driving conditions. Driving and while climbing or descending the vehicle to your dealer for in this mode results in slightly lower steep hills. service. See “SERVICE 4 WHEEL fuel economy than Two-Wheel DRIVE” message under Drive High. The vehicle has StabiliTrak. Shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Low will turn Transmission Messages on 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use Traction Control and StabiliTrak off. page 5‑47. the Four-Wheel Drive High position See StabiliTrak® System on when you need extra traction, such page 9‑46. as on snowy or icy roads or in most off-road situations. This setting also { WARNING engages your front axle to help drive the vehicle. This is the best Shifting the transfer case to setting to use when plowing snow. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle to roll even if the transmission is in P (Park). You or someone else could be seriously injured. Be sure to set the parking brake before placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on page 9‑45. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

Shifting Into Four-Wheel Drive Shifting Into Four-Wheel transfer case. To help avoid High or AUTO (Automatic Drive Low damaging the vehicle, always wait Four-Wheel Drive) When Four-Wheel Drive Low is for the mode indicator lights to Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel engaged, vehicle speed should be stop flashing before shifting the Drive High or AUTO position. This kept below 72 km/h (45 mph). transmission into gear. can be done at any speed, except Extended high-speed operation The vehicle may have significant when shifting from Four-Wheel in 4L may damage or shorten the engagement noise and bump when Drive Low. The indicator light will life of the drivetrain. shifting between Four-Wheel Drive flash while shifting. It will remain on To shift to the Four-Wheel Drive Low and Four-Wheel Drive High when the shift is completed. Low position, the ignition must be in ranges or from N (Neutral) while the engine is running. Shifting Into Two-Wheel ON/RUN and the vehicle must be Drive High stopped or moving less than 5 km/h If the knob is turned to the (3 mph) with the transmission in Four-Wheel Drive Low position Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel N (Neutral). The preferred method when the vehicle is in gear and/or Drive High position. This can be for shifting into Four-Wheel Drive moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), done at any speed, except when Low is to have the vehicle moving the Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator shifting from Four-Wheel Drive Low. 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Turn the light will flash for 30 seconds See “Shifting Out of Four-Wheel knob to the Four-Wheel Drive Low and not complete the shift. After Drive Low” in this section for more position. You must wait for the 30 seconds the transfer case information. Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator will shift to Four-Wheel Drive light to stop flashing and remain on High mode. With the vehicle moving before shifting the transmission less than 5 km/h (3 mph) and the into gear. transmission in N (Neutral), attempt Notice: Shifting the transmission the shift again. into gear before the requested mode indicator light has stopped flashing could damage the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

Shifting Out of Four-Wheel To help avoid damaging the Shifting into Neutral Drive Low vehicle, always wait for the mode To shift the transfer case to To shift from Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator lights to stop flashing N (Neutral) do the following: to Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, before shifting the transmission into gear. 1. Make sure the vehicle is parked or Two-Wheel Drive High, the so that it will not roll. vehicle must be stopped or moving The vehicle may have significant less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the engagement noise and bump when 2. Set the parking brake and apply transmission in N (Neutral) and the shifting between Four-Wheel Drive the regular brake pedal. See ignition in ON/RUN. The preferred Low and Four-Wheel Drive High Parking Brake on page 9‑45 for method for shifting out of ranges or from N (Neutral) while the more information. Four-Wheel Drive Low is to have engine is running. 3. Start the vehicle or turn the your vehicle moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h If the knob is turned to the ignition to ON/RUN. (1 to 2 mph). Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, 4. Put the transmission in or Two-Wheel Drive High switch N (Neutral). or Two-Wheel Drive High position. position when the vehicle is in gear You must wait for the Four-Wheel and/or moving more than 5 km/h 5. Shift the transfer case to Drive High, AUTO, or Two-Wheel (3 mph), the Four-Wheel Drive High, Two-Wheel Drive High. Drive High indicator light to stop AUTO, or Two-Wheel Drive High 6. Turn the transfer case dial flashing and remain on before indicator light will flash for shifting the transmission into gear. clockwise to N (Neutral) until it 30 seconds but will not complete the stops and hold it there until Notice: Shifting the transmission shift. With the vehicle moving less the N (Neutral) light starts into gear before the requested than 5 km/h (3 mph) and the blinking. This will take at least mode indicator light has stopped transmission is in N (Neutral), 10 seconds. Then slowly release flashing could damage the attempt the shift again. the dial to the Four‐Wheel Drive transfer case. Low position. The N (Neutral) light will come on when the transfer case shift to N (Neutral) is complete. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

7. If the engine is running, verify Shifting Out of Neutral the transfer case. To help avoid that the transfer case is in To shift out of N Neutral do the damaging the vehicle, always wait N (Neutral) by shifting the following: for the Four-Wheel Drive Low transmission to R (Reverse) for indicator light to stop flashing one second, then shift the 1. Set the parking brake and apply before shifting the transmission transmission to D (Drive) for the regular brake pedal. into gear. one second. 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with 5. Start the engine and shift the 8. Turn the ignition to ACC/ the engine off, and shift the transmission to the desired ACCESSORY, which will turn transmission to N (Neutral). position. the engine off. 3. Turn the transfer case dial to the Excessively shifting the transfer 9. Place the transmission shift desired transfer case shift case into or out of the different lever in P (Park). position (Two-Wheel Drive High, modes may cause the transfer case Four-Wheel Drive High, to enter the shift protection mode. 10. Release the parking brake prior or AUTO). to moving the vehicle. This will protect the transfer case After the transfer case has from possible damage and will only 11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. shifted out of N (Neutral), the allow the transfer case to respond to N (Neutral) light will go out. one shift per 10 seconds. The transfer case may stay in this mode 4. Release the parking brake prior for up to three minutes. to moving the vehicle. Notice: Shifting the transmission into gear before the Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator light has stopped flashing could damage GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

Four-Wheel Drive Front Axle The vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive with StabiliTrak®. For information on The front axle engages and (Single Speed Automatic StabiliTrak, see StabiliTrak® System disengages automatically when you Transfer Case) on page 9 46. shift the transfer case. Some delay ‑ If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, for the axle to engage or disengage You can choose among three you can send the engine's driving is normal. driving settings: power to all four wheels for extra Indicator lights in the switch show traction. Read the following before Automatic Transfer Case you which setting you are in. The using four-wheel drive. indicator lights will come on briefly Notice: Driving on clean, dry when you turn on the ignition and pavement in Four-Wheel Drive the last chosen setting will stay on. High for an extended period of If the lights do not come on, you time may cause premature wear should take the vehicle to your on the vehicle's powertrain. Do dealer for service. An indicator light not drive on clean, dry pavement will flash while shifting. It will stay on in Four-Wheel Drive High for when the shift is completed. If for extended periods of time. some reason the transfer case While driving on clean dry pavement cannot make a requested shift, it will and during tight turns, you may return to the last chosen setting. experience a vibration in the 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): steering system. The transfer case knob is located This setting is used for driving in to the left of the instrument panel most street and highway situations. cluster. The front axle is not engaged in two-wheel drive. This setting also Use this dial to shift into and out of provides the best fuel economy. four-wheel drive. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Service Four‐Wheel Drive Shifting Into Two-Wheel Drive): This setting is ideal for If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE Drive High use when road surface traction message stays on, you should take Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel conditions are variable. When the vehicle to your dealer for Drive High position. This can be driving the vehicle in AUTO, the service. See “SERVICE 4 WHEEL done at any speed. The indicator front axle is engaged, and the DRIVE” message under light will flash while shifting. It will vehicle's power is sent to the front Transmission Messages on remain on when the shift is and rear wheels automatically page 5‑47. completed. based on driving conditions. Driving in this mode results in slightly lower Shifting Into Four-Wheel Drive Excessively shifting the transfer fuel economy than Two-Wheel High or AUTO (Automatic case into or out of the different Drive High. Four-Wheel Drive) modes may cause the transfer case to enter the shift protection mode. Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use This will protect the transfer case Drive High or AUTO position. This the Four-Wheel Drive High position from possible damage and will only can be done at any speed. The when you need extra traction, such allow the transfer case to respond indicator light will flash while as on snowy or icy roads or in most to one shift per 10 seconds. The shifting. It will remain on when the off-road situations. This setting also transfer case may stay in this mode shift is completed. engages the front axle to help drive for up to three minutes. the vehicle. This is the best setting to use when plowing snow. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS. Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS are slowing down. If one of the This vehicle has the Antilock Brake Do not pump the brakes. Just hold wheels is about to stop rolling, the System (ABS), an advanced the brake pedal down firmly and let computer will separately work the electronic braking system that ABS work. You might hear the ABS brakes at each wheel. helps prevent a braking skid. pump or motor operating and feel ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is When the engine is started and the to each wheel, as required, faster normal. vehicle begins to drive away, ABS than any driver could. This can help checks itself. A momentary motor or Braking in Emergencies the driver steer around the obstacle clicking noise might be heard while while braking hard. ABS allows the driver to steer and this test is going on, and it might brake at the same time. In many even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best on wheel speed and controls braking. braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑25. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

Parking Brake Notice: Driving with the parking Brake Assist brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature This vehicle has a brake assist wear or damage to brake system feature designed to assist the driver parts. Make sure that the parking in stopping or decreasing vehicle brake is fully released and speed in emergency driving the brake warning light is off conditions. This feature uses the before driving. stability system hydraulic brake control module to supplement To release the parking brake, hold the power brake system under the regular brake pedal down, then conditions where the driver has push down momentarily on the quickly and forcefully applied the parking brake pedal until you feel brake pedal in an attempt to quickly the pedal release. Slowly pull your stop or slow down the vehicle. foot up off the parking brake pedal. The stability system hydraulic brake If the parking brake is not released Set the parking brake by holding the control module increases brake when you begin to drive, the brake regular brake pedal down, then pressure at each corner of the system warning light will flash and a pushing down the parking brake vehicle until the ABS activates. chime will sound warning you that pedal. Minor brake pedal pulsation or the parking brake is still on. pedal movement during this time If the ignition is on, the brake If you are towing a trailer and are is normal and the driver should system warning light will come on. parking on a hill, see Driving continue to apply the brake pedal See Brake System Warning Light on Characteristics and Towing Tips on as the driving situation dictates. page 5‑24. page 9‑69. The brake assist feature will automatically disengage when the brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

Hill Start Assist (HSA) The brakes will automatically Ride Control Systems release when the accelerator pedal Non‐hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak is applied within the two‐second ® have a Hill Start Assist (HSA) window. If the vehicle is equipped StabiliTrak System feature, which may be useful when with the Integrated Trailer Brake The vehicle has a vehicle stability the vehicle is stopped on a grade. Control (ITBC) system, HSA may enhancement system called This feature is designed to prevent also apply the trailer brakes. It will StabiliTrak. It is an advanced the vehicle from rolling, either not activate if the vehicle is in a computer-controlled system that forward or rearward, during vehicle drive gear and facing downhill or if assists the driver with directional drive off. After the driver completely the vehicle is facing uphill and in control of the vehicle in difficult stops and holds the vehicle in a R (Reverse). There may be driving conditions. complete standstill on a grade, HSA situations on minor hills (less than will be automatically activated. 5% grade) with a loaded vehicle or StabiliTrak activates when the During the transition period between while pulling a trailer where HSA will computer senses a discrepancy when the driver releases the brake not activate. between the intended path and the pedal and starts to accelerate to direction the vehicle is actually drive off on a grade, HSA holds the traveling. StabiliTrak selectively braking pressure for a maximum of applies braking pressure at any one two seconds to ensure that there of the vehicle's brakes to assist the is no rolling. driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating 9-47

StabiliTrak is on automatically If cruise control is being used when whenever the vehicle is started. To StabiliTrak activates, the cruise assist with directional control of the control automatically disengages. vehicle, the system should always The cruise control can be be left on. Trailer Sway Control re-engaged when road conditions (TSC) is also on automatically when allow. See Cruise Control on the vehicle is started. See Trailer page 9‑50. The StabiliTrak light will flash on the Sway Control (TSC) on page 9‑88 If the system fails to turn on or instrument panel cluster when the for more information. activate, the StabiliTrak light along system or the TSC feature is both When the vehicle is started and with a message will be displayed on on and activated. begins to move, the system the Driver Information Center (DIC). The system may be heard or felt performs several diagnostic checks If a DIC message appears, make while it is working; this is normal. to insure there are no problems. sure the StabiliTrak system has not The system may be heard or felt been turned off using the Traction while it is working. This is normal Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak and does not mean there is a button. Then turn the vehicle off, problem with the vehicle. The wait 15 seconds, and then turn it system should initialize before the back on again to reset the system. vehicle reaches 32 km/h (20 mph). If any of the messages still appear In some cases, it may take on the DIC, the vehicle should be approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of taken in for service. For more The TCS/StabiliTrak button is driving before the system initializes. information on the DIC messages, located on the instrument panel. see Ride Control System Messages The traction control part of on page 5‑44. StabiliTrak can be turned off by pressing and releasing the TCS/ StabiliTrak button if both systems (traction control and StabiliTrak) were previously on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (48,1)

9-48 Driving and Operating

system. See “Traction Control Traction Control Operation Operation next for more ” The TCS is part of the StabiliTrak information. system. Traction control limits wheel When the TCS has been turned off, spin by reducing engine power to system noises may still be heard as the wheels (engine speed a result of the brake-traction control management) and by applying To disable both TCS and coming on. brakes to each individual wheel StabiliTrak, press and hold the It is recommended to leave the (brake-traction control) as TCS/StabiliTrak button until the system on for normal driving necessary. StabiliTrak OFF light illuminates and conditions, but it may be necessary the appropriate DIC message The TCS is enabled automatically to turn the system off if the vehicle displays. This will also disable the when the vehicle is started. It will is stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, TSC feature. activate and the StabiliTrak light will and you want to “rock” the vehicle to flash if it senses that any of the Traction control and StabiliTrak can attempt to free it. It may also be wheels are spinning or beginning to be turned on by pressing and necessary to turn off the system lose traction while driving. If traction releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak button when driving in extreme off-road control is turned off, only the if they are not automatically shut off conditions where high wheel spin is brake-traction control portion of for any other reason. This will also required. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck traction control will work. The enable the TSC feature. on page 9‑15. engine speed management will be When the TCS or StabiliTrak system When the transfer case is in 4LO, disabled. In this mode, engine is turned off, the StabiliTrak light the stability system is automatically power is not reduced automatically and the appropriate message will be disabled, the StabiliTrak light comes and the driven wheels can spin displayed on the DIC to warn the on, and the appropriate message more freely. This can cause the driver. The vehicle will still have will appear on the DIC. Both traction brake-traction control to activate brake-traction control when traction control and StabiliTrak are constantly. control is off, but will not be able to automatically disabled in this use the engine speed management condition. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating 9-49

Notice: If the wheel(s) of one axle If cruise control is being used when Locking Rear Axle is allowed to spin excessively the system activates, the StabiliTrak while the StabiliTrak®, ABS, brake light will flash and cruise control will Vehicles with a locking rear axle can warning lights, and any relevant automatically disengage. Cruise give more traction on snow, mud, DIC messages are displayed, the control may be reengaged when ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a transfer case could be damaged. road conditions allow. See Cruise standard axle most of the time, but The repairs would not be covered Control on page 9‑50. when traction is low, this feature will by the vehicle warranty. Reduce allow the rear wheel with the most StabiliTrak may also turn off traction to move the vehicle. engine power and do not spin the automatically if it determines that a wheel(s) excessively while these problem exists with the system. Continuous Damping lights and messages are If the problem does not clear itself displayed. after restarting the vehicle, see your Control (CDC) The TCS may activate on dry or dealer for service. This vehicle may have a continuous rough roads or under conditions Non-hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak damping control system called ® such as heavy acceleration while have a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) Autoride or MagneRide™. With turning or abrupt upshifts/downshifts feature. See Trailer Sway Control this feature, improved vehicle ride of the transmission. When this (TSC) on page 9‑88. and handling is provided under a happens, a reduction in acceleration variety of passenger and loading may be noticed, or a noise or Non-hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak conditions. vibration may be heard. This is have a Hill Start Assist (HSA) normal. feature. See Hill Start Assist (HSA) Autoride and MagneRide are fully on page 9‑46. automatic and use a computer controller to continuously monitor Adding non‐dealer accessories can vehicle speed, wheel to body affect the vehicle's performance. position, lift/dive and steering See Accessories and Modifications position of the vehicle. on page 10‑3. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (50,1)

9-50 Driving and Operating

The controller then sends This type of level control is fully Cruise Control signals to each shock absorber to automatic and will provide a better independently adjust the damping leveled riding position as well as level to provide the optimum better handling under a variety of { WARNING vehicle ride. passenger and loading conditions. Cruise control can be dangerous Autoride and MagneRide also An air compressor connected to the rear shocks will raise or lower the where you cannot drive safely at interact with the tow/haul mode that, a steady speed. So, do not use when activated, will provide rear of the vehicle to maintain proper vehicle height. The system is the cruise control on winding additional control of the shock roads or in heavy traffic. absorbers. This additional control activated when the ignition key is results in better ride and handling turned to ON/RUN and will Cruise control can be dangerous characteristics when the vehicle is automatically adjust vehicle height on slippery roads. On such roads, thereafter. The system may exhaust loaded or towing a trailer. See “Tow/ fast changes in tire traction can (lower vehicle height) for up to Haul Mode” under Trailer Towing on cause excessive wheel slip, and ten minutes after the ignition key page 9‑73 for more information. you could lose control. Do not use has been turned off. You may hear cruise control on slippery roads. the air compressor operating when Automatic Level Control the height is being adjusted. The automatic level control rear With cruise control, a speed of If a weight‐distributing hitch is being suspension is available on light‐duty used, it is recommended to allow about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can vehicles and comes as a part of the the shocks to inflate, thereby be maintained without keeping your Continuous Damping Control (CDC) leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting foot on the accelerator. Cruise suspension, if equipped. the hitch. control does not work at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). When the brakes are applied, cruise control is turned off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (51,1)

Driving and Operating 9-51

If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the +RES (Resume/Accelerate): 3. Press the SET− button located system begins to limit wheel spin, Press briefly to make the vehicle on the steering wheel and cruise control will automatically resume to a previously set speed, release it. ® disengage. See StabiliTrak System or press and hold to accelerate. 4. Take your foot off the on page 9‑46. When road conditions SET− (Set/Coast): Press to set the accelerator. allow the cruise control to be safely speed and activate cruise control or used again, it can be turned make the vehicle decelerate. Resuming a Set Speed back on. [ (Cancel): Press to disengage If the cruise control is set at a cruise control without erasing the desired speed and then the brakes set speed from memory. are applied, the cruise control is disengaged without erasing the Setting Cruise Control set speed from memory. If the cruise button is on when not in Once the vehicle speed reaches use, it could get bumped and go into about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, cruise when not desired. Keep the press the +RES button on the cruise control switch off when cruise steering wheel. The vehicle returns is not being used. to the previous set speed and The cruise control light on the stays there. instrument panel cluster comes on after the cruise control has been set to the desired speed. I (On/Off): Press to turn the system on or off. The indicator light 1. Press the I button. is on when cruise control is on and 2. Get up to the desired speed. turns off when cruise control is off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (52,1)

9-52 Driving and Operating

Increasing Speed While Using Reducing Speed While Using Using Cruise Control on Hills Cruise Control Cruise Control How well the cruise control works If the cruise control system is If the cruise control system is on hills depends on the vehicle already activated, already activated, speed, the load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep . Press and hold the +RES button . Press and hold the SET– button on the steering wheel until the on the steering wheel until the hills, pressing the accelerator pedal desired speed is reached, then desired lower speed is reached, may be necessary to maintain release it. then release it. vehicle speed. While going downhill, the Cruise . To increase vehicle speed in . To slow down in small amounts, Grade Braking feature may small amounts, press the +RES press the SET– button on the button. Each time this is done, steering wheel briefly. Each time automatically shift to a lower gear to the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h this is done, the vehicle goes keep the vehicle's speed down. (1 mph) faster. about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. It may be necessary to apply the brake or manually shift the Passing Another Vehicle While transmission to a lower gear. The Using Cruise Control vehicle may shift to a higher gear Use the accelerator pedal to when grade braking assistance is increase the vehicle speed. When no longer required. Cruise Grade you take your foot off the pedal, the Braking is not available while in vehicle will slow down to the Range Selection Mode. See "Range previous set cruise speed. Selection Mode" under Manual Mode on page 9‑35. When the brakes are manually applied the cruise control is disengaged. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (53,1)

Driving and Operating 9-53

Ending Cruise Control Object Detection How the System Works There are three ways to end cruise Systems URPA comes on automatically control: when the shift lever is moved into . To disengage cruise control, Ultrasonic Parking Assist R (Reverse). A single tone sounds step lightly on the brake pedal. to indicate the system is working. If available, the Ultrasonic Rear URPA operates only at speeds less . Press the [ on the steering Parking Assist (URPA) system uses than 8 km/h (5 mph). wheel. sensors on the rear bumper to An obstacle is indicated by . To turn off the cruise control, assist with parking and avoiding objects while in R (Reverse). audible beeps. The time between press I on the steering wheel. the beeps gets shorter as the vehicle approaches the obstacle. Erasing Speed Memory { WARNING A continuous tone is heard when The cruise control set speed is The URPA system does not the distance is less than erased from memory by pressing 30 cm (12 in). detect pedestrians, bicyclists, the I button or if the ignition is animals, or objects below the To be detected, objects must be at turned off. bumper or that are too close or least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground too far from the vehicle. To and below liftgate level. Objects prevent injury, death, or vehicle must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from damage, even with URPA, always the rear bumper. This distance may check the area around the vehicle be less during warmer or humid and check all mirrors before weather. backing. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (54,1)

9-54 Driving and Operating

Turning the System On and Off PARK ASSIST OFF: This message Other conditions may affect system occurs if the driver disables the performance, such as vibrations system or if the vehicle is driven from a jackhammer or the above 8 km/h (5 mph) in compression of air brakes on a very R (Reverse). large truck. PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE OWNERS MANUAL: This Side Blind Zone message can occur under the Alert (SBZA) Press this button, located next to following conditions: If available, the Side Blind Zone the radio, to disable URPA. . The ultrasonic sensors are not Alert system is a lane changing aid The indicator light comes on and clean. Keep the rear bumper that assists drivers with avoiding PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, crashes that occur with vehicles in Driver Information Center (DIC). slush, and frost. The message the side blind zones. See Object Detection System may not clear until frost or ice Messages on page 5‑43. has melted all around and inside { WARNING the sensor. When the System Does Not . SBZA does not detect vehicles Seem to Work Properly A trailer is attached to the vehicle, or a bicycle or an object rapidly approaching outside of the The following messages may be hanging out of the liftgate during side blind zones, pedestrians, displayed on the DIC: the current or last drive cycle. bicyclists, or animals. Failure to SERVICE PARK ASSIST: this URPA will return to normal use proper care when changing message occurs, take the vehicle to operation after it is determined lanes may result in injury, death, your dealer for repair. the object is removed. This or vehicle damage. Always check could take a few drive cycles. for other vehicles and use the . A tow bar is attached to the turn signals when changing lanes. vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (55,1)

Driving and Operating 9-55

Use caution while changing lanes When the vehicle is moving forward, when towing a trailer, as the SBZA the left or right side mirror display detection zones do not change will light up if a vehicle is detected in when a trailer is towed. that blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and a vehicle is also How the System Works detected on the same side, the The SBZA symbol lights up in the display will flash to give you extra side mirrors when the system warning not to change lanes. detects a vehicle in the side blind At speeds greater then 32 km/h zone, indicating it may be unsafe to (20 mph), SBZA displays may come change lanes. Before making a lane on when approaching or passing change, check the SBZA display, other vehicles. SBZA displays may check all mirrors, glance over your SBZA Detection Zones come on when a passed vehicle shoulder, and use the turn signals. The SBZA sensor covers a zone of remains in or drops back into the approximately one lane over from detection zone. SBZA can be both sides of the vehicle, 3.5 m disabled through the Driver (11 ft). This zone starts at each side Information Center (DIC). See Driver mirror and goes back approximately Information Center (DIC) on 5.0 m (16 ft). The height of the page 5‑30. If SBZA is disabled by zone is approximately between the driver, the SBZA mirror displays Left Side Right Side will not light up. 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2.0 m (6 ft) off Mirror Display Mirror Display the ground. When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror SBZA displays will briefly come on to indicate the system is operating. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (56,1)

9-56 Driving and Operating

When the System Does Not Seem For cleaning instructions, see SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM To Work Properly “Washing the Vehicle” under UNAVAILABLE: This message Missed alerts can occur under Exterior Care on page 10‑97. If the indicates that the SBZA system is normal circumstances and will DIC still displays the SIDE BLIND disabled either because the sensor increase in wet conditions. The ZONE SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE is blocked and cannot detect system does not need to be message after cleaning the bumper, vehicles in your blind zone, or the serviced. SBZA is designed to see your dealer. vehicle is passing through an open ignore stationary objects; however, The SBZA displays may remain on field of view area, such as the the system may occasionally light if a trailer is attached to the vehicle, desert, where there is insufficient up due to guard rails, signs, trees, or a bicycle or object is extending data for operation. This message shrubs, and other stationary objects. out to either side of the vehicle. may also activate during heavy rain or due to road spray. The vehicle This is normal system operation, the When SBZA is disabled for any vehicle does not need service. does not need service. For cleaning, reason other than the driver turning see “Washing the Vehicle” under If the SBZA displays do not light up it off, it cannot be turned back on. Exterior Care on page 10‑97. when the system is on and vehicles The SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT ON are in the blind zone, the system option will not be selectable if the SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE may need service. Take the vehicle conditions for normal system ALERT SYSTEM: If this message to your dealer. operation are not met. appears, both SBZA displays will remain on indicating there is a SBZA does not operate when the SBZA Error Messages problem with the SBZA system. SBZA sensors in the left or right If these displays remain on after corners of the rear bumper are The following messages may appear in the DIC: continued driving, the system covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, needs service. Take the vehicle to slush, or in heavy rainstorms. SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT your dealer. SYSTEM OFF: This message indicates that the driver has turned the system off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (57,1)

Driving and Operating 9-57

FCC Information Rear Vision Vehicles without Navigation See Radio Frequency Statement on Camera (RVC) System page 13 17 for information ‑ If available, the Rear Vision Camera The RVC system displays a view of regarding Part 15 of the Federal (RVC) system displays part of the the area behind the vehicle. When Communications Commission (FCC) scene behind the vehicle. the vehicle is on and shifted into rules and Industry Canada R (Reverse) the video image Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. appears on the inside rearview { WARNING Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz – mirror. The video image disappears after the vehicle is shifted out of 24.25GHz The RVC system does not display R (Reverse). Field Strength: Not greater than pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, 2.5V/m peak (0.25V/m average) at or any other object located Turning the RVC System On or Off a distance of 3m outside the camera's field of view, To turn off the RVC system, press below the bumper, or under the The manufacturer is not responsible and hold , located on the inside vehicle. Do not back the vehicle z for any radio or TV interference rearview mirror, until the left using only the RVC screen, such caused by unauthorized indicator light turns off. The RVC modifications to this equipment. as during longer, higher speed display is now disabled. Such modifications could void the backing maneuvers, or where To turn the RVC system on, press user's authority to operate the there could be cross-traffic. equipment. Perceived distances may be and hold z until the left indicator different from actual distances. light comes on. The RVC system Failure to use proper care before display will appear in the mirror. backing may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. Always check behind and around the vehicle before backing. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (58,1)

9-58 Driving and Operating

Vehicles with Navigation 3. Select the Rear Camera Options The delay that is received after System screen button. The Rear Camera shifting out of R (Reverse) is Options screen displays. approximately 10 seconds. The RVC system is designed to The delay can be canceled by help the driver when backing up by performing one of the following: displaying a view of the area behind the vehicle. When the vehicle is . Pressing a hard key on the shifted into R (Reverse), the video navigation system. image appears on the navigation . Shifting into P (Park). screen. After a delay, the navigation screen displays the last screen . Reach a vehicle speed of after the vehicle is shifted out of 8 km/h (5 mph). R (Reverse). Turning the RVC System On or Off 4. Select the Video screen button. To turn the RVC system on or off: When the Video screen button is highlighted the RVC 1. Shift into P (Park). system is on. 2. Press MENU to enter the configure menu options. Turn the Multifunction knob until the Display feature is highlighted and press the Multifunction knob. Or press the Display screen button GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (59,1)

Driving and Operating 9-59

Adjusting the Brightness and Rear Parking Assist Symbols Guidelines Contrast of the Screen Unavailable error message may The RVC system has a guideline To adjust the brightness and display. See Ultrasonic Parking overlay that can help the driver align contrast of the screen, press the Assist on page 9‑53. the vehicle when backing into a MENU button while the RVC image The symbols appear near objects parking spot. is on the display. Any adjustments detected by the URPA system. The To turn the guidelines on or off: made will only affect the RVC symbol may cover the object when screen. viewing the navigation screen. 1. Make sure that URPA has not been disabled. ] (Brightness): Touch the + (plus) To turn the symbols on or off: 2. Shift into P (Park). or – (minus) screen buttons to 1. Make sure that URPA has not increase or decrease the brightness been disabled. 3. Press MENU to enter the of the screen. configure menu options. Turn 2. Shift into P (Park). _ (Contrast): Touch the + (plus) or the Multifunction knob until the – (minus) screen buttons to increase 3. Press MENU to enter the Display feature is highlighted or decrease the contrast of the configure menu options. Turn and press the Multifunction screen. the Multifunction knob until the knob. Or press the Display Display feature is highlighted screen button Symbols and press the Multifunction 4. Select the Rear Camera Options The navigation system may have a knob. Or press the Display screen button. The Rear Camera feature that allows for viewing screen button Options screen displays. parking assist symbols on the 4. Select the Rear Camera Options navigation screen while using the 5. Touch the Guidelines screen screen button. The Rear Camera button. The screen button will be RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear Park Options screen displays. Assist (URPA) system must not be highlighted when on. disabled to use the caution symbols. 5. Touch the Symbols screen If URPA has been disabled and the button. The screen button will be symbols have been turned on, the highlighted when on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (60,1)

9-60 Driving and Operating

RVC Location

A. View displayed by the camera B. Corners of the rear bumper Displayed images may be further or A. View displayed by the camera closer than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects The camera is located above the which are close to either corner of license plate. the bumper or under the bumper do This shows the field of view that the not display. camera provides. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (61,1)

Driving and Operating 9-61

When the System Does Not The RVC system display in the During any of these fault conditions, Seem To Work Properly rearview mirror may turn off or not the display will be blank and the appear as expected due to one of indicator will flash while the vehicle The RVC system might not work the following conditions. If this is in R (Reverse) or until the properly or display a clear image if: occurs the left indicator light on the conditions return to normal. . The RVC is turned off. See mirror will flash. Press and hold z when the “Turning the RVC System On or . A slow flash may indicate a loss Off” earlier in this section. left indicator light is flashing to turn of video signal, or no video off the video display along with the . It is dark. signal present during the left indicator light. reverse cycle. . The sun or the beam of headlamps is shining directly . A fast flash may indicate that the into the camera lens. display has been on for the maximum allowable time during . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else a reverse cycle, or the display builds up on the camera lens. has reached an Over Clean the lens, rinse it with Temperature limit. water, and wipe it with a soft cloth. The fast flash conditions are used to protect the video . The back of the vehicle is in an device from high temperature accident, the position and conditions. Once conditions mounting angle of the camera return to normal the device will can change or the camera can reset and the green indicator be affected. Be sure to have the will stop flashing. camera and its position and mounting angle checked at your dealer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (62,1)

9-62 Driving and Operating

Fuel Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge and a yellow fuel cap can use either Use of the recommended fuel unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel is an important part of the proper containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). maintenance of this vehicle. To help See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on keep the engine clean and maintain page 9‑65. For all other vehicles, optimum vehicle performance, we use only the unleaded gasoline recommend the use of gasoline described under Recommended advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Fuel on page 9‑62. Gasoline. Look for the TOP TIER label on the Recommended Fuel fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets Use regular unleaded gasoline with enhanced detergency standards The eighth digit of the Vehicle a posted octane rating of 87 or developed by auto companies. A list Identification Number (VIN) shows higher. If the octane rating is less of marketers providing TOP TIER the code letter or number that than 87, an audible knocking noise, Detergent Gasoline can be found at identifies the vehicle's engine. commonly referred to as spark www.toptiergas.com. The VIN is at the top left of the knock, might be heard when driving. instrument panel. See Vehicle If this occurs, use a gasoline rated Identification Number (VIN) on at 87 octane or higher as soon as page 12‑1. possible. If heavy knocking is heard when using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher, the engine needs service. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (63,1)

Driving and Operating 9-63

Gasoline Specifications California Fuel Fuels in Foreign (U.S. and Canada Only) Requirements Countries At a minimum, gasoline If the vehicle is certified to meet Never use leaded gasoline or any should meet ASTM specification California Emissions Standards, it is other fuel not recommended in the D 4814 in the United States or designed to operate on fuels that previous text on fuel. Costly repairs CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. meet California specifications. See caused by use of improper fuel Some gasolines contain an the underhood emission control would not be covered by the octane-enhancing additive called label. If this fuel is not available in vehicle warranty. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese states adopting California Emissions To check the fuel availability, ask an tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend Standards, the vehicle will operate auto club, or contact a major oil against the use of gasolines satisfactorily on fuels meeting company that does business in the containing MMT. See Fuel Additives federal specifications, but emission country where you will be driving. on page 9‑64 for additional control system performance might information. be affected. The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and the vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5‑22. If this occurs, return to your authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used, repairs might not be covered by the vehicle warranty. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (64,1)

9-64 Driving and Operating

Fuel Additives For customers who do not use TOP Notice: This vehicle was not TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, designed for fuel that contains To provide cleaner air, all gasolines one bottle of GM Fuel System methanol. Do not use fuel in the United States are now Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel containing methanol. It can required to contain additives that tank at every engine oil change, can corrode metal parts in the fuel help prevent engine and fuel system help clean deposits from fuel system and also damage plastic deposits from forming, allowing the injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel and rubber parts. That damage emission control system to work System Treatment PLUS is the only would not be covered under properly. In most cases, nothing gasoline additive recommended by the vehicle warranty. should have to be added to the fuel. General Motors. It is available at Some gasolines that are However, some gasolines contain your dealer. only the minimum amount of not reformulated for low additive required to meet U.S. Gasolines containing oxygenates, emissions can contain an Environmental Protection Agency such as ethers and ethanol, and octane-enhancing additive called regulations. To help keep fuel reformulated gasolines might be methylcyclopentadienyl manganese injectors and intake valves clean available in your area. We tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant and avoid problems due to dirty recommend that you use these where you buy gasoline whether the injectors or valves, look for gasoline gasolines, if they comply with the fuel contains MMT. We recommend that is advertised as TOP TIER specifications described earlier. against the use of such gasolines. Detergent Gasoline. Look for the However, E85 (85% ethanol) and Fuels containing MMT can reduce TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to other fuels containing more than spark plug life and affect emission ensure gasoline meets enhanced 15% ethanol must not be used in control system performance. The detergency standards developed by vehicles that were not designed for malfunction indicator lamp might the auto companies. A list of those fuels. turn on. If this occurs, return to marketers providing TOP TIER your dealer for service. Detergent Gasoline can be found at www.toptiergas.com. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (65,1)

Driving and Operating 9-65

Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) At a minimum, E85 should meet E85 has less energy per liter ASTM Specification D 5798 or (gallon) than gasoline, so you will Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling need to refill the fuel tank more and a yellow fuel cap can use either the tank with fuel mixtures that do often when using E85 than when unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel not meet ASTM or CGSB you are using gasoline. See Filling containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). specifications can affect driveability the Tank on page 9‑66. For all other vehicles, use only the and could cause the malfunction Notice: Some additives are not unleaded gasoline described under indicator lamp to come on. As the Recommended Fuel on page 9‑62. compatible with E85 fuel and can outside temperature approaches harm the vehicle's fuel system. We encourage the use of E85 in freezing, ethanol fuel distributors Do not add anything to E85. vehicles that are designed to use it. should supply winter grade ethanol, Damage caused by additives The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” the same as with unleaded would not be covered by the fuel, meaning it is made from gasoline. vehicle warranty. renewable sources such as corn It is best not to alternate repeatedly and other crops. Notice: This vehicle was not between gasoline and E85. If you designed for fuel that contains Many service stations will not have do switch fuels, it is recommended methanol. Do not use fuel an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump that you add as much fuel as containing methanol. It can available. The U.S. Department of possible — do not add less than corrode metal parts in the fuel Energy has an alternative fuels 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. You system and also damage plastic website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ should drive the vehicle immediately and rubber parts. That damage locator/stations/) that can help you after refueling for at least 11 km would not be covered under the find E85 fuel. Those stations that (7 mi) to allow the vehicle to adapt vehicle warranty. do have E85 should have a label to the change in ethanol indicating ethanol content. Do not concentration. use the fuel if the ethanol content is greater than 85%. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (66,1)

9-66 Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING This is against the law in some Fuel vapor burns violently and a places. Do not re-enter the fuel fire can cause bad injuries. vehicle while pumping fuel. Keep To help avoid injuries to you and children away from the fuel pump; others, read and follow all the never let children pump fuel. instructions on the fuel pump island. Turn off the engine when The tethered fuel cap is located refueling. Do not smoke near fuel behind a hinged fuel door on the or when refueling the vehicle. driver side of the vehicle. If the Do not use cellular phones. Keep vehicle has E85 fuel capability, the To open the fuel door, push the sparks, flames, and smoking fuel cap will be yellow and state that rearward center edge in and release materials away from fuel. Do not E85 or gasoline can be used. See and it will open. leave the fuel pump unattended Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on To remove the fuel cap, turn it when refueling the vehicle. page 9‑65. slowly counterclockwise. The fuel (Continued) cap has a spring in it; if the cap is released too soon, it will spring back to the right. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (67,1)

Driving and Operating 9-67

While refueling, hang the tethered When replacing the fuel cap, fuel cap from the hook on the insert the tether in its hole before { WARNING fuel door. tightening the cap. Turn the fuel cap clockwise until it If a fire starts while you are refueling, do not remove the { WARNING clicks. It will require more effort to turn the fuel cap on the last turn as nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by Fuel can spray out on you if you you tighten it. Make sure the cap is shutting off the pump or by open the fuel cap too quickly. fully installed. The diagnostic notifying the station attendant. If you spill fuel and then system can determine if the fuel cap Leave the area immediately. something ignites it, you could be has been left off or improperly badly burned. This spray can installed. This would allow fuel to Notice: If a new fuel cap is happen if the tank is nearly full, evaporate into the atmosphere. needed, be sure to get the right and is more likely in hot weather. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on type of cap from your dealer. The Open the fuel cap slowly and wait page 5‑22. wrong type of fuel cap might not for any hiss noise to stop. Then If the vehicle has a Driver fit properly, might cause the unscrew the cap all the way. Information Center (DIC), the malfunction indicator lamp to TIGHTEN GAS CAP message light, and could damage the fuel displays if the fuel cap is not tank and emissions system. See Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not properly installed. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on top off or overfill the tank and wait a page 5‑22. few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care on page 10‑97. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (68,1)

9-68 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable Fuel WARNING (Continued) Towing Container General Towing . Bring the fill nozzle in contact { WARNING with the inside of the fill Information Never fill a portable fuel container opening before operating the Only use towing equipment that has while it is in the vehicle. Static nozzle. Contact should be been designed for the vehicle. electricity discharge from the maintained until the filling is Contact your dealer or trailering container can ignite the fuel complete. dealer for assistance with preparing the vehicle for towing a trailer. vapor. You can be badly burned . Do not smoke while and the vehicle damaged if this pumping fuel. See the following trailer towing occurs. To help avoid injury to you information in this section: . Do not use a cellular phone and others: while pumping fuel. . For information on driving while . Dispense fuel only into towing a trailer, see “Driving approved containers. Characteristics and Towing Tips.” . Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a . For maximum vehicle and trailer vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, weights, see “Trailer Towing.” or on any surface other than the ground. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (69,1)

Driving and Operating 9-69

. For information on equipment to Driving Characteristics . Then, during the first 800 km tow a trailer, see “Towing (500 mi) that a trailer is towed, Equipment.” and Towing Tips do not drive over 80 km/h For information on towing a disabled Pulling a Trailer (50 mph) and do not make starts vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on at full throttle. This helps the Here are some important points: engine and other parts of the page 10‑91. For information on towing the vehicle behind another . There are many different laws, vehicle wear in at the heavier vehicle such as a motor home, see including speed limit restrictions, loads. Recreational Vehicle Towing on having to do with trailering. . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). page 10‑91. Make sure the rig will be legal, Shift the transmission to a lower not only where you live but also gear if the transmission shifts where you will be driving. too often under heavy loads and/ A good source for this or hilly conditions. information can be state or . If the vehicle has the Side Blind provincial police. Zone Alert (SBZA) system and it . Consider using a sway control. doesn't seem to be working See “Hitches” in Towing properly while pulling a trailer, Equipment on page 9‑78. turn the system off. See Side . Do not tow a trailer at all during Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on the first 800 km (500 mi) the new page 9‑54 for more information. vehicle is driven. The engine, axle or other parts could be damaged. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (70,1)

9-70 Driving and Operating

Important considerations that have Towing a trailer requires a certain to do with weight: WARNING (Continued) amount of experience. The combination you are driving is . The weight of the trailer To maximize safety when towing longer and not as responsive as the . The weight of the trailer tongue a trailer: vehicle itself. Get acquainted with . The weight on the vehicle's tires . Have the exhaust system the handling and braking of the rig inspected for leaks and make before setting out for the open road. . And the weight of the trailering necessary repairs before combination Before starting, check all trailer hitch starting a trip. parts and attachments, safety Driving with a Trailer . Never drive with the liftgate, chains, electrical connectors, lamps, trunk/hatch, or rear-most tires and mirrors. If the trailer has { WARNING window open. electric brakes, start the combination moving and then apply . Fully open the air outlets on When towing a trailer, exhaust the trailer brake controller by hand or under the instrument to be sure the brakes work. gases may collect at the rear of panel. the vehicle and enter if the During the trip, check occasionally . Adjust the Climate Control liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most to be sure that the load is secure system to a setting that window is open. and the lamps and any trailer brings in only outside air and brakes still work. Engine exhaust contains Carbon set the fan speed to the Monoxide (CO) which cannot be highest setting. See Climate seen or smelled. It can cause Control System in the Index. unconsciousness and even death. For more information about (Continued) Carbon Monoxide, see Engine Exhaust on page 9‑30. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (71,1)

Driving and Operating 9-71

Following Distance Making Turns Driving on Grades Stay at least twice as far behind the Notice: Making very sharp turns Reduce speed and shift to a lower vehicle ahead as you would when while trailering could cause the gear before starting down a long or driving the vehicle without a trailer. trailer to come in contact with the steep downgrade. If the This can help to avoid heavy vehicle. The vehicle could be transmission is not shifted down, the braking and sudden turns. damaged. Avoid making very brakes might get hot and no longer sharp turns while trailering. work well. Passing When turning with a trailer, make Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift More passing distance is needed wider turns than normal. Do this so the transmission to a lower gear if when towing a trailer. The the trailer will not strike soft the transmission shifts too often combination will not accelerate as shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees under heavy loads and/or hilly quickly and is longer so it is or other objects. Avoid jerky or conditions. necessary to go much farther sudden maneuvers. Signal well in The tow/haul mode may be used if beyond the passed vehicle before advance. returning to the lane. the transmission shifts too often. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn See Tow/Haul Mode Light on Backing Up out, the arrows on the instrument page 5‑26. Hold the bottom of the steering panel will still flash for turns. It is wheel with one hand. Then, to move important to check occasionally to the trailer to the left, move that hand be sure the trailer bulbs are still to the left. To move the trailer to the working. right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (72,1)

9-72 Driving and Operating

When towing at high altitude on 6. Release the brake pedal. steep uphill grades, consider the WARNING (Continued) following: Engine coolant will boil at { WARNING a lower temperature than at normal the vehicle and the trailer can be altitudes. If the engine is turned off damaged. When possible, always It can be dangerous to get out of immediately after towing at high park the rig on a flat surface. the vehicle if the shift lever is not altitude on steep uphill grades, the fully in P (Park) with the parking vehicle may show signs similar to If parking the rig on a hill: brake firmly set. The vehicle engine overheating. To avoid this, can roll. let the engine run while parked, 1. Press the brake pedal, but do preferably on level ground, with the not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn If the engine has been left automatic transmission in P (Park) the wheels into the curb if facing running, the vehicle can move for a few minutes before turning the downhill or into traffic if facing suddenly. You or others could be engine off. If the overheat warning uphill. injured. To be sure the vehicle will comes on, see Engine Overheating 2. Have someone place chocks not move, even when on fairly on page 10‑20. under the trailer wheels. level ground, use the steps that follow. Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the regular brakes Always put the shift lever fully in { WARNING until the chocks absorb the load. P (Park) with the parking brake 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then firmly set. Parking the vehicle on a hill with apply the parking brake and shift If the transfer case on a the trailer attached can be into P (Park). four-wheel-drive vehicle is in dangerous. If something goes 5. If the vehicle is four-wheel-drive N (Neutral), the vehicle will be wrong, the rig could start to move. and has a two-speed transfer free to roll, even if the shift lever People can be injured, and both case, be sure the transfer case is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer (Continued) is in a drive gear and not in case is in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). N (Neutral). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (73,1)

Driving and Operating 9-73

Leaving After Parking on a Hill Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight. WARNING (Continued) 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the engine. Trailer Towing The vehicle may also be 3. Shift into a gear. damaged; the resulting repairs If the vehicle has a hybrid engine, would not be covered by the 4. Release the parking brake. see the Hybrid supplement for more vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer information. 5. Let up on the brake pedal. only if all the steps in this section Do not tow a trailer during break‐in. have been followed. Ask your 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is See New Vehicle Break-In on clear of the chocks. dealer for advice and information page 9‑21 for more information. about towing a trailer with the 7. Stop and have someone pick up vehicle. and store the chocks. { WARNING

Maintenance When Trailer The driver can lose control when Notice: Pulling a trailer Towing pulling a trailer if the correct improperly can damage the vehicle and result in costly The vehicle needs service more equipment is not used or the repairs not covered by the vehicle often when pulling a trailer. vehicle is not driven properly. warranty. To pull a trailer See Maintenance Schedule on For example, if the trailer is too correctly, follow the advice in this page 11 3. Things that are ‑ heavy, the brakes may not work section and see your dealer for especially important in trailer well — or even at all. The driver important information about operation are automatic and passengers could be towing a trailer with the vehicle. transmission fluid, engine oil, axle seriously injured. lubricant, belts, cooling system and brake system. It is a good idea to (Continued) inspect these before and during the trip. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (74,1)

9-74 Driving and Operating

To identify the trailering capacity of Weight of the Trailer Trailer weight rating (TWR) is the vehicle, read the information in calculated assuming the tow vehicle How heavy can a trailer safely be? “Weight of the Trailer” that appears has only the driver but all required later in this section. It depends on how the rig is used. trailering equipment. Weight of Speed, altitude, road grades, Trailering is different than just additional optional equipment, outside temperature, and how much driving the vehicle by itself. passengers, and cargo in the tow the vehicle is used to pull a trailer Trailering means changes in vehicle must be subtracted from are all important. It can depend on handling, acceleration, braking, the trailer weight rating. any special equipment on the durability and fuel economy. Use the following chart to determine vehicle, and the amount of tongue Successful, safe trailering takes how much the vehicle can weigh, weight the vehicle can carry. See correct equipment, and it has to based upon the vehicle model Weight of the Trailer Tongue later be used properly. “ ” and options. in this section for more information. The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. So please read this section carefully before pulling a trailer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (75,1)

Driving and Operating 9-75

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* 1500 Series 2WD Short Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 495 kg (5,500 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 722 kg (6,000 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 856 kg (8,500 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 1500 Series 2WD Long Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 313 kg (5,100 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 540 kg (5,600 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 674 kg (8,100 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 1500 Series 4WD Short Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 359 kg (5,200 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 586 kg (5,700 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 720 kg (8,200 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 1500 Series 4WD Long Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 268 kg (5,000 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 495 kg (5,500 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 629 kg (8,000 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (76,1)

9-76 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* 2500 Series 2WD Long Wheel Base 6.0LV8 3.73 4 355 kg (9,600 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 2500 Series 4WD Long Wheel Base 6.0LV8 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering Weight of the Trailer Tongue weight. Vehicle options, equipment, information or advice, or write us at passengers and cargo in the vehicle The tongue load (A) of any trailer is our Customer Assistance Offices, reduce the amount of tongue weight very important because it is also See Customer Assistance Offices the vehicle can carry, which will also part of the vehicle weight. The on page 13 3. reduce the trailer weight the vehicle ‑ Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) can tow. See Vehicle Load Limits on includes the curb weight of the page 9 16 for more information vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and ‑ about the vehicle's maximum the people who will be riding in the load capacity. vehicle as well as trailer tongue GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (77,1)

Driving and Operating 9-77

Maximum Tongue Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight 1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lbs) 2500 Weight Carrying 453 kg (1,000 lbs) 1500 Weight Distributing 499 kg (1,100 lbs) 2500 Weight Distributing 680 kg (1,500 lbs)

Do not exceed the maximum GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight allowable tongue weight for the Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross Trailer tongue weight (A) should be vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch Axle Weight Rating). See “Total 10 percent to 15 percent of the extension that will position the hitch Weight on the Vehicle's Tires” later loaded trailer weight (B) up to the ball closest to the vehicle. This will in this section for more information. maximums for vehicle series and help reduce the effect of trailer After loading the trailer, weigh the hitch type. tongue weight on the rear axle. trailer and then the tongue, Trailering may be limited by the separately, to see if the weights are vehicle's ability to carry tongue proper. If they are not, adjustments weight. Tongue weight cannot might be made by moving some cause the vehicle to exceed the items around in the trailer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (78,1)

9-78 Driving and Operating

Total Weight on the trailer combination, fully loaded for Weight‐Distributing Hitch Vehicle's Tires the trip, getting individual weights Adjustment for each of these items. Be sure the vehicle's tires are inflated to the inflation pressures found on the Certification label on Towing Equipment the drivers door or see Vehicle Load Hitches Limits on page 9‑16 for more information. Make sure not to The correct hitch equipment helps exceed the GVWR limit for the maintain combination control. Most vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow small-to-medium trailers can be vehicle and trailer fully loaded for towed with a weight carrying hitch the trip including the weight of the which simply features a coupler trailer tongue. If using a weight latched to the hitch ball. Larger distributing hitch, make sure not to trailers may require a weight exceed the RGAWR before applying distributing hitch that uses spring the weight distribution spring bars. bars to distribute the trailer tongue A. Body to Ground Distance weight among the two vehicle and Weight of the Trailering trailer axles. See “Weight of the B. Front of Vehicle Combination Trailer Tongue” in Trailer Towing on When using a weight-distributing page 9 73 for rating limits with It is important that the combination ‑ hitch, the spring bars should be various hitch types. of the tow vehicle and trailer does adjusted so the distance (A) is the not exceed any of its weight Consider using sway controls with same after coupling the trailer to the tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch. ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, any trailer. Ask a trailering Trailer Weight Rating or Tongue professional about sway controls or Weight. The only way to be sure it is refer to the trailer manufacturer's not exceeding any of these ratings recommendations and instructions. is to weigh the tow vehicle and GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (79,1)

Driving and Operating 9-79

Safety Chains Trailer Brakes The seven-wire harness contains the following trailer circuits: Always attach chains between the A loaded trailer that weighs more vehicle and the trailer. Cross the than 900 kg (2,000 lbs) needs to . Yellow: Left Stop/ safety chains under the tongue of have its own brake system that is Turn Signal the trailer to help prevent the tongue adequate for the weight of the . Dark Green: Right Stop/ from contacting the road if it trailer. Be sure to read and follow Turn Signal becomes separated from the hitch. the instructions for the trailer brakes Instructions about safety chains so they are installed, adjusted and . Brown: Taillamps may be provided by the hitch maintained properly. . White: Ground manufacturer or by the trailer Since the vehicle is equipped with . Light Green: Back-up Lamps manufacturer. If the trailer being StabiliTrak®, the trailer brakes . towed weighs up to 2 271 kg cannot tap into the vehicle's Red: Battery Feed* (5,000 lbs) with a factory-installed hydraulic system. . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake* step bumper, safety chains may be attached to the attaching points on Trailer Wiring Harness *The fuses for these two circuits are the bumper, otherwise, safety installed in the underhood electrical The vehicle is equipped with the chains should be attached to holes center, but the wires are not following wiring harnesses for on the trailer hitch platform. Always connected. They should be towing a trailer. leave just enough slack so the connected by your dealer or a combination can turn. Never allow Basic Trailer Wiring qualified service center. safety chains to drag on the ground. The trailer wiring harness, with a seven-pin connector, is located at the rear of the vehicle and is tied to the vehicle's frame. The harness connector can be plugged into a seven-pin universal heavy-duty trailer connector available through your dealer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (80,1)

9-80 Driving and Operating

Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring The seven-wire harness contains headlamps as a second way to Harness Package the following trailer circuits: boost the vehicle system and charge the battery. . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal . Dark Green: Right Stop/ Electric Brake Control Turn Signal Wiring Provisions . Brown: Taillamps These wiring provisions are included with the vehicle as part of . White: Ground the trailer wiring package. These . Light Green: Back-up Lamps provisions are for an electric brake . Red: Battery Feed* controller. The instrument panel contains blunt cut wires near the . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake* data link connector for the trailer *The fuses for these two circuits are brake controller. The harness installed in the underhood electrical contains the following wires: The vehicle is equipped with the center, but the wires are not . Dark Blue: Brake Signal to seven-wire trailer towing harness. connected. They should be Trailer Connector This harness with a seven-pin connected by your dealer or a universal trailer connector is qualified service center. . Red/Black: Battery attached to a bracket on the . If charging a remote (non-vehicle) Light Blue/White: Brake Switch hitch platform. battery, press the tow/haul mode . White: Ground button located at the end of the shift It should be installed by your dealer lever. This will boost the vehicle or a qualified service center. system voltage and properly charge the battery. If the trailer is too light for tow/haul mode, turn on the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (81,1)

Driving and Operating 9-81

If the vehicle is equipped with an . When pulling a heavy trailer or a ITBC, the blunt cuts exist, but are large or heavy load in stop and not connected further in the go traffic. harness. If an aftermarket trailer . When pulling a heavy trailer brake controller is installed, the or a large or heavy load in busy ITBC must be disconnected. Do not parking lots where improved low power both ITBC and aftermarket This indicator light on the instrument speed control of the vehicle controllers to control the trailer panel cluster comes on when the is desired. brakes at the same time. tow/haul mode is on. Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Tow/Haul Mode Tow/Haul is a feature that assists when lightly loaded or with no trailer when pulling a heavy trailer or a at all will not cause damage. large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul However, there is no benefit to the Mode on page 9‑36 for more selection of Tow/Haul when the information. vehicle is unloaded. Such a selection when unloaded may Tow/Haul is designed to be most result in unpleasant engine and effective when the vehicle and transmission driving characteristics trailer combined weight is at least and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ Pressing this button at the end of 75 percent of the vehicle's Gross Haul is recommended only when the shift lever turns on and off the Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). pulling a heavy trailer or a large or tow/haul mode. See “Weight of the Trailer” earlier in heavy load. the section. Tow/Haul is most useful under the following driving conditions: . When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load through rolling terrain. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (82,1)

9-82 Driving and Operating

Integrated Trailer Brake anti‐lock brake or StabiliTrak The ITBC system is fully functional Control System systems to activate, power sent to only when the ignition is in ON or the trailer's brakes will be in RUN. automatically adjusted to minimize The ITBC system can only be used trailer wheel lock-up. This does not with trailers with electric brakes. imply that the trailer has the StabiliTrak system. { WARNING Non-hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak have a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) Connecting a trailer that is not The vehicle may have an Integrated feature. See Trailer Sway Control compatible with the ITBC system Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system (TSC) on page 9‑88. may result in reduced or complete for electric trailer brakes. Non-hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak loss of trailer braking. There may This symbol is located on the Trailer have a Hill Start Assist (HSA) be an increase in stopping Brake Control Panel on vehicles feature. See Hill Start Assist (HSA) distance or trailer instability which with an Integrated Trailer Brake on page 9‑46. could result in personal injury or damage to the vehicle, trailer, Control System. The power output If the vehicle’s brake, anti‐lock to the trailer brakes is based on the brake or StabiliTrak systems are not or other property. An aftermarket amount of brake pressure being functioning properly, the ITBC controller may be available for applied by the vehicle’s brake system may not be fully functional use with trailers with surge, air, system. This available power output or may not function at all. Make sure or electric‐over‐hydraulic trailer to the trailer brakes can be adjusted all of these systems are fully brake systems. To determine the to a wide range of trailering operational to ensure full type of brakes on the trailer and situations. functionality of the ITBC system. the availability of controllers, The ITBC system is integrated with The ITBC system is powered check with your trailer the vehicle’s brake, anti‐lock brake through the vehicle's electrical manufacturer or dealer. and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering system. Turning the ignition off will conditions that cause the vehicle’s also turn off the ITBC system. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (83,1)

Driving and Operating 9-83

When trailering, make sure of the Trailer Brake Control Panel to the electric trailer brakes and following: allows manual application the trailer brakes. The Trailer Brake . The ITBC system is used only with trailers that are equipped Control Panel is used along with the with electric brakes. Trailer Brake Display Page on the DIC to adjust and display power . All applicable local and federal output to the trailer brakes. laws and regulations are followed. Trailer Brake DIC Display Page . All electrical and mechanical The ITBC system displays connections to the trailer are messages into the vehicle’s Driver made correctly. Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) on . The trailer’s brakes are in proper page 5‑30 for more information. working condition. A. Manual Trailer Brake The display page indicates . The trailer and vehicle are Apply Lever Trailer Gain setting, power output properly loaded for the towing to the electric trailer brakes, condition. B. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons trailer connection and system The ITBC system is a factory operational status. The ITBC system has a control installed item. Out‐of‐factory installation of this system should not panel located on the instrument be attempted. GM is not responsible panel to the left of the steering for warranty or performance of the column. The control panel allows adjustment to the amount of output, system resulting from out‐of‐factory installation. referred to as trailer gain, available GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (84,1)

9-84 Driving and Operating

The Trailer Brake Display Page can (if equipped) before the Trailer the amount of vehicle braking be displayed by performing any of Brake Display Page can be present and relative to the Trailer the following actions: displayed and Trailer Gain can Gain setting. Output is displayed be adjusted. from 0 to 10 bars for each gain . Scrolling through the DIC menu setting. pages using the odometer trip TRAILER GAIN – This setting is stem or the DIC Vehicle displayed anytime the Trailer Brake Non-hybrid vehicles with Trailer Information button (if equipped). Display Page is active. This setting Sway Control (TSC) or Hill Start can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 Assist (HSA), output to the electric . Pressing a Trailer Gain button – If the Trailer Brake Display Page with either a trailer connected or trailer brakes may be displayed is not currently displayed, disconnected. To adjust the Trailer when the systems are active. See pressing a Trailer Gain button Gain, press one of the Trailer Gain Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on will first recall the current Trailer adjustment buttons located on the page 9‑88 and Hill Start Assist Gain setting. After the Trailer Trailer Brake Control Panel. Press (HSA) on page 9‑46. Brake Display Page is displayed, and hold a gain button to cause the The Trailer Output will Trailer Gain to continuously adjust. each press and release of the indicate “------“on the gain buttons will then cause the To turn the output to the trailer off, Trailer Brake Display Page Trailer Gain setting to change. adjust the Trailer Gain setting to whenever the following occur: 0.0 (zero). . Activating the Manual Trailer . No trailer is connected. Brake Apply lever 0.0 (zero) gain is the factory default setting. To properly adjust . A trailer without electric brakes . Connecting a trailer equipped trailer gain, see the Trailer Gain is connected (no DIC message with electric trailer brakes Adjustment Procedure later in is displayed). All DIC warning and service this section. . A trailer with electric brakes messages must first be TRAILER OUTPUT – This is has become disconnected acknowledged by the driver by displayed any time a trailer with (a CHECK TRAILER WIRING pressing the odometer trip stem or electric brakes is connected. Output message will also be displayed the DIC Vehicle Information button to the electric brakes is based on on the DIC). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (85,1)

Driving and Operating 9-85

. There is a fault present in the If the vehicle’s service brakes are Use the following procedure to wiring to the electric trailer applied while using the Manual correctly adjust Trailer Gain for each brakes (a CHECK TRAILER Trailer Brake Apply Lever, the trailer towing condition: WIRING message will also be output power will be the greater of displayed on the DIC). 1. Make sure the trailer brakes are the two. in proper working condition. . There is a fault in the ITBC The trailer and the vehicle's brake system (a SERVICE TRAILER 2. Connect a properly loaded trailer lamps will come on when either to the vehicle and make all BRAKE SYSTEM message will vehicle braking or manual trailer also be displayed in the DIC). necessary mechanical and brakes are applied. electrical connections. See Manual Trailer Brake Apply Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑16 for more information. The Manual Trailer Brake Apply Trailer Gain should be set for a Lever is located on the Trailer Brake specific trailering condition and must 3. After the electrical connection is Control Panel and is used to apply be adjusted any time vehicle made to a trailer equipped with the trailer’s electric brakes loading, trailer loading or road electric brakes: independent of the vehicle’s brakes. surface conditions change. . A TRAILER CONNECTED This lever is used in the Trailer Gain message will be briefly Adjustment Procedure to properly Setting the Trailer Gain properly is displayed on the DIC adjust the power output to the trailer needed for the best trailer stopping display. brakes. Sliding the lever to the left performance. A trailer that is will apply only the trailer brakes. over-gained may result in locked . The Trailer Brake Display The power output to the trailer is trailer brakes. A trailer that is Page will appear on the indicated in the Trailer Brake under-gained may result in not DIC showing TRAILER Display Page in the DIC. enough trailer braking. Both of these GAIN and TRAILER conditions may result in poorer OUTPUT. stopping and stability of the vehicle and trailer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (86,1)

9-86 Driving and Operating

. In the Trailer Output display 6. Adjust the Trailer Gain to just message will automatically turn off on the DIC, “------“will below the point of trailer wheel in about ten seconds. The driver disappear if there is no lock-up, indicated by trailer can also acknowledge this message error present. Connecting a wheel squeal or tire smoke when before it automatically turns off. trailer without electric a trailer wheel locks. brakes will not clear the CHECK TRAILER WIRING – This six dashed lines. Trailer wheel lock-up may not message will be displayed if: occur if towing a heavily loaded 1. The ITBC system first 4. Adjust the Trailer Gain by using trailer. In this case, adjust the the gain adjustment (+ / -) determines connection to a Trailer Gain to the highest trailer with electric brakes and buttons on the Trailer Brake allowable setting for the towing Control Panel. then the trailer harness becomes condition. disconnected from the vehicle. 5. Drive the vehicle with the trailer 7. Re-adjust Trailer Gain any time attached on a level road surface If the disconnect occurs while vehicle loading, trailer loading or the vehicle is stationary, this representative of the towing road surface conditions change condition and free of traffic at message will automatically turn or if trailer wheel lock-up is off in about thirty seconds. This about 32 to 40 km/h (20 to noticed at any time while towing 25 mph) and fully apply the message will also turn off if the Manual Trailer Brake Apply Other ITBC Related DIC Messages driver acknowledges this lever. message off or if the trailer In addition to displaying TRAILER harness is re-connected. Adjusting trailer gain at speeds GAIN and TRAILER OUTPUT lower than 32 to 40 km/h (20 to through the DIC, trailer connection If the disconnect occurs while 25 mph) may result in an and ITBC system status is displayed the vehicle is moving, this incorrect gain setting. in the DIC. message will continue until the ignition is turned off. This TRAILER CONNECTED – This message will also turn off if the message will be briefly displayed driver acknowledges this when a trailer with electric brakes is message off or if the trailer first connected to the vehicle. This harness is re-connected. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (87,1)

Driving and Operating 9-87

2. There is an electrical fault in the 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING If either the CHECK TRAILER wiring to the electric trailer message re-appears, the WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER brakes. This message will electrical fault is on the BRAKE SYSTEM message is continue as long as there is an vehicle side. displayed while driving the vehicle, electrical fault in the trailer If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING power is no longer available wiring. This message will message only re-appears when to the trailer brakes. When traffic also turn off if the driver connecting the trailer wiring conditions allow, carefully pull the acknowledges this message off. harness to the vehicle, the vehicle over to the side of the road To determine if the electrical fault is electrical fault is on the and turn the ignition off. Check the on the vehicle side or trailer side of trailer side. wiring connection to the trailer and turn the ignition back on. If either of the trailer wiring harness SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE connection, do the following: these messages continues, either SYSTEM – This message will be the vehicle or trailer needs service. 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring displayed when there is a problem harness from the vehicle. with the ITBC system. If this An authorized GM dealer may be able to diagnose and repair 2. Turn the ignition OFF. message persists over multiple ignition cycles there is problem with problems with the trailer. However, 3. Wait ten seconds, then turn the the ITBC system. Take the vehicle any diagnosis and repair of the ignition back to RUN. to an authorized GM dealer to have trailer is not covered under the the ITBC system diagnosed and vehicle warranty. Please contact repaired. your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer repairs and trailer warranty information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (88,1)

9-88 Driving and Operating

Trailer Sway Conversions and Adding a Snow Plow or Control (TSC) Add-Ons Similar Equipment Non-hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak Before installing a snow plow on the have a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) Add-On Electrical vehicle, here are some things you feature. If the vehicle is towing a Equipment need to know: trailer and the system detects that Notice: If the vehicle does not Notice: Do not add anything the trailer is swaying, the vehicle have the snow plow prep electrical to the vehicle unless brakes are applied without the driver package, adding a plow can you check with your dealer first. pressing the brake pedal. If the damage the vehicle, and the Some electrical equipment can vehicle is equipped with the repairs would not be covered by damage the vehicle and the Integrated Trailer Brake Control warranty. Unless the vehicle was damage would not be covered by (ITBC) system, StabiliTrak may also built to carry a snow plow, do not the vehicle's warranty. Some apply the trailer brakes. The TCS/ add one to the vehicle. If the add-on electrical equipment can StabiliTrak warning light will flash on vehicle has the snow plow prep keep other components from the instrument panel cluster to notify package, called RPO VYU, then working as they should. the driver to reduce speed. If the the payload the vehicle can carry trailer continues to sway, StabiliTrak Add-on equipment can drain the will be reduced when a snow will reduce engine torque to help ® vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the plow is installed. The vehicle can slow the vehicle. See StabiliTrak vehicle is not operating. be damaged if either the front or System on page 9‑46 for more rear axle ratings or the Gross information. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Adding non‐dealer accessories can electrical to the vehicle, see are exceeded. affect the vehicle performance. See Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Some vehicles are built with a Accessories and Modifications on Vehicle on page 3‑42 and Adding special snow plow prep package, page 10‑3 for more information. Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped called RPO VYU. If the vehicle has Vehicle on page 3‑43. this option, you can add a plow to it, provided certain weights, such as GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (89,1)

Driving and Operating 9-89

the weights on the vehicle's axles Say, for example, you have a 318 kg . Follow the snow plow and the Gross Vehicle Weight (700 lb) snow plow. The total weight manufacturer's Rating (GVWR), are not exceeded. of all occupants and cargo inside recommendations regarding rear the cab should not exceed 135 kg ballast. Rear ballast may be The plow the vehicle can carry required to ensure a proper front depends on many things, such as: (300 lb). This means that you may only be able to carry one passenger. and rear weight distribution ratio, . The options the vehicle came But, even this may be too much if even though the actual weight at with, and the weight of those there is other equipment already the front axle may be less than options. adding to the weight of the vehicle. the front axle rating. . The weight and number of Here are some guidelines for safely . The snow plow manufacturer passengers intended to be carrying a snow plow on the vehicle: or installer can assist in carried. determining the amount of rear . Make sure the weight on the ballast required, to help make . The weight of items added to front and rear axles does not sure the snowplow/vehicle the vehicle. exceed the axle rating for each. combination does not exceed . The total weight of any . For the front axle, if more cargo the GVW rating, the front and additional cargo intended to or passengers must be carried, rear axle ratings, and the front be carried. appropriate counter ballast must and rear weight distribution ratio. be installed rear of the rear axle. . The total vehicle must not Counter ballast must be properly exceed the GVW rating. secured so it will not move during driving. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (90,1)

9-90 Driving and Operating

Front axle reserve capacity is the In order to calculate the amount of difference between the front Gross weight any front accessory, such as Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) and the a snow plow, is adding to the front front axle weight of the vehicle with axle, use the following formula: full fuel and passengers. Basically, it is the amount of weight that can be added to the front axle before reaching the front GAWR. The front axle reserve capacity for the vehicle can be found in the lower right corner of the Certification/Tire label, as shown. United States

(W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the accessory is adding to the front axle. Where: W = Weight of added accessory A = Distance that the accessory is in front of the front axle W.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase Canada GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (91,1)

Driving and Operating 9-91

For example, adding a 318 kg Heavier equipment can be added (700 lb) snow plow actually adds on the front of the vehicle if it is WARNING (Continued) more than 318 kg (700 lb) to the compensated for by carrying fewer front axle. Using the formula, if the passengers, less cargo, or by If the brakes cannot work snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of positioning cargo toward the rear. properly, you could have a crash. the front axle and the wheel base is This has the effect of reducing the To help the brakes work properly 305 cm (10 ft), then: load on the front. However, the front when a snow plow is installed, W = 318 kg (700 lb) GAWR, rear GAWR, and the Gross always follow the snow plow A = 122 cm (4 ft) Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) manufacturer or installer's W.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) must never be exceeded. recommendation for rear ballast (W x (A + W.B.))/W.B. = to ensure a proper front and rear (318 x (122 + 305))/305 = { WARNING weight distribution ratio, even 445 kg (980 lb) though the actual front weight On some vehicles that have So, if the vehicle's front axle reserve may be less than the front certain front mounted equipment, GAWR, and the total vehicle capacity is more than 980 lbs such as a snow plow, it may be (445 kg), the snow plow could be weight is less than the gross possible to load the front axle to vehicle weight rating (GVWR). added without exceeding the the front gross axle weight rating front GAWR. Maintaining a proper front and (GAWR) but not have enough rear weight distribution ratio is weight on the rear axle to have necessary to provide proper proper braking performance. braking performance. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (92,1)

9-92 Driving and Operating

Total vehicle reserve capacity is the The total vehicle reserve capacity Emergency Roof Lamp difference between the GVWR and for the vehicle can be found in Provisions the weight of the vehicle with full the lower right corner of the fuel and passengers. It is the Certification/Tire label as Vehicles with the RPO VYU snow amount of weight that can be added shown previously. plow prep package also have an to the vehicle before reaching emergency roof lamp provision See your dealer for additional package, RPO TRW. Wiring for the theGVWR. Keep in mind that advice and information about using reserve capacity numbers are emergency roof lamp is provided a snow plow on the vehicle. above the overhead console. See intended as a guide when selecting Also, see Vehicle Load Limits on the amount of equipment or cargo Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp on page 9‑16. the vehicle can carry. If you are page 6‑7 for switch location. unsure of the vehicle's front, rear, or total weight, go to a weigh station and weigh the vehicle. Your dealer can also help you with this. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Overheated Engine Bulb Replacement Vehicle Care Protection Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Operating Mode ...... 10-23 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-38 General Information Engine Fan ...... 10-23 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-24 Stoplamps, and Back-Up General Information ...... 10-2 Washer Fluid ...... 10-25 Lamps ...... 10-38 California Proposition Brakes ...... 10-26 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-39 65 Warning ...... 10-3 Brake Fluid ...... 10-27 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-39 California Perchlorate Battery ...... 10-29 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 10-30 Electrical System Accessories and Front Axle ...... 10-30 Electrical System Modifications ...... 10-3 Rear Axle ...... 10-31 Overload ...... 10-40 Vehicle Checks Starter Switch Check ...... 10-33 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 10-41 Doing Your Own Automatic Transmission Shift Engine Compartment Fuse Service Work ...... 10-4 Lock Control Function Block ...... 10-41 Hood ...... 10-5 Check ...... 10-33 Instrument Panel Fuse Engine Compartment Ignition Transmission Lock Block ...... 10-45 Overview ...... 10-6 Check ...... 10-33 Engine Oil ...... 10-7 Park Brake and P (Park) Wheels and Tires Mechanism Check ...... 10-34 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Tires ...... 10-49 Wiper Blade Automatic Transmission Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-50 Replacement ...... 10-34 Fluid ...... 10-11 Tire Designations ...... 10-52 Glass Replacement ...... 10-35 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-14 Tire Terminology and Cooling System ...... 10-16 Headlamp Aiming Definitions ...... 10-54 Engine Coolant ...... 10-16 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-36 Tire Pressure ...... 10-57 Engine Overheating ...... 10-20 Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 10-58 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting General Information Operation ...... 10-59 Jump Starting ...... 10-86 Tire Inspection ...... 10-62 For service and parts needs, visit Tire Rotation ...... 10-62 Towing your dealer. You will receive When It Is Time for New Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-91 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Tires ...... 10-64 Recreational Vehicle and supported service people. Towing ...... 10-91 Buying New Tires ...... 10-64 Genuine GM parts have one of Different Size Tires and Appearance Care these marks: Wheels ...... 10-66 Exterior Care ...... 10-97 Uniform Tire Quality Interior Care ...... 10-100 Grading ...... 10-66 Floor Mats ...... 10-102 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 10-68 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-68 Tire Chains ...... 10-69 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-70 Tire Changing ...... 10-71 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-83 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-85 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other 65 Warning Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your Most motor vehicles, including this Adding non‐dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle one, contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and installed by a dealer technician. cause cancer and birth defects or safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the other reproductive harm. Engine airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on exhaust, many parts and systems, handling, emissions systems, page 3‑43. many fluids, and some component aerodynamics, durability, and wear by-products contain and/or electronic systems like antilock emit these chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability control. These accessories or California Perchlorate modifications could even cause Materials Requirements malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Certain types of automotive Damage to vehicle components applications, such as airbag resulting from modifications or the initiators, safety belt pretensioners, installation or use of non GM and lithium batteries contained in ‐ certified parts, including control Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, module or software modifications, is may contain perchlorate materials. not covered under the terms of the Special handling may be necessary. vehicle warranty and may affect For additional information, see remaining warranty coverage for www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ affected parts. perchlorate. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. WARNING (Continued) Before attempting to do your own service work, see Airbag System Doing Your Own Always follow owner manual Check on page 3‑44. procedures and consult the Service Work Keep a record with all parts receipts service manual for your vehicle If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the and list the mileage and the date hybrid supplement for more before doing any service work. of any service work performed. information. See Maintenance Records on If doing some of your own service page 11‑16. { WARNING work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more It can be dangerous to work on about how to service the vehicle your vehicle if you do not have than this manual can. To order the the proper knowledge, service proper service manual, see Service manual, tools, or parts. Publications Ordering Information on page 13 13. (Continued) ‑ GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

Hood 4. Lift the hood. To open the hood: Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. Then bring the hood from full open to within 152 mm (6 in) from the closed position, pause, then push the front center of the hood with a swift, firm motion to fully close the hood. 1. Pull the handle with this symbol on it. It is located inside the vehicle to the lower left of the steering wheel. 2. Then go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary hood release, near the center of the grille. 3. Push the secondary hood release to the right. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 6.0L V8 Engine Similar GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on I. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of Engine Oil page 10‑14. View). See Cooling System on page 10‑16. To ensure proper engine B. Coolant Surge Tank and performance and long life, careful Pressure Cap. See Cooling J. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. attention must be paid to engine oil. System on page 10‑16. See Power Steering Fluid on Following these simple, but C. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. page 10‑24. important steps will help protect See Jump Starting on K. Brake Master Cylinder your investment: page 10‑86. Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid” . Always use engine oil approved under Brake Fluid on D. Battery on page 10‑29. to the proper specification and of page 10‑27. the proper viscosity grade. See E. Remote Negative (−) Terminal Selecting the Right Engine Oil (Out of View). See Jump L. Engine Compartment Fuse “ ” Block on page 10 41. in this section. Starting on page 10‑86. ‑ . Check the engine oil level F. Automatic Transmission M. Windshield Washer Fluid regularly and maintain the Dipstick (Out of View). See Reservoir. See “Adding Washer proper oil level. See “Checking Checking the Fluid Level Fluid” under Washer Fluid on “ ” Engine Oil” and “When to Add under Automatic Transmission page 10‑25. Engine Oil” in this section. Fluid on page 10‑11. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more . Change the engine oil at the G. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When appropriate time. See Engine Oil to Add Engine Oil under information. ” Life System on page 10‑10. Engine Oil on page 10‑7. . Always dispose of engine oil H. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of properly. See What to Do with View). See Checking Engine “ “ Used Oil” in this section. Oil” under Engine Oil on page 10‑7. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

Checking Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil operating range, i.e., the engine has so much oil that the oil level It is a good idea to check the engine gets above the cross-hatched oil level at each fuel fill. In order to area that shows the proper get an accurate reading, the vehicle operating range, the engine could must be on level ground. The be damaged. You should drain engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow out the excess oil or limit driving loop. See Engine Compartment of the vehicle and seek a service Overview on page 10 6 for the ‑ professional to remove the location of the engine oil dipstick. If the oil is below the cross-hatched excess amount of oil. Obtaining an accurate oil level area at the tip of the dipstick, add See Engine Compartment Overview reading is essential: 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See on page 10‑6 for the location of the 1. If the engine has been running “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in engine oil fill cap. recently, turn off the engine and this section for an explanation of Add enough oil to put the level allow several minutes for the oil what kind of oil to use. For engine somewhere in the proper operating to drain back into the oil pan. oil crankcase capacity, see range. Push the dipstick all the way Checking the oil level too soon Capacities and Specifications on back in when through. after engine shutoff will not page 12‑2. provide an accurate oil level reading. Notice: Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above or below the 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it acceptable operating range with a paper towel or cloth, then shown on the dipstick are harmful push it back in all the way. to the engine. If you find that you Remove it again, keeping the tip have an oil level above the down, and check the level. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

Selecting the Right Engine Oil vehicle warranty. Check with your Engine Oil Additives/Engine dealer or service provider on Selecting the right engine oil Oil Flushes whether the oil is approved to the depends on both the proper oil dexos1 specification. Do not add anything to the oil. The specification and viscosity grade. recommended oils with the dexos See Recommended Fluids and Viscosity Grade specification and displaying the Lubricants on page 11‑13. dexos certification mark are all that SAE 5W‐30 is the best viscosity is needed for good performance and Specification grade for the vehicle. Do not use other viscosity grade oils such as engine protection. Use and ask for licensed engine oils SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W‐50. Engine oil system flushes are not with the dexos1™ approved recommended and could cause certification mark. Engine oils If in an area of extreme cold, where engine damage not covered by the meeting the requirements for the the temperature falls below −20°F vehicle warranty. vehicle should have the dexos1 (−29°C), an SAE 0W‐30 oil should approved certification mark. This be used. An oil of this viscosity What to Do with Used Oil certification mark indicates that the grade will provide easier cold oil has been approved to the dexos1 starting for the engine at extremely Used engine oil contains certain specification. low temperatures. When selecting elements that can be unhealthy for an oil of the appropriate viscosity your skin and could even cause grade, always select an oil that cancer. Do not let used oil stay on meets the dexos1 specification or your skin for very long. Clean your equivalent. See “Specification” for skin and nails with soap and water, more information. or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings about the Notice: Failure to use the use and disposal of oil products. recommended engine oil or equivalent can result in engine damage not covered by the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

Used oil can be a threat to the OIL SOON message comes on to since the last oil change. environment. If you change your indicate that an oil change is Remember to reset the oil life own oil, be sure to drain all the oil necessary. See Engine Oil system whenever the oil is changed. from the filter before disposal. Never Messages on page 5‑42. Change dispose of oil by putting it in the the oil as soon as possible within How to Reset the Engine Oil trash or pouring it on the ground, the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is Life System into sewers, or into streams or possible that, if driving under the Reset the system whenever the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking best conditions, the oil life system engine oil is changed so that the it to a place that collects used oil. might indicate that an oil change is system can calculate the next not necessary for up to a year. engine oil change. Always reset the Engine Oil Life System The engine oil and filter must be engine oil life to 100% after every oil changed at least once a year and, change. It will not reset itself. To When to Change Engine Oil at this time, the system must be reset the system on most vehicles: reset. For vehicles without the This vehicle has a computer system 1. Display the OIL LIFE that indicates when to change the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message, an oil change is needed REMAINING on the DIC. If the engine oil and filter. This is based vehicle does not have DIC on a combination of factors which when the OIL LIFE REMAINING percentage is near buttons, the vehicle must be in include engine revolutions, engine P (Park) to access this display. temperature, and miles driven. 0%. Your dealer has trained service people who will perform this work See Driver Information Center Based on driving conditions, the (DIC) on page 5‑30. mileage at which an oil change is and reset the system. It is also indicated can vary considerably. For important to check the oil regularly 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET the oil life system to work properly, over the course of an oil drain button on the DIC, or the trip the system must be reset every time interval and keep it at the odometer reset stem if the the oil is changed. proper level. vehicle does not have DIC buttons, for more than On some vehicles, when the system If the system is ever reset accidentally, the oil must be five seconds. The oil life will has calculated that oil life has been change to 100%. diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life Automatic Transmission Notice: Use of the incorrect System can be reset as follows: Fluid automatic transmission fluid may 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with damage the vehicle, and the the engine off. When to Check and Change damages may not be covered by Automatic Transmission Fluid the vehicle warranty. Always use 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal the automatic transmission fluid slowly three times within It is usually not necessary to check listed in Recommended Fluids five seconds. the transmission fluid level. The only and Lubricants on page 11‑13. reason for fluid loss is a 3. Display the OIL LIFE transmission leak or overheated Change the fluid and filter at the REMAINING on the DIC. If the transmission. If a small leak is scheduled maintenance intervals display shows 100%, the system suspected, then use the following listed in Maintenance Schedule on is reset. See Driver Information checking procedures to check the page 11‑3. Be sure to use the Center (DIC) on page 5 30. ‑ fluid level. However, if there is a transmission fluid listed in If the vehicle has a CHANGE large leak, then it may be necessary Recommended Fluids and ENGINE OIL SOON message and it to have the vehicle towed to a Lubricants on page 11‑13. comes back on when the vehicle is dealer and have it repaired before started and/or the OIL LIFE driving the vehicle further. REMAINING is near 0%, the engine oil life system has not been reset. Repeat the procedure. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

How to Check Automatic 4. Allow the engine to idle (500 – level. Perform the hot check Transmission Fluid 800 rpm) for at least 1 minute. procedure at the first opportunity. Slowly release the brake pedal. Use this cold check procedure to Notice: Too much or too 5. Keep the engine running and check fluid level when the little fluid can damage the transmission temperature is transmission. Too much can press the Trip/Fuel button or trip odometer reset stem until between 27°C and 32°C (80°F mean that some of the fluid could and 90°F). come out and fall on hot engine TRANS TEMP (Transmission parts or exhaust system parts, Temperature) displays on the starting a fire. Too little fluid Driver Information Center (DIC). could cause the transmission to 6. Using the TRANS TEMP overheat. Be sure to get an reading, determine and perform accurate reading if checking the the appropriate check transmission fluid. procedure. If the TRANS TEMP Before checking the fluid level, reading is not within the required 1. Locate the transmission dipstick prepare the vehicle as follows: temperature ranges, allow the at the rear of the engine vehicle to cool, or operate the 1. Start the engine and park the compartment, on the passenger vehicle until the appropriate side of the vehicle. vehicle on a level surface. transmission fluid temperature Keep the engine running. is reached. See Engine Compartment 2. Apply the parking brake and Overview on page 10‑6 for Cold Check Procedure place the shift lever in P (Park). more information. Use this procedure only as a 3. With your foot on the brake 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out reference to determine if the pedal, move the shift lever the dipstick and wipe it with a transmission has enough fluid to be through each gear range, clean rag or paper towel. operated safely until a hot check pausing for about three seconds procedure can be made. The hot in each range. Then, move the check procedure is the most shift lever back to P (Park). accurate method to check the fluid GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

3. Install the dipstick by pushing it 6. Perform a hot check at the back in all the way; wait first opportunity after the three seconds, and then pull it transmission reaches a normal back out again. operating temperature between 4. Check both sides of the dipstick 71°C to 93°C (160°F to 200°F). and read the lower level. Repeat 7. If the fluid level is in the the check procedure to verify the acceptable range, push the 1. Locate the transmission dipstick reading. dipstick back in all the way, then at the rear of the engine flip the handle down to lock the compartment, on the passenger dipstick in place. side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Hot Check Procedure Overview on page 10‑6 for more Use this procedure to check the information. transmission fluid level when the 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out transmission fluid temperature is the dipstick and wipe it with a between 71°C and 93°C (160°F clean rag or paper towel. 5. If the fluid level is below the and 200°F). COLD check band, add only 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it The hot check is the most accurate enough fluid as necessary back in all the way; wait method to check the fluid level. to bring the level into the three seconds, and then pull it The hot check should be performed COLD band. It does not take back out again. much fluid, generally less than at the first opportunity in order to 0.5 L (1 pt). Do not overfill. verify the cold check. The fluid level 4. Check both sides of the dipstick rises as fluid temperature increases, and read the lower level. Repeat so it is important to ensure the the check procedure to verify the transmission temperature is reading. within range. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

Consistency of Readings How to Inspect the Engine Air Always check the fluid level at least Cleaner/Filter twice using the procedure described To inspect the air cleaner/filter, previously. Consistency (repeatable remove the engine air cleaner/filter readings) is important to maintaining from the vehicle by following proper fluid level. If readings are still Steps 1 through 6. When the engine 5. Safe operating level is within the inconsistent, contact the dealer. air cleaner/filter is removed, lightly HOT cross hatch band on the shake it to release loose dust and dipstick. If the fluid level is not Engine Air Cleaner/Filter dirt. If the engine air cleaner/filter within the HOT band, and the remains covered with dirt, a new See Engine Compartment Overview transmission temperature is filter is required. Never use on page 10 6 for the location of the between 71°C and 93°C (160°F ‑ compressed air to clean the filter. and 200°F), add or drain fluid as engine air cleaner/filter. necessary to bring the level into Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the Replacing the Engine Air the HOT band. If the fluid scheduled maintenance intervals Cleaner/Filter level is low, add only enough and replace it at the first oil change 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter fluid to bring the level into the after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) assembly. See Engine HOT band. It does not take interval. See Maintenance Schedule Compartment Overview on much fluid, generally less than on page 11‑3 for more information. page 10‑6. 0.5 L (1 pt). Do not overfill. If driving on dusty/dirty conditions, 6. If the fluid level is in the inspect the filter at each engine oil acceptable range, push the change. dipstick back in all the way, then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

5. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter. 6. Reinstall the cover and tighten the screws.

{ WARNING

Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or 3. Remove the engine air cleaner/ others to be burned. The air filter from the housing. Care cleaner not only cleans the air; it should be taken to dislodge as helps to stop flames if the engine little dirt as possible. 2. Loosen the four screws on the backfires. Use caution when cover of the housing and lift up 4. Clean the engine air cleaner/ working on the engine and do not the cover. filter sealing surfaces and the drive with the air cleaner/filter off. housing. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

Cooling System Notice: Using coolant other than { WARNING DEX-COOL® can cause premature If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the engine, heater core, or radiator hybrid supplement for more An electric engine cooling fan corrosion. In addition, the engine information. under the hood can start up even coolant could require changing when the engine is not running The cooling system allows the sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) engine to maintain the correct and can cause injury. Keep or 24 months, whichever occurs working temperature. hands, clothing, and tools away first. Any repairs would not be from any underhood electric fan. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant in the vehicle. { WARNING

Heater and radiator hoses, and Engine Coolant other engine parts, can be very The cooling system in the vehicle is hot. Do not touch them. If you do, filled with DEX-COOL engine you can be burned. coolant. This coolant is designed to 5.3L V8 Engine Shown, Do not run the engine if there is a remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 6.0L V8 Engine Similar 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever leak. If you run the engine, it occurs first. A. Coolant Surge Tank could lose all coolant. That could B. Coolant Surge Tank cause an engine fire, and you The following explains the cooling Pressure Cap could be burned. Get any leak system and how to check and add fixed before you drive the vehicle. coolant when it is low. If there is a C. Engine Cooling Fan(s) problem with engine overheating, (Out of View) see Engine Overheating on page 10‑20. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Notice: If extra inhibitors and/or drinkable water and DEX-COOL additives are used in the vehicle { WARNING coolant. If using this mixture, cooling system, the vehicle nothing else needs to be added. could be damaged. Use only the Adding only plain water or some This mixture: proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside for the cooling system. See and other liquids, can boil before temperature. Recommended Fluids and the proper coolant mixture will. Lubricants on page 11‑13 for . Gives boiling protection up to more information. The coolant warning system is set 129°C (265°F), engine for the proper coolant mixture. temperature. Never dispose of engine coolant by With plain water or the wrong putting it in the trash, pouring it on mixture, the engine could get too . Protects against rust and the ground, or into sewers, streams, hot but you would not get the corrosion. or bodies of water. Have the coolant overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts. changed by an authorized service could catch fire and you or center, familiar with legal . Helps keep the proper engine requirements regarding used others could be burned. Use a temperature. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If an improper coolant mixture is used, the engine could your health. overheat and be badly damaged. The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core, and other parts. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the The vehicle must be on a level Surge Tank surface when checking the coolant level. { WARNING Check to see if coolant is visible in You can be burned if you spill the coolant surge tank. If the coolant coolant on hot engine parts. inside the coolant surge tank is Coolant contains ethylene glycol boiling, do not do anything else until and it will burn if the engine parts it cools down. If coolant is visible are hot enough. Do not spill but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD mark, add a coolant on a hot engine. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable The coolant surge tank is located in water and DEX-COOL coolant at the Notice: This vehicle has a coolant surge tank, but be sure the the engine compartment on the specific coolant fill procedure. passenger side of the vehicle. See cooling system is cool before this Failure to follow this procedure Engine Compartment Overview on is done. could cause the engine to page 10 6 for more information on ‑ overheat and be severely location. damaged. The coolant level should be at or above the FULL COLD mark. If it is not, the vehicle may have a leak in the cooling system. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

If no coolant is visible in the surge { WARNING tank, add coolant as follows: An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan. 1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling { system, including the coolant WARNING surge tank pressure cap and 3. Fill the coolant surge tank upper radiator hose, is no Steam and scalding liquids from a with the proper mixture to the longer hot. hot cooling system can blow out FULL COLD mark. and burn you badly. They are Turn the pressure cap slowly under pressure, and if you turn counterclockwise about one full the surge tank pressure turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for cap — even a little — they can that to stop. A hiss means there come out at high speed. Never is still some pressure left. turn the cap when the cooling 2. Keep turning the pressure cap system, including the surge tank slowly and remove it. pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

By this time, the coolant level Engine Overheating inside the coolant surge tank may be lower. If the level is The vehicle has several indicators lower, add more of the proper to warn of engine overheating. mixture to the coolant surge tank There is a coolant temperature until the level reaches the FULL gauge on your vehicle's instrument COLD mark. panel. See Engine Coolant 5. Replace the pressure cap. Temperature Gauge on page 5‑17. Be sure the pressure cap is In addition, ENGINE OVERHEATED hand-tight and fully seated. STOP ENGINE, ENGINE 6. Verify coolant level after engine OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE, and is shut off and the coolant is an ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED 4. With the coolant surge tank cold. If necessary, repeat coolant message comes on in the Driver pressure cap off, start the fill procedure Steps 1 through 6. Information Center (DIC) on the engine and let it run until the instrument panel. See Engine upper radiator hose can be felt Notice: If the pressure cap is not Cooling System Messages on getting hot. Watch out for the tightly installed, coolant loss and page 5‑41 and Engine Power engine cooling fan. possible engine damage may Messages on page 5‑42. occur. Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured. If the decision is made not to lift the hood when this warning appears, but instead get service help right away. See Roadside Assistance Program on page 13‑6. If the decision is made to lift the hood, make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

Then check to see if the engine If Steam Is Coming from the cooling fans are running. If the Engine Compartment WARNING (Continued) engine is overheating, both fans should be running. If they are not, { WARNING If you keep driving when the do not continue to run the engine vehicles engine is overheated, and have the vehicle serviced. Steam from an overheated engine the liquids in it can catch fire. You Notice: Engine damage from can burn you badly, even if you or others could be badly burned. running the engine without just open the hood. Stay away Stop the engine if it overheats, coolant is not covered by the from the engine if you see or hear and get out of the vehicle until vehicle warranty. See Overheated steam coming from it. Turn it off the engine is cool. Engine Protection Operating and get everyone away from the See Overheated Engine Mode on page 10‑23 for vehicle until it cools down. Wait Protection Operating Mode on information on driving to a until there is no sign of steam or page 10 23 for information on safe place in an emergency. coolant before you open ‑ driving to a safe place in an Notice: If the engine catches fire the hood. emergency. while driving with no coolant, the (Continued) vehicle can be badly damaged. The costly repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 10‑23 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

If No Steam Is Coming from If the overheat warning is displayed Keep a safe vehicle distance from the Engine Compartment with no sign of steam: the vehicle in front. If the warning 1. Turn the air conditioning off. does not come back on, continue to The ENGINE OVERHEATED drive normally. STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE 2. Turn the heater on to the highest OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE temperature and to the highest If the warning continues, pull over, message, along with a low coolant fan speed. Open the windows as stop, and park the vehicle condition, can indicate a serious necessary. right away. problem. 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine If there is no sign of steam, idle the If an engine overheat warning is idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. engine for three minutes while displayed but no steam can be seen If it is safe to do so, pull off the parked. If the warning is still or heard, the problem may not be road, shift to P (Park) or displayed, turn off the engine until it too serious. Sometimes the engine N (Neutral) and let the cools down. Also, see “Overheated can get a little too hot when the engine idle. Engine Protection Operating Mode” vehicle: later in this section. If the temperature overheat gauge . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. is no longer in the overheat zone or . Stops after high-speed driving. an overheat warning no longer displays, the vehicle can be driven. . Idles for long periods in traffic. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly . Tows a trailer. See Trailer for about 10 minutes. Towing on page 9‑73. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

Overheated Engine Engine Fan This fan noise may also be heard when starting the engine. It will go Protection If the vehicle has a clutched engine away as the fan clutch partially Operating Mode cooling fan, when the clutch is disengages. engaged, the fan spins faster to If an overheated engine condition provide more air to cool the engine. If the vehicle has electric cooling exists and the ENGINE POWER IS In most everyday driving conditions, fans, the fans may be heard REDUCED message is displayed, the fan is spinning slower and the spinning at low speed during most an overheat protection mode which clutch is not fully engaged. This everyday driving. The fans may turn alternates firing groups of cylinders improves fuel economy and reduces off if no cooling is required. Under helps prevent engine damage. fan noise. Under heavy vehicle heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, In this mode, a loss in power and loading, trailer towing, and/or high high outside temperatures, engine performance will be noticed. outside temperatures, the fan speed or operation of the air conditioning This operating mode allows the increases as the clutch more fully system, the fans may change to vehicle to be driven to a safe place engages, so an increase in fan high speed and an increase in fan in an emergency. Driving extended noise may be heard. This is normal noise may be heard. This is normal distances and/or towing a trailer in and should not be mistaken as the and indicates that the cooling the overheat protection mode transmission slipping or making system is functioning properly. should be avoided. extra shifts. It is merely the cooling The fans will change to low speed Notice: After driving in the system functioning properly. The fan when additional cooling is no overheated engine protection will slow down when additional longer required. operating mode, to avoid engine cooling is not required and the damage, allow the engine to cool clutch disengages. before attempting any repair. The engine oil will be severely degraded. Repair the cause of coolant loss, change the oil and reset the oil life system. See Engine Oil on page 10‑7. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

Power Steering Fluid When to Check Power Steering 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the Fluid dipstick with a clean rag. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more It is not necessary to regularly 4. Replace the cap and completely information. check power steering fluid unless tighten it. there is a leak suspected in the 5. Remove the cap again and look system or an unusual noise is at the fluid level on the dipstick. heard. A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem. Have the The level should be at the FULL system inspected and repaired. COLD mark. If necessary, add only enough fluid to bring the level up to How to Check Power Steering the mark. Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview What to Use on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. Notice: Extremely small amounts of contamination can cause To determine what kind of fluid to steering system damage and use, see Recommended Fluids and cause it to not work properly. Do Lubricants on page 11‑13. Always not allow contaminants to contact use the proper fluid. the fluid side of the reservoir cap/ Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid dipstick or to enter the reservoir. may damage the vehicle and the To check the power steering fluid: damages may not be covered by the vehicle's warranty. Always 1. Turn the key off and let the use the correct fluid listed in engine compartment cool down. Recommended Fluids and 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the Lubricants on page 11‑13. reservoir clean. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

Washer Fluid . Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is What to Use very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing When windshield washer fluid needs occurs, which could to be added, be sure to read the damage the tank if it is manufacturer's instructions before completely full. use. Use a fluid that has sufficient Open the cap with the washer protection against freezing in an symbol on it. Add washer fluid until . Do not use engine coolant area where the temperature may the tank is full. See Engine (antifreeze) in the windshield fall below freezing. Compartment Overview on washer. It can damage the page 10‑6 for reservoir location. windshield washer system Adding Washer Fluid and paint. Notice The vehicle has a low washer fluid message on the DIC that comes on . When using concentrated when the washer fluid is low. washer fluid, follow the The message is displayed for manufacturer's instructions 15 seconds at the start of each for adding water. ignition cycle. When the WASHER . Do not mix water with FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message ready-to-use washer fluid. displays, washer fluid will need to Water can cause the solution be added to the windshield washer to freeze and damage the fluid reservoir. washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment can cause a brake squeal when the Every time the brakes are applied, This vehicle has disc brakes. brakes are first applied or lightly with or without the vehicle moving, Disc brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean the brakes adjust for wear. indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads Replacing Brake System Parts are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the if the vehicle is to have really good proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed specifications in Capacities and { WARNING and tested with top-quality brake Specifications on page 12‑2. parts. When parts of the braking The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets. new, approved replacement parts. not work well. That could lead to If this is not done, the brakes might Brake Pedal Travel a crash. When the brake wear not work properly. For example, warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal installing disc brake pads that are wrong for the vehicle, can change vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front and pedal travel. This could be a sign rear brakes — for the worse. The Notice: Continuing to drive with that brake service might be braking performance expected can worn-out brake pads could result required. change in many other ways if the in costly brake repair. wrong replacement brake parts are installed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system can also cause WARNING (Continued) a low fluid level. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed, since a Add brake fluid only when work is leak means that sooner or later done on the brake hydraulic the brakes will not work well. system. See “Checking Brake Do not top off the brake fluid. Fluid” in this section. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are The brake master cylinder reservoir When the brake fluid falls to a low worn, there will be too much fluid is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See level, the brake warning light comes when new brake linings are Engine Compartment Overview on on. See Brake System Warning installed. Add or remove brake fluid, page 10 6 for the location of the Light on page 5‑24. ‑ as necessary, only when work is reservoir. done on the brake hydraulic system. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule There are only two reasons why the to determine when to check the brake fluid level in the reservoir { WARNING brake fluid. See Maintenance might go down: Schedule on page 11‑3. . The brake fluid level goes down If too much brake fluid is added, it because of normal brake lining can spill on the engine and burn, wear. When new linings are if the engine is hot enough. You installed, the fluid level goes or others could be burned, and back up. the vehicle could be damaged. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

Checking Brake Fluid What to Add Notice Check brake fluid by looking at the Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid . Using the wrong fluid brake fluid reservoir. See Engine from a sealed container. See can badly damage brake Compartment Overview on Recommended Fluids and hydraulic system parts. For page 10‑6. Lubricants on page 11‑13. example, just a few drops of Always clean the brake fluid mineral-based oil, such as reservoir cap and the area around engine oil, in the brake the cap before removing it. This hydraulic system can helps keep dirt from entering the damage brake hydraulic reservoir. system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced. Do not let someone put in { WARNING the wrong kind of fluid. With the wrong kind of fluid in . If brake fluid is spilled on the the brake hydraulic system, the vehicle's painted surfaces, brakes might not work well. This the paint finish can be could cause a crash. Always use damaged. Be careful not to the proper brake fluid. spill brake fluid on the The fluid level should be above vehicle. If you do, wash it MIN. If it is not, have the brake off immediately. hydraulic system checked to see if there is a leak. After work is done on the brake hydraulic system, make sure the level is above the MIN but not over the MAX mark. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

Battery Vehicle Storage Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the { WARNING battery to keep the battery from hybrid supplement for more running down. information. Batteries have acid that can burn Extended Storage: Remove the Refer to the replacement number on you and gas that can explode. black, negative (−) cable from the the original battery label when a You can be badly hurt if you are battery or use a battery trickle new battery is needed. See Engine not careful. See Jump Starting on charger. Compartment Overview on page 10‑86 for tips on working page 10‑6 for battery location. around a battery without getting hurt. { WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

Four-Wheel Drive To get an accurate reading, the Front Axle vehicle should be on a level Transfer Case surface. When to Check and Change Lubricant When to Check Lubricant If the level is below the bottom of the fill plug hole, some lubricant will It is not necessary to regularly Refer to Maintenance Schedule on need to be added. Add enough check front axle fluid unless a leak page 11 3 to determine when to ‑ lubricant to raise the level to the is suspected, or an unusual noise is check the lubricant. bottom of the fill plug hole. Use care heard. A fluid loss could indicate a How to Check Lubricant not to overtighten the plug. problem. Have it inspected and repaired. When to Change Lubricant How to Check Lubricant Refer to Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑3 to determine how often to To get an accurate reading, the change the lubricant. vehicle should be on a level surface. What to Use Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑13 to determine what kind of lubricant to use.

Active Transfer Case A. Fill Plug B. Drain Plug GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

What to Use Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑13 to determine what kind of lubricant to use. Rear Axle When to Check Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless there is a leak suspected, or an unusual 1500 Series All Except 1500 Series noise is heard. A fluid loss could A. Fill Plug A. Fill Plug indicate a problem. Have it inspected and repaired. B. Drain Plug B. Drain Plug All axle assemblies are filled by . When the differential is cold, add volume of fluid during production. enough lubricant to raise the They are not filled to reach a certain level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm level. When checking the fluid level (1/8 in) below the fill plug hole. on any axle, variations in the . When the differential is at readings can be caused by factory operating temperature (warm), fill differences between the minimum add enough lubricant to raise the and the maximum fluid volume. level to the bottom of the fill plug hole. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

Also, if a vehicle has just been How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading, the driven before checking the fluid vehicle should be on a level level, it may appear lower than surface. normal because fluid has traveled . For the 1500 series, the proper out along the axle tubes and has level is from 1.0 mm to 19.0 mm not drained back to the sump area. (0.04 in to 0.75 in) below the Therefore, a reading taken bottom of the fill plug hole, five minutes after the vehicle has located on the rear axle. been driven will appear to have a Add only enough fluid to lower fluid level than a vehicle that reach the proper level. has been stationary for an hour or two. Remember that the rear axle . For the 2500 series, the proper assembly must be supported to get level is from 0 mm to 13 mm (0 in a true reading. to 1/2 in) below the bottom of the 1500 Series fill plug hole, located at the front of the axle. Add only enough fluid to reach the proper level.

2500 Series GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

Starter Switch Check 3. Try to start the engine in each Be ready to apply the regular gear. The vehicle should start brake immediately if the vehicle only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). begins to move. { WARNING If the vehicle starts in any other 3. With the engine off, turn the When you are doing this position, contact your dealer ignition on, but do not start the for service. inspection, the vehicle could engine. Without applying the move suddenly. If the vehicle regular brake, try to move the moves, you or others could Automatic Transmission shift lever out of P (Park) with be injured. Shift Lock Control normal effort. If the shift lever Function Check moves out of P (Park), contact your dealer for service. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room { WARNING Ignition Transmission around the vehicle. When you are doing this Lock Check 2. Firmly apply both the parking inspection, the vehicle could brake and the regular brake. While parked, and with the parking move suddenly. If the vehicle See Parking Brake on brake set, try to turn the ignition to moves, you or others could page 9‑45. LOCK/OFF in each shift lever be injured. position. Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off . The ignition should turn to the engine immediately if it 1. Before starting this check, be LOCK/OFF only when the shift starts. sure there is enough room lever is in P (Park). around the vehicle. It should be . parked on a level surface. The ignition key should come out only in LOCK/OFF. 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. See Parking Brake on Contact your dealer if service is required. page 9‑45. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care

Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the { WARNING parking brake followed by the regular brake. When you are doing this check, Contact your dealer if service is 2. Squeeze the grooved areas on the vehicle could begin to move. required. You or others could be injured each side of the blade, and turn the blade assembly away from and property could be damaged. Wiper Blade Replacement Make sure there is room in front the arm connector. of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear or cracking. See brake at once should the vehicle Maintenance Schedule on begin to move. page 11‑3. Replacement blades come in Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different types and are removed in vehicle facing downhill. Keeping different ways. 3. Install the new blade onto the your foot on the regular brake, set Front Wiper Blade the parking brake. arm connector and make sure Replacement the grooved areas are fully set in . To check the parking brake's 1. Pull the windshield wiper arm the locked position. holding ability: With the engine connector away from the For the proper type and size, see running and the transmission in windshield. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot Maintenance Replacement Parts on pressure from the regular brake page 11‑15. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement 3. Turn the wiper blade assembly, Glass Replacement and pull it off of the wiper arm. 1. Lift the wiper blade assembly up Hold the wiper arm in position If the windshield or front side glass and out of the park rest position. and push the blade away from must be replaced, see your dealer the wiper arm. to determine the correct replacement glass.

2. Pull the wiper blade assembly away from the backglass. The 4. Replace the wiper blade. backglass wiper blade will not lock in a vertical position, so 5. Return the wiper blade assembly care should be used when to the park rest position. pulling it away from the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

Headlamp Aiming The vehicle should: Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle's low-beam headlamps. . Be placed so the headlamps are The vehicle has a visual optical 7.6 m (25 ft) from a light The high-beam headlamps will be headlamp aiming system. The aim ‐ colored wall. correctly aimed if the low-beam of the headlamps has been preset headlamps are aimed properly. at the factory and should need no . Have all four tires on a level To adjust the vertical aim: further adjustment. surface which is level all the way to the wall. 1. Open the hood. See Hood on However, if the vehicle is damaged page 10 5 in a crash, the aim of the headlamps . Be placed so it is perpendicular ‑ may be affected and adjustment to the wall. may be necessary. . Not have any snow, ice, or If oncoming vehicles flash their high mud on it. beams at you, this may mean the . Be fully assembled and all other vertical aim of the headlamps needs work stopped while headlamp to be adjusted. aiming is being performed. It is recommended that the vehicle . Be loaded with a full tank of fuel be taken to the dealer for service if and one person or 75 kg the headlamps need to be adjusted. (160 lbs) sitting on the It is possible, however, to re-aim the driver seat. headlamps as described. . Have the tires properly inflated. . Have the spare tire in its proper 2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of location in the vehicle. the low‐beam headlamp. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

3. Record the distance from the 6. Turn on the low-beam 8. Turn the vertical aiming screw ground to the aim dot on the headlamps and place a piece of until the headlamp beam is low‐beam headlamp. cardboard or equivalent in front aimed to the horizontal of the headlamp not being tape line. Turn it clockwise or adjusted. This allows only the counterclockwise to raise or beam of light from the headlamp lower the angle of the beam. being adjusted to be seen on the flat surface.

4. At a wall, measure from the ground upward (A) to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it. 9. Make sure that the light from the 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) headlamp is positioned at the on the wall the width of the bottom edge of the horizontal vehicle at the height of the mark tape line. The lamp on the in Step 4. left (A) shows the correct headlamp aim. The lamp on the Notice: Do not cover a headlamp 7. Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws, which are under right (B) shows the incorrect to improve beam cut-off when headlamp aim. aiming. Covering a headlamp may the hood near each headlamp cause excessive heat build-up assembly. 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for which may cause damage to the The adjustment screw can be the opposite headlamp. headlamp. turned with an E8 Torx® socket. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

Bulb Replacement Taillamps, Turn Signal, To replace one of these bulbs: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate For the proper type of replacement Stoplamps, and Back-Up on page 2 10. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on Lamps ‑ page 10‑39. If the vehicle is a Hybrid, see the For any bulb‐changing procedure Hybrid Supplement for the bulb not listed in this section, contact changing procedure. your dealer. Halogen Bulbs

{ WARNING

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure 2. Remove the two screws from the to read and follow the instructions taillamp assembly. on the bulb package. 3. Pull the taillamp assembly A. Stoplamp/Taillamp rearward until you disengage the inner pins on the taillamp B. Taillamp/Turn Signal Lamp assembly from the vehicle. C. Back-up Lamp GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

4. Press the release tab, if bulb License Plate Lamp 4. Pull the bulb straight out of the socket has one, and turn the socket and install the new bulb. bulb socket counterclockwise to 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to remove it from the taillamp reinstall the license plate lamp. assembly. 5. Pull the old bulb straight out Replacement Bulbs from the bulb socket. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the 6. Press a new bulb into the hybrid supplement for more bulb socket. information. 7. Reinstall the socket into the Exterior Bulb taillamp assembly by turning the Lamp Number bulb socket clockwise. Back-up Lamp 7441 8. Reinstall the taillamp assembly making sure to line up the 1. Remove the two screws holding License W5WLL pins with the vehicle and tighten each of the license plate lamps Plate Lamp to the molding that is part of the screws. Rear Turn Signal the liftgate. Lamp, Taillamp, 7443 2. Twist and pull the license plate and Stoplamp lamp assembly forward through the molding opening. For replacement bulbs not listed 3. Remove the bulb socket from here, contact your dealer. the lamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care

Electrical System Fuses and circuit breakers protect Windshield Wipers power devices in the vehicle. If the wiper motor overheats due to Electrical System Replace a bad fuse with a new one heavy snow or ice, the windshield Overload of the identical size and rating. wipers will stop until the motor cools If there is a problem on the road and and will then restart. The vehicle has fuses and circuit a fuse needs to be replaced, the Although the circuit is protected breakers to protect against an same amperage fuse can be from electrical overload, overload electrical system overload. borrowed. Choose some feature of due to heavy snow or ice may When the current electrical load is the vehicle that is not needed to use cause wiper linkage damage. too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and replace it as soon as possible. Always clear ice and heavy snow and closes, protecting the circuit from the windshield before using the until the current load returns to Headlamp Wiring windshield wipers. normal or the problem is fixed. An electrical overload may cause If the overload is caused by an This greatly reduces the chance of the lamps to go on and off, or in electrical problem and not snow or circuit overload and fire caused by some cases to remain off. Have the ice, be sure to get it fixed. electrical problems. headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or remain off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more Breakers Fuse Block information. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Notice: Spilling liquid on any hybrid supplement for more electrical component on the information. vehicle may damage it. Always The wiring circuits in the vehicle are keep the covers on any electrical protected from short circuits by a component. combination of fuses, circuit To remove fuses, hold the end of breakers and fusible thermal links. The Engine Compartment Fuse the fuse between your thumb and This greatly reduces the chance of index finger and pull straight out. fires caused by electrical problems. Block is located in the engine compartment, on the driver side of Look at the silver-colored band the vehicle. Lift the cover for access inside the fuse. If the band is broken to the fuse/relay block. or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. If you ever have a problem on the road and don't have a spare fuse, you can borrow one that has the same amperage. Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without– like the radio or accessory power outlet– and use its fuse, if it is the correct amperage. Replace it as soon as you can. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and Trailer Back-up Fuel System features shown. 10 21 Lamps Control Module Fuses Usage Driver Side 22 Headlamp Washer 11 Right Trailer Low-Beam Headlamp 1 Rear Windshield Stop/Turn Lamp 23 Engine Control Washer 12 Electronic Stability Module (Battery) Fuel Injectors, Ignition Suspension Control, 24 2 Fuel Injectors, Ignition Coils (Left Side) Automatic Level 13 Coils (Right Side) Control Exhaust 25 Trailer Parking Lamps Transmission Control Left Trailer Stop/ 14 Driver Side 3 Module (Battery) 26 Turn Lamp Parking Lamps Vehicle Back-up 4 Engine Controls 15 Passenger Side Lamps 27 Engine Control Parking Lamps Passenger Side 5 Module, Throttle 16 28 Fog Lamps Control Low-Beam Headlamp 29 Horn Air Conditioning Trailer Brake 17 6 Compressor Passenger Side Controller 30 High-Beam Headlamp 7 Front Washer 18 Oxygen Sensors Daytime Running Transmission 8 Oxygen Sensors 19 31 Lamps (DRL) Controls (Ignition) Antilock Brakes (If Equipped) 9 20 Fuel Pump System 2 Driver Side 32 High-Beam Headlamp GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Daytime Running 44 Liftgate Release Climate Controls 33 55 Lamps 2 (If Equipped) (Ignition) Airbag System 45 34 Sunroof (Battery) Engine Control 56 Module, Secondary Key Ignition System, Instrument 46 Fuel Pump (Ignition) 35 Theft Deterrent Panel Cluster System 47 Not Used J-Case 36 Windshield Wiper Usage Auxiliary Climate Fuses 48 SEO B2 Upfitter Control (Ignition) 37 57 Cooling Fan 1 Usage (Battery) Center High-Mounted 49 Automatic Level Electric Adjustable Stoplamp (CHMSL) 58 38 Control Compressor Pedals 50 Rear Defogger Heavy Duty Antilock Climate Controls 59 39 51 Heated Mirrors Braking System (Battery) SEO B1 Upfitter 60 Cooling Fan 2 Airbag System 52 40 Usage (Battery) Antilock Brake (Ignition) 61 Accessory Power System 1 41 Amplifier 53 Outlet, Cigarette 62 Starter 42 Audio System Lighter (If Equipped) Stud 2 63 Miscellaneous Automatic (Trailer Brakes) 43 (Ignition), 54 Level Control Left Bussed Electrical Cruise Control Compressor Relay 64 Center 1 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

J-Case Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Usage Fuses FAN Block Cooling Fan Control Electric Running CNTRL 65 Boards HDLP Low-Beam Headlamp 66 Not Used LO/HID 67 Transfer Case FOG Front Fog Lamps LAMP Stud 1 68 (Trailer Connector A/C Air Conditioning Battery Power) CMPRSR Compressor Mid-Bussed Electrical STRTR Starter 69 Center 1 PWR/TRN Powertrain Climate Control 70 FUEL Blower Fuel Pump PMP The instrument panel fuse block Power Liftgate 71 PRK access door is located on the driver Module Parking Lamps LAMP side edge of the instrument panel. Left Bussed Electrical 72 REAR Pull off the cover to access the Center 2 Rear Defogger DEFOG fuse block. RUN/ Relays Usage Switched Power CRNK Cooling Fan FAN HI High Speed Cooling Fan FAN LO Low Speed GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Driver Side Turn 6 Signal, Stoplamp Instrument Panel 7 Back Lighting Passenger Side Turn 8 Signal, Stoplamp Passenger Door 9 Module, Driver Unlock Power Door Lock 2 10 (Unlock Feature) Power Door Lock 2 11 (Lock Feature) Stoplamps, Center 12 High‐Mounted The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Stoplamp with all of the fuses, relays, and Steering Wheel 13 Rear Climate Controls features shown. 3 Controls Backlight Fuses Usage 14 Power Mirror 4 Driver Door Module Body Control 1 Rear Seats 15 Dome Lamps, Driver Module (BCM) Rear Accessory 5 2 Side Turn Signal Power Outlet GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Circuit Usage Breaker Accessory Power Driver Information 16 22 Outlets Center (DIC) Driver Side Power LT DR Window Circuit 17 Interior Lamps 23 Rear Wiper Breaker Power Door Lock 1 24 Cooled Seats 18 (Unlock Feature) Driver Seat Module, Harness Rear Seat 25 Remote Keyless Connector Usage 19 Entertainment Entry System Driver Door Ultrasonic Rear Driver Power LT DR Harness 20 Parking Assist, 26 Door Lock Connection Power Liftgate (Unlock Feature) BODY Harness Connector Power Door Lock 1 21 BODY Harness Connector (Lock Feature) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

Center Instrument Top View Harness Panel Fuse Block Connector Usage The center instrument panel fuse HEADLINER Headliner Harness block is located underneath the 3 Connector 3 instrument panel, to the left of the steering column. HEADLINER Headliner Harness 2 Connector 2 HEADLINER Headliner Harness 1 Connector 1 Special Equipment SEO/ Option Upfitter UPFITTER Harness Connector

Circuit Harness Breaker Usage Connector Usage Passenger Side Body Harness CB1 Power Window BODY 2 Connector 2 Circuit Breaker Body Harness Passenger Seat BODY 1 CB2 Connector 1 Circuit Breaker Body Harness Driver Seat BODY 3 CB3 Connector 3 Circuit Breaker CB4 Rear Sliding Window GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

Wheels and Tires { WARNING WARNING (Continued)

Tires . Poorly maintained and impact— such as when improperly used tires are hitting a pothole. Keep tires at Every new GM vehicle has dangerous. the recommended pressure. high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. . Overloading the tires can . Worn or old tires can cause a cause overheating as a result crash. If the tread is badly See the warranty manual for of too much flexing. There worn, replace them. information regarding the tire could be a blowout and a warranty and where to get . Replace any tires that have serious crash. See Vehicle been damaged by impacts service. For additional Load Limits on page 9‑16. information refer to the tire with potholes, curbs, etc. . Underinflated tires pose the manufacturer. . Improperly repaired tires can same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire could cause serious injury. service center should repair, Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and maintain the recommended mount the tires. pressure. Tire pressure should be checked when the . Do not spin the tires in tires are cold. excess of 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery surfaces such . Overinflated tires are more as snow, mud, ice, etc. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

20‐Inch Tires possible, avoid contact with particular tire's width, height, curbs, potholes, and other aspect ratio, construction type, If the vehicle has 20‐inch P275/ 55R20 size tires, they are road hazards. and service description. See the classified as touring tires and “Tire Size” illustration later in this are designed for on road use. Tire Sidewall Labeling section for more detail. The low‐profile, wide tread Useful information about a tire (B) TPC Spec (Tire design is not recommended for is molded into the sidewall. Performance Criteria off‐road driving. See Off-Road The examples show a typical Specification): Original Driving on page 9‑6, for passenger and light truck tire equipment tires designed to additional information. sidewall. GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification Notice: Low‐profile tires are more susceptible to damage code molded onto the sidewall. from road hazards or curb GM's TPC specifications meet impact than standard profile or exceed all federal safety tires. Tire and/or wheel guidelines. assembly damage can occur (C) DOT (Department of when coming into contact Transportation): The with road hazards like, Department of Transportation potholes, or sharp edged (DOT) code indicates that the objects, or when sliding into a tire is in compliance with curb. The warranty does not the U.S. Department of cover this type of damage. Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Transportation Motor Vehicle Keep tires set to the correct Safety Standards. (A) Tire Size: The tire size inflation pressure and, when code is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

(D) Tire Identification (G) Maximum Cold Inflation aspect ratio, construction type, Number (TIN): The letters and Load Limit: Maximum load and service description. See the numbers following the DOT code that can be carried and the “Tire Size” illustration later in this are the Tire Identification maximum pressure needed to section for more detail. Number (TIN). The TIN shows support that load. For (B) TPC Spec (Tire the manufacturer and plant information on recommended Performance Criteria code, tire size, and date the tire tire pressure see Tire Pressure Specification): Original was manufactured. The TIN is on page 10‑57 and Vehicle Load equipment tires designed to molded onto both sides of the Limits on page 9‑16. GM's specific tire performance tire, although only one side may criteria have a TPC specification have the date of manufacture. code molded onto the sidewall. (E) Tire Ply Material: The type GM's TPC specifications meet or of cord and number of plies in exceed all federal safety the sidewall and under the tread. guidelines. (F) Uniform Tire Quality (C) Dual Tire Maximum Load: Grading (UTQG): Tire Maximum load that can be manufacturers are required to carried and the maximum grade tires based on three pressure needed to support that performance factors: treadwear, load when used in a dual traction, and temperature configuration. For information on resistance. For more Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire recommended tire pressure see information, see Uniform Tire (A) Tire Size: The tire size Tire Pressure on page 10‑57 Quality Grading on page 10‑66. code is a combination of letters and Vehicle Load Limits on and numbers used to define a page 9‑16. particular tire's width, height, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

(D) DOT (Department of pressure needed to support that vehicle tire engineered to Transportation): The load when used as a single. For standards set by the U.S. Tire Department of Transportation information on recommended and Rim Association. (DOT) code indicates that the tire pressure see Tire Pressure (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit tire is in compliance with the on page 10‑57 and Vehicle Load number indicates the tire section U.S. Department of Limits on page 9‑16. width in millimeters from Transportation Motor Vehicle sidewall to sidewall. Safety Standards. Tire Designations (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit (E) Tire Identification Tire Size number that indicates the tire Number (TIN): The letters and The examples show a typical height‐to‐width measurements. numbers following the DOT code passenger vehicle and light For example, if the tire size are the Tire Identification truck tire size. aspect ratio is 75, as shown in Number (TIN). The TIN shows item C of the tire illustration, it the manufacturer and plant would mean that the tire's code, tire size, and date the tire sidewall is 75 percent as high was manufactured. The TIN is as it is wide. molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may (D) Construction Code: A have the date of manufacture. letter code is used to indicate Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire the type of ply construction in (F) Tire Ply Material: The type (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: the tire. The letter R means of cord and number of plies in radial ply construction; the the sidewall and under the tread. The United States version of a metric tire sizing system. The letter D means diagonal or bias (G) Single Tire Maximum letter P as the first character in ply construction; and the letter B Load: Maximum load that can the tire size means a passenger means belted‐bias ply be carried and the maximum construction. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

(E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of the wheel in inches. number indicates the tire section the wheel in inches. (F) Service Description: These width in millimeters from (F) Load Range: Load Range. sidewall to sidewall. characters represent the load (G) Service Description: index and speed rating of the (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit The service description indicates tire. The load index represents number that indicates the tire the load index and speed rating the load carrying capacity a tire height‐to‐width measurements. of a tire. If two numbers are is certified to carry. The speed For example, if the tire size given as in the example, rating is the maximum speed a aspect ratio is 75, as shown 120/116, then this represents tire is certified to carry a load. in item C of the light truck the load index for single versus (LT‐Metric) tire illustration, it dual wheel usage (single/dual). would mean that the tire's The speed rating is the sidewall is 75 percent as high maximum speed a tire is as it is wide. certified to carry a load. (D) Construction Code: A letter code is used to indicate Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire the type of ply construction in (A) Light Truck (LT‐Metric) the tire. The letter R means Tire: The United States version radial ply construction; the of a metric tire sizing system. letter D means diagonal or bias The letters LT as the first two ply construction; and the letter B characters in the tire size mean means belted‐bias ply a light truck tire engineered to construction. standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

Tire Terminology and Bead: The tire bead contains DOT Markings: A code Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel molded into the sidewall of a cords that hold the tire onto tire signifying that the tire is in Air Pressure: The amount of the rim. compliance with the U.S. air inside the tire pressing Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Department of Transportation outward on each square inch (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety of the tire. Air pressure is in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than Standards. The DOT code expressed in kPa (kilopascal) includes the Tire Identification or psi (pounds per square inch). 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Accessory Weight: designator which can also The combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer, accessories. Some examples of amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) date of production. or psi (pounds per square inch) automatic transmission, power GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight steering, power brakes, power before a tire has built up heat from driving. See Tire Pressure Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits windows, power seats, and air on page 9‑16. conditioning. on page 10‑57. Curb Weight: The weight of a GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Aspect Ratio: The relationship Rating for the front axle. See of a tire's height to its width. motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the Vehicle Load Limits on Belt: A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, oil, page 9‑16. cords that is located between and coolant, but without GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight the plies and the tread. Cords passengers and cargo. Rating for the rear axle. See may be made from steel or Vehicle Load Limits on other reinforcing materials. page 9‑16. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: The side of an asymmetrical tire, Weight: The sum of curb A tire used on passenger cars that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, and some light duty trucks and when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight. Recommended Inflation unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: Pressure: Vehicle The number of occupants a manufacturer's recommended Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A tire used on light duty trucks vehicle is designed to seat tire inflation pressure as shown and some multipurpose multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs). on the tire placard. See Tire passenger vehicles. See Vehicle Load Limits on Pressure on page 10‑57 and page 9‑16. Vehicle Load Limits on Load Index: An assigned page 9‑16. number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution: that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall: tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at Maximum Inflation Pressure: The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that 90 degrees to the centerline of The maximum air pressure to the tread. which a cold tire can be inflated. faces outward when mounted on The maximum air pressure is a vehicle. The side of the tire Rim: A metal support for a tire molded onto the sidewall. that contains a whitewall, bears and upon which the tire beads white lettering, or bears are seated. Maximum Load Rating: manufacturer, brand, and/or The load rating for a tire at the Sidewall: The portion of a tire model name molding that is between the tread and the bead. maximum permissible inflation higher or deeper than the same pressure for that tire. moldings on the other sidewall of the tire. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

Speed Rating: UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle Maximum Load on An alphanumeric code Grading Standards): A tire the Tire: Load on an individual assigned to a tire indicating information system that provides tire due to curb weight, the maximum speed at which a consumers with ratings for a accessory weight, occupant tire can operate. tire's traction, temperature, weight, and cargo weight. Traction: The friction between and treadwear. Ratings are Vehicle Placard: A label the tire and the road surface. determined by tire permanently attached to a The amount of grip provided. manufacturers using vehicle showing the vehicle government testing procedures. capacity weight and the original Tread: The portion of a tire The ratings are molded into the that comes into contact with equipment tire size and sidewall of the tire. See Uniform recommended inflation pressure. the road. Tire Quality Grading on See “Tire and Loading page 10 66. Treadwear Indicators: ‑ Information Label” under Vehicle Narrow bands, sometimes called Vehicle Capacity Weight: Load Limits on page 9‑16. wear bars, that show across the The number of designated tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm seating positions multiplied by (1/16 in) of tread remains. See 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated When It Is Time for New Tires cargo load. See Vehicle Load on page 10‑64. Limits on page 9‑16. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

Tire Pressure Overinflated tires, or tires that How the vehicle is loaded have too much air, can affects vehicle handling and ride If the vehicle is a hybrid, see result in: comfort. Never load the vehicle the hybrid supplement for more with more weight than it was . Unusual wear. information. designed to carry. Tires need the correct amount . Poor handling. When to Check of air pressure to operate . Rough ride. effectively. Check the tires once a month . Needless damage from or more. Notice: Neither tire road hazards. underinflation nor Do not forget the spare tire. overinflation is good. The Tire and Loading See Full-Size Spare Tire on Underinflated tires, or tires Information label on the vehicle page 10‑85 for additional that do not have enough air, indicates the original equipment information. can result in: tires and the correct cold tire inflation pressures. The How to Check . Tire overloading and recommended pressure is the Use a good quality pocket-type overheating which could minimum air pressure needed to gauge to check tire pressure. lead to a blowout. support the vehicle's maximum Proper tire inflation cannot be . Premature or load carrying capacity. determined by looking at the tire. irregular wear. For additional information Check the tire inflation pressure . Poor handling. regarding how much weight the when the tires are cold meaning vehicle can carry, and an the vehicle has not been driven . Reduced fuel economy. example of the Tire and Loading for at least three hours or no Information label, see Vehicle more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Load Limits on page 9‑16. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

Remove the valve cap from the Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more tire valve stem. Press the tire System of your tires is significantly under‐ gauge firmly onto the valve to inflated. get a pressure measurement. The Tire Pressure Monitor System Accordingly, when the low tire If the cold tire inflation pressure (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale illuminates, you matches the recommended technology to check tire pressure should stop and check your tires as levels. The TPMS sensors monitor pressure on the Tire and soon as possible, and inflate them the air pressure in your tires and to the proper pressure. Driving on a Loading Information label, no transmit tire pressure readings to a further adjustment is necessary. significantly under‐inflated tire receiver located in the vehicle. causes the tire to overheat and can If the inflation pressure is low, Each tire, including the spare lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation add air until the recommended (if provided), should be checked also reduces fuel efficiency and tire pressure is reached. If the monthly when cold and inflated to tread life, and may affect the inflation pressure is high, press the inflation pressure recommended vehicle's handling and stopping on the metal stem in the center by the vehicle manufacturer on the ability. of the tire valve to release air. vehicle placard or tire inflation Please note that the TPMS is Recheck the tire pressure with pressure label. (If your vehicle has not a substitute for proper tire tires of a different size than the size the tire gauge maintenance, and it is the driver's indicated on the vehicle placard or responsibility to maintain correct tire tire inflation pressure label, you Return the valve caps on the pressure, even if under‐inflation has valve stems to prevent leaks should determine the proper tire not reached the level to trigger and keep out dirt and moisture. inflation pressure for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire As an added safety feature, your pressure telltale. vehicle has been equipped with a Your vehicle has also been tire pressure monitoring system equipped with a TPMS malfunction (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

The TPMS malfunction indicator is Federal Communications The TPMS sensors monitor the air combined with the low tire pressure Commission (FCC) Rules and pressure in the tires and transmit telltale. When the system detects a with Industry Canada the tire pressure readings to a malfunction, the telltale will flash for Standards receiver located in the vehicle. approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. See Radio Frequency Statement on This sequence will continue upon page 13‑17 for information subsequent vehicle start‐ups as regarding Part 15 of the Federal long as the malfunction exists. Communications Commission (FCC) Rules and with Industry Canada When the malfunction indicator is Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire When a low tire pressure condition pressure as intended. TPMS Tire Pressure Monitor is detected, the TPMS illuminates malfunctions may occur for a variety Operation the low tire pressure warning light of reasons, including the installation If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the located on the instrument cluster. of replacement or alternate tires or hybrid supplement for more If the warning light comes on, wheels on the vehicle that prevent information. stop as soon as possible and inflate the TPMS from functioning properly. the tires to the recommended Always check the TPMS malfunction This vehicle may have a Tire pressure shown on the tire loading telltale after replacing one or more Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). information label. See Vehicle Load tires or wheels on your vehicle to The TPMS is designed to warn the Limits on page 9‑16. ensure that the replacement or driver when a low tire pressure alternate tires and wheels allow the condition exists. TPMS sensors are TPMS to continue to function mounted onto each tire and wheel properly. assembly, excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10‑59 for additional information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

A message to check the pressure in they are cold. See Vehicle Load TPMS Malfunction Light and a specific tire displays in the Driver Limits on page 9‑16, for an example Message Information Center (DIC). The low of the Tire and Loading Information tire pressure warning light and the label and its location. Also see Tire The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors DIC warning message come on at Pressure on page 10‑57. each ignition cycle until the tires are are missing or inoperable. When the The TPMS can warn about a low system detects a malfunction, the inflated to the correct inflation tire pressure condition but it does pressure. Using the DIC, tire low tire warning light flashes for not replace normal tire about one minute and then stays on pressure levels can be viewed. maintenance. See Tire Inspection For additional information and for the remainder of the ignition on page 10‑62, Tire Rotation on details about the DIC operation and cycle. A DIC warning message also page 10‑62 and Tires on displays see Driver Information displays. The malfunction light and page 10‑49. DIC warning message come on at Center (DIC) on page 5‑30 and Tire each ignition cycle until the problem Messages on page 5‑46. Notice: Tire sealant materials are not all the same. A non-approved is corrected. Some of the conditions The low tire pressure warning light tire sealant could damage the that can cause these to come may come on in cool weather when TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor on are: the vehicle is first started, and then damage caused by using an . turn off as the vehicle is driven. This One of the road tires has been incorrect tire sealant is not replaced with the spare tire. could be an early indicator that the covered by the vehicle warranty. air pressure is getting low and The spare tire does not have a Always use only the TPMS sensor. The malfunction needs to be inflated to the proper GM-approved tire sealant pressure. light and DIC message should available through your dealer or go off after the road tire is A Tire and Loading Information label included in the vehicle. replaced and the sensor shows the size of the original matching process is performed equipment tires and the correct successfully. See "TPMS Sensor inflation pressure for the tires when Matching Process" later in this section. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or using a TPMS relearn tool, in the process was not done or not being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire, completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear. malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. See your dealer for service or to message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning purchase a relearn tool. successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a sensor matching process. There are two minutes to match low tire condition. See your dealer the first tire/wheel position, and See "TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction Process" later in this section. five minutes overall to match all light and DIC message comes on four tire/wheel positions. If it takes . One or more TPMS sensors and stays on. longer, the matching process stops are missing or damaged. The and must be restarted. malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching message should go off when the Process The TPMS sensor matching process is outlined below: TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification 1. Set the parking brake. performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the the engine off. . Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’s tires or replacing one or not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. The 3. Press Q and K on the Remote tires or wheels. Tires and wheels TPMS sensor matching process Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter other than those recommended should also be performed after at the same time for could prevent the TPMS from replacing a spare tire with a road approximately five seconds. functioning properly. See Buying tire containing the TPMS sensor. The horn sounds twice to signal New Tires on page 10‑64. The malfunction light and the DIC the receiver is in relearn mode message should go off at the next and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE ignition cycle. The sensors are message displays on the matched to the tire/wheel positions, DIC screen. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

4. Start with the driver side 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. . The tire has a bump, bulge, front tire. 10. Set all four tires to the or split. 5. Place the relearn tool against recommended air pressure . The tire has a puncture, cut, the tire sidewall, near the valve level as indicated on the Tire or other damage that cannot stem. Then press the button to and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of activate the TPMS sensor. the size or location of the A horn chirp confirms that the Tire Inspection damage. sensor identification code has been matched to this tire and We recommend that the tires, wheel position. including the spare tire, if the Tire Rotation vehicle has one, be inspected 6. Proceed to the passenger side Tires should be rotated every front tire, and repeat the for signs of wear or damage at 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See procedure in Step 5. least once a month. Maintenance Schedule on 7. Proceed to the passenger side Replace the tire if: page 11‑3. rear tire, and repeat the . The indicators at three or Tires are rotated to achieve procedure in Step 5. more places around the a uniform wear for all tires. 8. Proceed to the driver side rear tire can be seen. The first rotation is the tire, and repeat the procedure in most important. Step 5. The horn sounds two . There is cord or fabric times to indicate the sensor showing through the Any time unusual wear is identification code has been tire's rubber. noticed, rotate the tires as soon as possible and check the wheel matched to the driver side rear . The tread or sidewall is alignment. Also check for tire, and the TPMS sensor cracked, cut, or snagged matching process is no longer damaged tires or wheels. active. The TIRE LEARNING deep enough to show cord ACTIVE message on the DIC or fabric. display screen goes off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

See When It Is Time for New See Tire Pressure on WARNING (Continued) Tires on page 10‑64 and Wheel page 10‑57 and Vehicle Load Replacement on page 10‑68. Limits on page 9‑16. In an emergency, a cloth or a Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor paper towel can be used; System. See Tire Pressure however, use a scraper or wire Monitor Operation on brush later to remove all rust page 10‑59. or dirt. Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See “Wheel Lightly coat the center of the Nut Torque” under Capacities wheel hub with wheel bearing and Specifications on grease after a wheel change or page 12‑2. tire rotation to prevent corrosion or rust build-up. Do not get { WARNING grease on the flat wheel mounting surface or on the Use this rotation pattern when Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the wheel nuts or bolts. rotating the tires. parts to which it is fastened, can Do not include the spare tire in make wheel nuts become loose the tire rotation. after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When Adjust the front and rear tires to changing a wheel, remove any the recommended inflation rust or dirt from places where the pressure on the Tire and wheel attaches to the vehicle. Loading Information label after (Continued) the tires have been rotated. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for New See Tire Inspection on page 10‑62 Parking for an extended period can and Tire Rotation on page 10‑62 for cause flat spots on the tires that Tires additional information. may result in vibrations while Factors, such as maintenance, The rubber in tires ages over time. driving. When storing a vehicle for temperatures, driving speeds, This also applies to the spare tire, at least a month, remove the tires or vehicle loading, and road conditions if the vehicle has one, even if it is raise the vehicle to reduce the affect the wear rate of the tires. never used. Multiple conditions weight from the tires. including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure Buying New Tires maintenance affect how fast aging GM has developed and matched takes place. Tires will typically need specific tires for the vehicle. The to be replaced due to wear before original equipment tires installed they may need to be replaced were designed to meet General due to age. Consult the tire Motors Tire Performance Criteria manufacturer for more information Specification (TPC Spec) system on when tires should be replaced. rating. When replacement tires are Vehicle Storage needed, GM strongly recommends buying tires with the same TPC Tires age when stored normally Spec rating. mounted on a parked vehicle. GM's exclusive TPC Spec system Park a vehicle that will be stored for Treadwear indicators are one way to considers over a dozen critical at least a month in a cool, dry, clean tell when it is time for new tires. specifications that impact the Treadwear indicators appear when area away from direct sunlight to slow aging. This area should be overall performance of the the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) vehicle, including brake system free of grease, gasoline or other or less of tread remaining. Some performance, ride and handling, commercial truck tires may not have substances that can deteriorate rubber. traction control, and tire pressure treadwear indicators. monitoring performance. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

GM's TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire's sidewall near the tire WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) size. If the tires have an all‐season tread design, the TPC Spec number Only your dealer or authorized The spare tire was developed for will be followed by MS for mud and tire service center should use on this vehicle and will not snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on mount or dismount the tires. affect vehicle handling. page 10‑50 for additional information. GM recommends replacing all the { WARNING { WARNING tires at the same time. Uniform tread depth on all tires will help to Mixing tires of different sizes, Using bias-ply tires on the maintain the performance of the brands, or types may cause loss vehicle may cause the wheel vehicle. Braking and handling of control of the vehicle, resulting rim flanges to develop cracks performance may be adversely in a crash or other vehicle after many miles of driving. affected if all the tires are not damage. Use the correct size, A tire and/or wheel could fail replaced at the same time. See Tire brand, and type of tires on suddenly and cause a crash. Inspection on page 10‑62 and Tire all wheels. Use only radial-ply tires with Rotation on page 10‑62 for information on proper tire rotation. This vehicle may have a different the wheels on the vehicle. size spare than the road tires { WARNING originally installed on the vehicle. If the vehicle tires must be replaced When new, the vehicle included a with a tire that does not have a TPC Tires could explode during spare tire and wheel assembly Spec number, make sure they are improper service. Attempting with a similar overall diameter as the same size, load range, speed to mount or dismount a tire the road tires and wheels, so it is rating, and construction (radial) as could cause injury or death. all right to drive on it. the original tires. (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

Vehicles that have a tire pressure electronic systems such as antilock Uniform Tire Quality monitoring system could give an brakes, rollover airbags, traction Grading inaccurate low‐pressure warning if control, and electronic stability non‐TPC Spec rated tires are control, the performance of these Quality grades can be found installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor systems can also be affected. where applicable on the tire System on page 10‑58. sidewall between tread shoulder The Tire and Loading Information { WARNING and maximum section width. label indicates the original For example: equipment tires on the vehicle. If different sized wheels are used, See Vehicle Load Limits on there may not be an acceptable Treadwear 200 Traction AA page 9‑16 for the label location and level of performance and safety if Temperature A tires not recommended for those more information about the Tire and The following information relates Loading Information label. wheels are selected. This increases the chance of a crash to the system developed by the Different Size Tires and and serious injury. Only use GM United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Wheels specific wheel and tire systems developed for the vehicle, and (NHTSA), which grades tires If wheels or tires are installed that have them properly installed by a by treadwear, traction, and are a different size than the original GM certified technician. temperature performance. This equipment wheels and tires, vehicle applies only to vehicles sold in performance, including its braking, the United States. The grades See Buying New Tires on ride and handling characteristics, are molded on the sidewalls of stability, and resistance to rollover page 10‑64 and Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3. most passenger car tires. The may be affected. If the vehicle has Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter tires, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

compact spare tires, tires with course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on nominal rim diameters of graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), a half (1½) times as well on the tests, and does not include or to some limited-production government course as a tire acceleration, cornering, tires. graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction While the tires available on performance of tires depends characteristics. upon the actual conditions of General Motors passenger cars Temperature – A, B, C and light trucks may vary with their use, however, and may The temperature grades are respect to these grades, they depart significantly from the A (the highest), B, and C, must also conform to federal norm due to variations in driving representing the tire's resistance safety requirements and habits, service practices and to the generation of heat and its additional General Motors Tire differences in road ability to dissipate heat when Performance Criteria (TPC) characteristics and climate. tested under controlled standards. Traction – AA, A, B, C conditions on a specified indoor All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and Treadwear pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade The treadwear grade is a specified government test C corresponds to a level of comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and performance which all wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety specified government test Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

Grades B and A represent If the vehicle vibrates when driving Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel higher levels of performance on on a smooth road, the tires and nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor the laboratory test wheel than wheels might need to be System (TPMS) sensors with new the minimum required by law. rebalanced. See your dealer for GM original equipment parts. Warning: The temperature grade proper diagnosis. { WARNING for this tire is established for a Wheel Replacement tire that is properly inflated and Using the wrong replacement Replace any wheel that is bent, not overloaded. Excessive wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel speed, underinflation, cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming nuts can be dangerous. It could or excessive loading, either affect the braking and handling of separately or in combination, loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be replaced. the vehicle. Tires can lose air, can cause heat buildup and If the wheel leaks air, replace it. and cause loss of control, causing possible tire failure. Some aluminum wheels can be a crash. Always use the correct repaired. See your dealer if any of wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel Wheel Alignment and these conditions exist. nuts for replacement. Tire Balance Your dealer will know the kind of The tires and wheels were aligned wheel that is needed. Notice: The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing and balanced at the factory to Each new wheel should have the life, brake cooling, speedometer provide the longest tire life and best same load-carrying capacity, or odometer calibration, overall performance. Adjustments to diameter, width, offset, and be headlamp aim, bumper height, wheel alignment and tire balancing mounted the same way as the vehicle ground clearance, and tire will not be necessary on a regular one it replaces. basis. However, check the or tire chain clearance to the alignment if there is unusual tire body and chassis. wear or if the vehicle is pulling to one side or the other. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

Used Replacement Wheels Notice: If the vehicle has P265/ WARNING (Continued) 70R17 size tires, use tire chains { WARNING only where legal and only when of clearance can cause damage necessary. Use chains that are to the brakes, suspension, Replacing a wheel with a used the proper size for the tires. or other vehicle parts. The area one is dangerous. How it has Install them on the rear tires only. damaged by the tire chains could been used or how far it has been cause loss of control and a crash. Do not use chains on the driven may be unknown. It could front tires. fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use another type of traction Tighten them as tightly as device only if its manufacturer When replacing wheels, use a possible with the ends securely recommends it for the vehicle's new GM original equipment fastened. Drive slowly and wheel. tire size combination and follow the chain manufacturer's road conditions. Follow that instructions. If the chains contact manufacturer's instructions. To Tire Chains the vehicle, stop and retighten avoid vehicle damage, drive slow them. If the contact continues, If your vehicle is a Hybrid, see the and readjust or remove the slow down until it stops. Driving Hybrid Supplement for more traction device if it is contacting too fast or spinning the wheels information. the vehicle. Do not spin the with chains on will damage wheels. the vehicle. { WARNING If traction devices are used, install them on the rear tires. If the vehicle has P265/65R18 or P275/55R20 size tires, do not use tire chains. There is not enough clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

If a Tire Goes Flat { WARNING WARNING (Continued) It is unusual for a tire to blowout while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause changing a flat tire. If it is used for are maintained properly. If air goes permanent damage to the tire. anything else, you or others could out of a tire, it is much more likely to Re-inflating a tire after it has be badly injured or killed if the leak out slowly. But if there ever is a been driven on while severely vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat may cause a is provided with the vehicle, only what to expect and what to do: blowout and a serious crash. use it for changing a flat tire. If a front tire fails, the flat tire Never attempt to re-inflate a tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle that has been driven on while If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the toward that side. Take your foot off severely underinflated or flat. hybrid supplement for more the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized information. steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or maintain lane position, and then replace the flat tire as soon If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire gently brake to a stop, well off the as possible. and wheel damage by driving slowly road, if possible. to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard A rear blowout, particularly on a warning flashers. See Hazard curve, acts much like a skid and { WARNING Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the Lifting a vehicle and getting { WARNING accelerator pedal and steer to under it to do maintenance or straighten the vehicle. It may be repairs is dangerous without the Changing a tire can be very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake appropriate safety equipment and dangerous. The vehicle can slip to a stop, well off the road, training. If a jack is provided with off the jack and roll over or fall if possible. the vehicle, it is designed only for causing injury or death. Find a (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), Tire Changing WARNING (Continued) use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of Removing the Spare Tire level place to change the tire. the wheel blocks (A). and Tools To help prevent the vehicle from moving: The equipment needed to change a flat tire is stored under the storage 1. Set the parking brake firmly. tray, located on the driver side trim 2. Put the shift lever in panel, over the rear wheelhouse. P (Park). 3. For vehicles with four-wheel-drive with a N (Neutral) transfer case position, be sure the transfer case is in a drive A. Wheel Block gear— not in N (Neutral). B. Flat Tire 4. Turn off the engine and do The following information explains not restart while the vehicle how to use the jack and change is raised. a tire. 5. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle. Regular Wheelbase Shown, 6. Place wheel blocks on both Extended Wheelbase Similar sides of the tire at the 1. Remove the tray to access the opposite corner of the tire tools by pulling up on the finger being changed. depression under the jack symbol. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

4. Turn the wing nut retaining To access the spare tire, refer to the the wheel blocks (C) following graphics and instructions: counterclockwise to remove the wheel blocks and the wheel block retainer. Use the following tools:

A. Jack Knob B. Wing Nut Retaining the Tool Bag C. Wing Nut Retaining the Wheel Blocks 2. Turn the wing nut retaining the A. Hoist Assembly tool bag (B) counterclockwise to remove it. B. Hoist Shaft 3. Turn the jack knob (A) C. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole counterclockwise to release the A. Jack D. Jack Handle Extensions jack and wheel blocks from the E. Wheel Wrench bracket. B. Wheel Blocks C. Jack Handle F. Hoist Cable D. Jack Handle Extensions E. Wheel Wrench GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

G. Tire/Wheel Retainer H. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) I. Hoist Shaft Access Hole J. Hoist End of Extension Tool K. Spare Tire Lock 1. Open the hoist shaft access door (C) on the bumper to 4. Insert the open end of the access the spare tire lock (K). extension (J) through the hole in 2. To remove the spare tire the rear bumper (I) (hoist shaft lock (K), insert the ignition key, 3. Assemble the two jack handle access hole). turn it clockwise and then pull it extensions (D) and wheel Be sure the hoist end (J) of the straight out. wrench (E), as shown. extension connects to the hoist shaft. The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle. If the spare tire does not lower to the ground, the secondary latch is engaged causing the tire not 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle to lower. See Secondary Latch with some slack in the cable to System on page 10‑83 for more access the tire/wheel retainer. information. 6. Use the wheel wrench hook to Separate the retainer from the pull the hoist cable closer to guide pin by sliding the retainer assist in reaching the spare tire. up the pin while pressing down on the latch. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

Removing the Flat Tire and The plastic nut caps will be Installing the Spare Tire retained in the hub cap after it is removed from the wheel. 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑70 for more information.

Once the retainer is separated from the guide pin, tilt the retainer and pull it through the center of the wheel along with the cable and latch. 8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. 2. If the vehicle has a center cap 3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen that covers the wheel fasteners, all the wheel nuts. Turn the place the chisel end of the wheel wheel wrench counterclockwise wrench in the slot on the wheel to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not and gently pry the cap out. remove the wheel nuts yet. If the wheel has a bolt-on hub cap, loosen the plastic nut caps by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

4. Position the jack under the vehicle, as shown.

Jacking Locations (Overall View) A. Front Position B. Rear Position Front Position – 1500 Models Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is Front Position – 2500 Models on a front tire of the vehicle, use the jack handle and only one jack handle extension. Attach the wheel wrench to the jack handle extension. Attach the jack handle to the jack (A). Position the jack on the frame behind the flat tire where the frame sections overlap. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a rear tire of the vehicle, use { WARNING the jack handle (B) and both jack handle extensions (C). Attach Raising the vehicle with the jack the wheel wrench (D) to the jack improperly positioned can handle extensions (C). Attach damage the vehicle and even the jack handle (B) to the make the vehicle fall. To help jack (A). Use the jacking pad avoid personal injury and vehicle provided on the rear axle. Turn damage, be sure to fit the jack lift the wheel wrench (D) clockwise head into the proper location to raise the vehicle. Raise the before raising the vehicle. vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room Rear Position – All Other Models for the spare tire to clear the ground.

{ WARNING

Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack. 5. Remove all of the wheel nuts. Rear Position – 1500 Models 6. Take off the flat tire. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

10. Turn the wheel wrench WARNING (Continued) counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack In an emergency, a cloth or a completely. paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or 11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a wire brush later to remove all crisscross sequence as shown rust or dirt. by turning the wheel wrench clockwise.

8. Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel after mounting 7. Remove any rust or dirt from the the spare tire. wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare wheel. { WARNING

{ WARNING Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle's wheel Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the { WARNING parts to which it is fastened, can could fall off, causing a crash. make wheel nuts become loose Wheel nuts that are improperly or after time. The wheel could come 9. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. incorrectly tightened can cause off and cause an accident. When Then use the wheel wrench to the wheels to become loose or changing a wheel, remove any tighten the nuts until the wheel is come off. The wheel nuts should rust or dirt from places where the held against the hub. be tightened with a torque wrench wheel attaches to the vehicle. to the proper torque specification (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

Notice: Improperly tightened When reinstalling the regular wheel WARNING (Continued) wheel nuts can lead to brake and tire, also reinstall either the pulsation and rotor damage. To center cap or the bolt-on hub cap, after replacing. Follow the torque avoid expensive brake repairs, depending on which one the specification supplied by the evenly tighten the wheel nuts in vehicle has. aftermarket manufacturer when the proper sequence and to the . For center caps, line up the tab using accessory locking wheel proper torque specification. See nuts. See Capacities and on the center cap with the slot in Capacities and Specifications on the wheel. The cap only goes in Specifications on page 12‑2 for page 12‑2 for the wheel nut one way. Place the cap on the original equipment wheel nut torque specification. wheel and press until it snaps torque specifications. into place. . For bolt-on hub caps, line up the plastic nut caps with the wheel nuts and tighten clockwise by hand to get them started. Then tighten with the wheel wrench until snug. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Store the tire under the rear of the H. Spare Tire/Flat Tire and Tools vehicle in the spare tire carrier. (Valve Stem Pointed Down) Refer to the following graphics and I. Hoist Shaft Access Hole instructions to help you: { WARNING J. Hoist End of Extension Tool Storing a jack, a tire, or other K. Spare Tire Lock equipment in the passenger 1. Put the tire (H) on the ground at compartment of the vehicle could the rear of the vehicle with the cause injury. In a sudden stop or valve stem pointed down, and collision, loose equipment could to the rear. strike someone. Store all these in the proper place.

Notice: Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat tire under your vehicle for an extended period of time or with the valve stem A. Hoist Assembly pointing up can damage the wheel. Always stow the wheel B. Hoist Shaft with the valve stem pointing C. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole down and have the wheel/tire 2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. D. Jack Handle Extensions repaired as soon as possible. Separate the tire/wheel retainer E. Wheel Wrench from the guide pin. Pull the pin through the center of the wheel. F. Hoist Cable Tilt the retainer down through G. Tire/Wheel Retainer the center wheel opening. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel.

4. Insert the open end of the extension (J) through the hole in the rear bumper (I) (hoist shaft access hole). 7. Make sure the tire is stored 5. Raise the tire part way upward. securely. Push, pull (A), and then Make sure the retainer is seated try to turn (B) the tire. If the tire in the wheel opening. moves, use the wheel wrench to 3. Assemble the two jack handle 6. Raise the tire fully against the tighten the cable. extensions (D) and wheel underside of the vehicle by 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. wrench (E) as shown. turning the wheel wrench 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access clockwise until you hear two cover. clicks or feel it skip twice. The cable cannot be overtightened. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

To store the tools, do the following: 1. Return the tools (wheel wrench, jack handle, and jack handle extensions) to the tool bag (B). 2. Assemble wheel blocks (A) and jack (E) together with the wing nut (F). 3. Position the jack (E) and wheel blocks (A) in the driver side trim panel over the wheelhouse. 4. Turn the jack knob (G) clockwise until the jack (E) is secured tight in the mounting bracket. Be sure 6. Return the storage tray to its to position the holes in the base original stored position. A. Wheel Blocks of the jack (E) onto the pin in the mounting bracket. B. Tool Bag with Jack Tools 5. Use the retaining bracket (C) to C. Retaining Bracket fasten the tool bag (B) on the D. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Bag stud and turn the wing nut (D) E. Jack clockwise to secure. F. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Blocks G. Jack Knob GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

Secondary Latch System To release the spare tire from the 3. Loosen the cable by turning the secondary latch: wrench counterclockwise three This vehicle has an or four turns. underbody-mounted tire hoist assembly equipped with a 4. Repeat this procedure at least secondary latch system. It is two times. If the spare tire designed to stop the spare tire from lowers to the ground, continue suddenly falling off your vehicle. with Step 5 under “Removing the For the secondary latch to work, the Spare Tire and Tools” under Tire spare must be installed with the Changing on page 10‑71. valve stem pointing down. See 5. If the spare does not lower, turn “Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and the wrench counterclockwise Tools” under Tire Changing on until approximately 15 cm (6 in) page 10‑71. of cable is exposed. 6. Stand the wheel blocks on their { WARNING 1. Check under the vehicle to see if shortest ends, with the backs facing each other. Before beginning this procedure the cable end is visible. If the read all the instructions. Failure to cable is not visible proceed to read and follow the instructions Step 6. could damage the hoist assembly 2. If it is visible, first try to tighten and you and others could get the cable by turning the wheel hurt. Read and follow the wrench clockwise until you hear instructions listed next. two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

10. Turn the wrench clockwise to raise the jack until it lifts the end fitting. 11. Continue raising the jack until the spare tire stops moving upward and is held firmly in place. The secondary latch has released and the spare tire is balancing on the jack. 8. Attach the jack handle, extension, and wheel wrench to 12. Lower the jack by the jack and place it (with the turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. Keep A. Jack wheel blocks) under the vehicle toward the front of the rear lowering the jack until the B. Wheel Blocks bumper. spare tire slides off the jack or 7. Place the bottom edge of the is hanging by the cable. jack (A) on the wheel blocks (B), separating them so that the jack { WARNING is balanced securely. Someone standing too close during the procedure could be injured by the jack. If the spare tire does not slide off the jack completely, make sure no one is behind you or on either side of 9. Position the center lift point of you as you pull the jack out from the jack under the center of the under the spare. spare tire. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care 10-85

13. Disconnect the jack handle 14. Turn the wheel wrench in the Full-Size Spare Tire from the jack and carefully hoist shaft hole in the bumper remove the jack. Use one hand clockwise to raise the cable Your vehicle, when new, had a to push against the spare while back up if the cable is hanging fully-inflated spare tire. A spare tire firmly pulling the jack out from under the vehicle. may lose air over time, so check its inflation pressure regularly. See Tire under the spare tire with the Have the hoist assembly inspected other hand. Pressure on page 10‑57 and as soon as you can. You will not be Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑16 If the spare tire is hanging from able to store a spare or flat tire for information regarding proper tire the cable, insert the hoist end using the hoist assembly until it has inflation and loading your vehicle. of extension, and wheel been inspected and/or replaced. For instruction on how to remove, wrench into the hoist shaft hole To continue changing the flat tire, install or store a spare tire, see in the bumper and turn the see “Removing the Flat Tire and “Removing the Flat Tire and wheel wrench counterclockwise Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire Installing the Spare” and “Storing a to lower the spare the rest of Changing on page 10‑71. Flat or Spare Tire and Tools” under the way. Tire Changing on page 10‑71. Notice: If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a different size spare tire is installed, do not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat tire is repaired and/or replaced. The vehicle could be damaged and the repairs would not be covered by the warranty. Never use four-wheel drive when a different size spare tire is installed on the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (86,1)

10-86 Vehicle Care

Your vehicle may have a different Jump Starting size spare tire than the road tires WARNING (Continued) originally installed on your vehicle. For more information about the This spare tire was developed for vehicle battery, see Battery on If you do not follow these steps use on your vehicle, so it is all right page 10‑29. exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. to drive on it. If your vehicle has If the vehicle is a Hybrid, see the four-wheel drive and the different Hybrid manual for more information. size spare tire is installed, keep the Notice: Ignoring these steps vehicle in two-wheel drive. If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) could result in costly damage to has run down, you may want to use After installing the spare tire on your the vehicle that would not be another vehicle and some jumper covered by the warranty. vehicle, you should stop as soon as cables to start your vehicle. Be sure possible and make sure the spare to use the following steps to do it Trying to start the vehicle by tire is correctly inflated. Have the safely. pushing or pulling it will not damaged or flat road tire repaired or work, and it could damage the replaced as soon as you can and vehicle. installed back onto your vehicle. { WARNING This way, the spare tire will be 1. Check the other vehicle. It must Batteries can hurt you. They can available in case you need it again. have a 12-volt battery with a be dangerous because: negative ground system. Do not mix tires and wheels of . They contain acid that can different sizes, because they will not Notice: Only use a vehicle that burn you. fit. Keep your spare tire and its has a 12-volt system with a wheel together. If your vehicle has a . They contain gas that can negative ground for jump spare tire that does not match your explode or ignite. starting. If the other vehicle does vehicle's original road tires and not have a 12-volt system with a . They contain enough negative ground, both vehicles wheels in size and type, do not electricity to burn you. include the spare in the tire rotation. can be damaged. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (87,1)

Vehicle Care 10-87

2. Get the vehicles close enough Notice: If any accessories are left terminal. You should always use so the jumper cables can reach, on or plugged in during the jump these remote terminals instead but be sure the vehicles are not starting procedure, they could be of the terminals on the battery. touching each other. If they are, damaged. The repairs would not If the vehicle has a remote it could cause a ground be covered by the vehicle positive (+) terminal, it is located connection you do not want. You warranty. Whenever possible, under a red plastic cover at the would not be able to start your turn off or unplug all accessories positive battery post. To uncover vehicle, and the bad grounding on either vehicle when jump the remote positive (+) terminal, could damage the electrical starting the vehicle. open the red plastic cover. systems. 3. Turn off the ignition on both To avoid the possibility of the vehicles. Unplug unnecessary vehicles rolling, set the parking accessories plugged into the brake firmly on both vehicles accessory power outlets. Turn involved in the jump start off the radio and all the lamps procedure. Put the automatic that are not needed. This avoids transmission in P (Park) or a sparks and helps save both manual transmission in batteries. And it could save N (Neutral) before setting the the radio! parking brake. If the vehicle has 4. Open the hood on the a four-wheel-drive transfer case other vehicle and locate the with a N (Neutral) position, be positive (+) and negative (−) sure the transfer case is in a terminal locations on that drive gear, not in N (Neutral). vehicle. The remote negative (−) terminal Your vehicle has a remote is a stud located on the right positive (+) jump starting front of the engine, where the terminal and a remote negative battery cable attaches. negative (−) jump starting GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (88,1)

10-88 Vehicle Care

See Engine Compartment 5. Check that the jumper cables do Overview on page 10‑6 for more WARNING (Continued) not have loose or missing information on the location of the insulation. If they do, you could remote positive (+) and remote Be sure the battery has enough get a shock. The vehicles could negative (−) terminals. water. You do not need to add be damaged too. water to the battery installed in Before you connect the cables, { WARNING your new vehicle. But if a battery has filler caps, be sure the right here are some basic things you amount of fluid is there. If it is low, should know. Positive (+) will go An electric fan can start up even to positive (+) or to a remote add water to take care of that when the engine is not running positive (+) terminal if the vehicle first. If you do not, explosive gas and can injure you. Keep hands, has one. Negative (−) will go to a clothing and tools away from any could be present. heavy, unpainted metal engine underhood electric fan. Battery fluid contains acid that part or to a remote negative (−) can burn you. Do not get it on terminal if the vehicle has one. you. If you accidentally get it in Do not connect positive (+) to { WARNING your eyes or on your skin, flush negative (−) or you will get a the place with water and get short that would damage the Using an open flame near a medical help immediately. battery and maybe other parts battery can cause battery gas to too. And do not connect the explode. People have been hurt negative (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal on the doing this, and some have been { WARNING blinded. Use a flashlight if you dead battery because this can cause sparks. need more light. Fans or other moving engine (Continued) parts can injure you badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (89,1)

Vehicle Care 10-89

7. Do not let the other end touch Do not let the other end touch metal. Connect it to the anything until the next step. The positive (+) terminal of the other end of the negative (−) good battery. Use a remote cable does not go to the dead positive (+) terminal if the battery. It goes to a heavy, vehicle has one. unpainted metal engine part or 8. Now connect the black to the remote negative (−) negative (−) cable to the terminal on the vehicle with the negative (−) terminal of the dead battery. good battery. Use a remote 9. Connect the other end of the negative (−) terminal if the negative (−) cable to the remote vehicle has one. negative (−) terminal, on the 6. Connect the red positive (+) vehicle with the dead battery. cable to the positive (+) terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (90,1)

10-90 Vehicle Care

10. Now start the vehicle with the To disconnect the jumper cables good battery and run the from both vehicles do the following: engine for a while. 1. Disconnect the black 11. Try to start the vehicle that negative (−) cable from the had the dead battery. If it will vehicle that had the bad battery. not start after a few tries, it 2. Disconnect the black probably needs service. negative (−) cable from the Notice: If the jumper cables are vehicle with the good battery. connected or removed in the 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) wrong order, electrical shorting cable from the vehicle with the may occur and damage the good battery. vehicle. The repairs would not be Jumper Cable Removal covered by the vehicle warranty. 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) Always connect and remove the A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine cable from the other vehicle. jumper cables in the correct Part or Remote Negative (−) 5. Return the remote positive (+) order, making sure that the Terminal terminal cover, if the vehicle has cables do not touch each other B. Good Battery or Remote one, to its original position. or other metal. Positive (+) and Remote Negative (−) Terminals C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (91,1)

Vehicle Care 10-91

Towing Recreational Vehicle Here are some important things Towing to consider before recreational Towing the Vehicle vehicle towing: If the vehicle has a hybrid engine, . What is the towing capacity of Notice: To avoid damage, the see the hybrid manual for more the towing vehicle? Be sure to disabled vehicle should be towed information. read the tow vehicle with all four wheels off the Recreational vehicle towing means manufacturer's ground. Care must be taken with towing the vehicle behind another recommendations. vehicles that have low ground vehicle – such as behind a motor clearance and/or special . What is the distance that will be home. The two most common types travelled? Some vehicles have equipment. Always flatbed of recreational vehicle towing are on a car carrier. restrictions on how far and how known as dinghy towing and dolly long they can tow. Consult your dealer or a towing. Dinghy towing is towing the professional towing service if the vehicle with all four wheels on the . Is the proper towing equipment disabled vehicle must be towed. ground. Dolly towing is towing the going to be used? See your See Roadside Assistance Program vehicle with two wheels on the dealer or trailering professional on page 13‑6. ground and two wheels up on a for additional advice and device known as a dolly. equipment recommendations. To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes, . Is the vehicle ready to be such as behind a motor home, see towed? Just as preparing the “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in vehicle for a long trip, make this section. sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (92,1)

10-92 Vehicle Care

Dinghy Towing The repairs would not be covered Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a by the vehicle warranty. Do not Two Speed Automatic Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and tow the vehicle with all four Transfer Case Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a wheels on the ground. Single Speed Automatic Transfer Case Two-wheel-drive vehicles and four-wheel drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case should not be towed with all four wheels on the ground. Two-wheel-drive transmissions have no provisions for internal lubrication while being towed. Four-wheel drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case have no neutral position and will spin the transmission when the rear wheels turn. Use the following procedure to dinghy tow a four-wheel drive vehicle with a two speed automatic Notice: If the vehicle is towed transfer case: with all four wheels on the ground, the drivetrain 1. Position the vehicle being towed components could be damaged. behind the tow vehicle and shift the transmission to P (Park). 2. Turn the engine off and firmly set the parking brake. 3. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (93,1)

Vehicle Care 10-93

4. Shift the transfer case to 6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF { WARNING N (Neutral). See See and remove the key — the Four-Wheel Drive (Single Speed steering wheel will still turn. Shifting a four-wheel-drive Automatic Transfer Case) on After towing, see “Shifting Out of vehicle's transfer case into page 9‑42 or Four-Wheel Drive N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Neutral” under Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Automatic Transfer (Single Speed Automatic Transfer to roll even if the transmission is Case) on page 9‑37. in P (Park). The driver or others Case) on page 9‑42 or Four-Wheel could be injured. Make sure the 5. Release the parking brake only Drive (Two Speed Automatic after the vehicle being towed is Transfer Case) on page 9 37 for the parking brake is firmly set before ‑ firmly attached to the towing proper procedure to take the vehicle the transfer case is shifted to vehicle. out of the Neutral position. N (Neutral). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (94,1)

10-94 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing – Front Towing The repairs would not be covered Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a (Front Wheels Off the Ground) by the vehicle warranty. Never Two Speed Automatic tow the vehicle with the rear Transfer Case Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and wheels on the ground. Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a Single Speed Automatic Two-wheel-drive vehicles and Transfer Case four-wheel drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case should not be towed with the rear wheels on the ground. Two-wheel-drive transmissions have no provisions for internal lubrication while being towed. Four-wheel drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case have no neutral position and will spin the transmission when the rear Use the following procedure to dolly wheels turn. tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from To dolly tow a two‐wheel‐drive the front: vehicle or a four-wheel drive vehicle 1. Attach the dolly to the tow Notice: If a two-wheel drive with a single speed automatic vehicle following the dolly vehicle or a four-wheel drive transfer case, the vehicle must be manufacturer's instructions. vehicle with a single speed towed with the rear wheels on the automatic transfer case is towed dolly. See “Rear Towing (Rear 2. Drive the front wheels onto with the rear wheels on the Wheels Off the Ground)” later in the dolly. ground, the transmission could this section for more information. 3. Shift the transmission to be damaged. P (Park). 4. Firmly set the parking brake. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (95,1)

Vehicle Care 10-95

7. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off { WARNING following the manufacturer's the Ground) instructions. Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's transfer case into 8. Release the parking brake only N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle after the vehicle being towed is to roll even if the transmission is firmly attached to the towing in P (Park). The driver or others vehicle. could be injured. Make sure the 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. parking brake is firmly set before After towing, see “Shifting Out of the transfer case is shifted to N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive N (Neutral). (Single Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9‑42 or Four-Wheel 5. Use an adequate clamping Drive (Two Speed Automatic device designed for towing to Transfer Case) on page 9‑37. ensure that the front wheels are Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and locked into the straight position. Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a 6. Shift the transfer case to Single Speed Automatic N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel Transfer Case Drive (Single Speed Automatic Use the following procedure to dolly Transfer Case) on page 9‑42 or tow the vehicle from the rear: Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly page 9‑37. manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the dolly. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (96,1)

10-96 Vehicle Care

3. Firmly set the parking brake. Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a See Parking Brake on Two Speed Automatic { WARNING page 9‑45. Transfer Case Shifting a four-wheel-drive 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). Use the following procedure to dolly vehicle's transfer case into tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle the rear: following the manufacturer's to roll even if the transmission is instructions. 1. Attach the dolly to the tow in P (Park). The driver or others vehicle following the dolly 6. Use an adequate clamping could be injured. Make sure the manufacturer's instructions. device designed for towing to parking brake is firmly set before ensure that the front wheels are 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the transfer case is shifted to locked into the straight position. the dolly. N (Neutral). 7. For four-wheel drive vehicles 3. Firmly set the parking brake. with a single speed automatic See Parking Brake on 7. Shift the transfer case to transfer case, shift the transfer page 9‑45. N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel Drive (Single Speed Automatic case into Two-Wheel Drive High. 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). See Four-Wheel Drive (Single Transfer Case) on page 9‑42 or Speed Automatic Transfer Case) 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed on page 9‑42 or Four-Wheel following the manufacturer's Automatic Transfer Case) on Drive (Two Speed Automatic instructions. page 9‑37. Transfer Case) on page 9‑37. 6. Use an adequate clamping 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. device designed for towing to 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. After towing, see “Shifting Out of ensure that the front wheels are N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive locked into the straight position. (Single Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9‑42 or Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9‑37. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (97,1)

Vehicle Care 10-97

Appearance Care exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) If necessary, use non-abrasive can result in damage or removal cleaners that are marked safe for Exterior Care of paint and decals. painted surfaces to remove foreign Rinse the vehicle well, before matter. Washing the Vehicle washing and after, to remove all Occasional hand waxing or mild To preserve the vehicle's finish, cleaning agents completely. If they polishing should be done to remove wash it often and out of direct are allowed to dry on the surface, residue from the paint finish. See sunlight. they could stain. your dealer for approved cleaning products. Notice: Do not use petroleum Dry the finish with a soft, clean based, acidic, or abrasive chamois or an all-cotton towel to Notice: Machine compounding or cleaning agents as they can avoid surface scratches and water aggressive polishing on a damage the vehicle's paint, metal, spotting. basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damage it. Use only or plastic parts. If damage Finish Care occurs, it would not be covered non-abrasive waxes and polishes by the vehicle's warranty. Application of aftermarket clearcoat that are made for a basecoat/ Approved cleaning products can sealant/wax materials is not clearcoat paint finish on the be obtained from your dealer. recommended. If painted surfaces vehicle. Follow all manufacturer are damaged, see your dealer to To keep the paint finish looking new, directions regarding correct have the damage assessed and keep the vehicle garaged or product usage, necessary safety repaired. Foreign materials such as covered whenever possible. precautions, and appropriate calcium chloride and other salts, ice disposal of any vehicle care melting agents, road oil and tar, tree product. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can Notice: Avoid using high damage the vehicle's finish if they pressure washes closer than remain on painted surfaces. Wash 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the the vehicle as soon as possible. vehicle. Use of power washers GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (98,1)

10-98 Vehicle Care

Protecting Exterior Bright detergent. Wash the windshield a tire dressing, always wipe off Metal Parts thoroughly when cleaning the any overspray from all painted Regularly clean bright metal parts blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and surfaces on the vehicle. with water or chrome polish on a buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper Wheels and Trim — Aluminum chrome or stainless steel trim, or Chrome if necessary. streaking. Use a soft, clean cloth with mild For aluminum, never use auto or Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can soap and water to clean the wheels. chrome polish, steam, or caustic After rinsing thoroughly with clean soap to clean. A coating of wax, be caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, water, dry with a soft, clean towel. rubbed to high polish, is A wax may then be applied. recommended for all bright snow and ice. metal parts. Weatherstrips Keep the wheels clean using a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ Apply silicone grease on water. Rinse with clean water. After Lenses and Emblems weatherstrips to make them last rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft, longer, seal better, and not stick or Use only lukewarm or cold water, a clean towel. A wax may then be squeak. See Recommended Fluids soft cloth, and a car washing soap applied. and Lubricants on page 11 13. to clean exterior lamps and lenses. ‑ Notice: Chrome wheels and other Follow instructions under "Washing Tires chrome trim may be damaged if the Vehicle" later in this section. the vehicle is not washed after Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to driving on roads that have been Windshield and Wiper Blades clean the tires. sprayed with magnesium, Clean the outside of the windshield Notice: Using petroleum-based calcium, or sodium chloride. with glass cleaner. tire dressing products on the These chlorides are used on vehicle may damage the paint roads for conditions such as Clean rubber blades using lint-free finish and/or tires. When applying ice and dust. Always wash the cloth or paper towel soaked with chrome with soap and water windshield washer fluid or a mild after exposure. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (99,1)

Vehicle Care 10-99

Notice: To avoid surface damage, Body Component Lubrication Original manufacturer replacement do not use strong soaps, parts will provide the corrosion Lubricate all key lock cylinders, chemicals, abrasive polishes, protection while maintaining the hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and cleaners, brushes, or cleaners vehicle warranty. steel fuel door hinge unless the that contain acid on aluminum or components are plastic. Applying chrome-plated wheels. Use only Finish Damage silicone grease on weatherstrips approved cleaners. Also, never with a clean cloth will make them Quickly repair minor chips and drive a vehicle with aluminum or last longer, seal better, and not stick scratches with touch-up materials chrome-plated wheels through an or squeak. available from your dealer to avoid automatic car wash that uses corrosion. Larger areas of finish silicone carbide tire cleaning Underbody Maintenance damage can be corrected in your brushes. Damage could occur dealer's body and paint shop. and the repairs would not be Use plain water to flush dirt and covered by the vehicle warranty. debris from the vehicle's underbody. Chemical Paint Spotting Your dealer or an underbody car Steering, Suspension, and washing system can do this. If not Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted vehicle surfaces Chassis Components removed, rust and corrosion can develop. causing blotchy, ring-shaped Visually inspect front and rear discolorations, and small, irregular suspension and steering system for Sheet Metal Damage dark spots etched into the paint damaged, loose, or missing parts or surface. If the vehicle is damaged and signs of wear. Inspect the power requires sheet metal repair or steering for proper hook-up, binding, replacement, make sure the body leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually repair shop applies anti-corrosion check constant velocity joints, material to parts repaired or rubber boots, and axle seals replaced to restore corrosion for leaks. protection. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (100,1)

10-100 Vehicle Care

Interior Care Cleaners may contain solvents that A concentrated soap solution will can become concentrated in the leave a residue that creates To prevent dirt particle abrasions, interior. Before using cleaners, read streaks and attracts dirt. Do not regularly clean the vehicle's interior. and adhere to all safety instructions use solutions that contain strong Immediately remove any soils. Note on the label. While cleaning the or caustic soap. that newspapers or dark garments interior, maintain adequate that can transfer color to home . Do not heavily saturate the ventilation by opening the doors upholstery when cleaning. furnishings can also permanently and windows. transfer color to the vehicle's . Do not use solvents or cleaners interior. To prevent damage, do not clean containing solvents. the interior using the following Use a soft bristle brush to remove cleaners or techniques: Interior Glass dust from knobs and crevices on the instrument cluster. Using a mild . Never use a razor or any other To clean, use a terry cloth fabric soap solution, immediately remove sharp object to remove a soil dampened with water. Wipe droplets hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect from any interior surface. left behind with a clean dry cloth. repellant from all interior surfaces or . Never use a brush with Commercial glass cleaners may be permanent damage may result. stiff bristles. used, if necessary, after cleaning the interior glass with plain water. Your dealer may have products for . Never rub any surface cleaning the interior. Use cleaners aggressively or with excessive Notice: To prevent scratching, specifically designed for the pressure. never use abrasive cleaners on surfaces being cleaned to prevent automotive glass. Abrasive . Do not use laundry detergents permanent damage. To prevent cleaners or aggressive cleaning or dishwashing soaps with overspray, apply all cleaners directly may damage the rear window to the cleaning cloth. Cleaners degreasers. For liquid cleaners, defogger. should be removed quickly. Never use approximately 20 drops per 3.78L (1 gal) of water. allow cleaners to remain on the surface being cleaned for extended periods of time. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (101,1)

Vehicle Care 10-101

Fabric/Carpet 3. Start on the outside edge of the Instrument Panel, Leather, soil and gently rub toward the Start by vacuuming the surface Vinyl, & Other Plastic Surfaces center. Rotate the cleaning cloth using a soft brush attachment. If a to a clean area frequently to Use a soft microfiber cloth rotating brush attachment is being prevent forcing the soil in to the dampened with water to remove used during vacuuming, only use it fabric. dust and loose dirt. For a more on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, thorough cleaning, use a soft gently remove as much of the soil 4. Continue gently rubbing the microfiber cloth dampened with a as possible using one of the soiled area until there is no mild soap solution. following techniques: longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning cloth. Notice: Soaking or saturating . Gently blot liquids with a paper leather, especially perforated towel. Continue blotting until no 5. If the soil is not completely leather, as well as other interior more soil can be removed. removed, use a mild soap surfaces, may cause permanent solution followed only by club . For solid soils, remove as much damage. Wipe excess moisture soda or plain water. as possible prior to vacuuming. from these surfaces after If the soil is not completely cleaning and allow them to dry To clean: removed, it may be necessary to naturally. Never use heat, steam, 1. Saturate a clean lint-free use a commercial upholstery spot lifters or spot removers. Do colorfast cloth with water or club cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small not use cleaners that contain soda. Microfiber cloth is hidden area for colorfastness before silicone or wax-based products. recommended to prevent lint using a commercial upholstery Cleaners containing these transfer to the fabric or carpet. cleaner or spot lifter. If ring solvents can permanently change the appearance and feel of leather 2. Remove excess moisture by formation occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet. or soft trim and are not gently wringing until water does recommended. not drip from the cleaning cloth. Following the cleaning process, a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (102,1)

10-102 Vehicle Care

Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Safety Belts Use the following guidelines for gloss, especially on the instrument proper floor mat usage. Keep belts clean and dry. panel. Reflected glare can decrease . The original equipment floor visibility through the windshield { WARNING mats were designed for the under certain conditions. vehicle. If the floor mats need Notice: Use of air fresheners may Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacing, it is recommended cause permanent damage to It may severely weaken them. In that GM certified floor mats be plastics and painted surfaces. a crash, they might not be able to purchased. Non-GM floor mats If an air freshener comes in provide adequate protection. may not fit properly and may contact with any plastic or Clean safety belts only with mild interfere with the pedals. Always painted surface in the vehicle, soap and lukewarm water. check that the floor mats do not blot immediately and clean with a interfere with the pedals. soft cloth dampened with a mild . Use the floor mat with the soap solution. Damage caused by Floor Mats correct side up. Do not turn air fresheners would not be it over. covered by the vehicle warranty. { WARNING . Do not place anything on top of Wood Panels the driver side floor mat. If a floor mat is the wrong size or Use a clean cloth moistened in is not properly installed, it can . Use only a single floor mat on warm, soapy water (use mild dish interfere with the pedals. the driver side. washing soap). Dry the wood Interference with the pedals can . immediately with a clean cloth. Do not place one floor mat on cause unintended acceleration top of another. Speaker Covers and/or increased stopping distance which can cause a crash Vacuum around a speaker cover and injury. Make sure the floor gently, so that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean spots with just mat does not interfere with the water and mild soap. pedals. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

Service and Recommended Fluids, General Information Lubricants, and Parts Maintenance Recommended Fluids and Your vehicle is an important Lubricants ...... 11-13 investment. This section describes Maintenance Replacement the required maintenance for the General Information Parts ...... 11-15 vehicle. Follow this schedule to help General Information ...... 11-1 protect against major repair Maintenance Records expenses resulting from neglect or Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Records ...... 11-16 inadequate maintenance. It may Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 also help to maintain the value of the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 11-9 Your dealer has trained technicians Additional Maintenance who can perform required and Care maintenance using genuine Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have and Care ...... 11-10 up‐to‐date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to assist with service needs. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

Your dealer recognizes the The Tire Rotation and Required The Additional Required Services ‐ importance of providing Services are the responsibility of the Normal are for vehicles that: competitively priced maintenance vehicle owner. It is recommended to . Carry passengers and cargo and repair services. have your dealer perform these within recommended limits on With trained technicians, the dealer services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. the Tire and Loading Information is the place for routine maintenance Proper vehicle maintenance helps to label. See Vehicle Load Limits such as oil changes and tire keep the vehicle in good working on page 9‑16. rotations and additional condition, improves fuel economy, maintenance items like tires, and reduces vehicle emissions. . Are driven on reasonable road brakes, batteries, and wiper blades. surfaces within legal driving Because of the way people use limits. Notice: Damage caused by vehicles, maintenance needs vary. improper maintenance can lead to There may need to be more . Use the recommended fuel. costly repairs and may not be frequent checks and services. See Recommended Fuel on covered by the vehicle warranty. page 9‑62. Maintenance intervals, checks, Refer to the information in the inspections, recommended fluids, Maintenance Schedule Additional and lubricants are important to Required Services ‐ Normal chart. keep the vehicle in good working condition. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

The Additional Required Services ‐ Maintenance Severe are for vehicles that are: { WARNING Schedule . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Performing maintenance work can in hot weather. be dangerous and can cause Owner Checks and Services . serious injury. Perform Mainly driven in hilly or At Each Fuel Stop mountainous terrain. maintenance work only if the required information, proper tools, . Check the engine oil level. . Frequently towing a trailer. and equipment are available. See Engine Oil on page 10‑7. . Used for high speed or If they are not, see your dealer to Once a Month competitive driving. have a trained technician do the . Check the tire inflation . Used for taxi, police, or work. See Doing Your Own pressures. See Tire Pressure on delivery service. Service Work on page 10‑4. page 10‑57. Refer to the information in the . Maintenance Schedule Additional Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire Inspection on page 10 62. Required Services ‐ Severe chart. ‑ . Check the windshield washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid on page 10‑25. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required . Visually inspect windshield wiper blades for wear, cracking, When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Services Every 12 000 km/ 7,500 mi or contamination. See Exterior SOON message displays, have the Care on page 10‑97. Replace engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended for worn or damaged wiper blades. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven the vehicle, and perform the See Wiper Blade Replacement under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire on page 10‑34. engine oil life system might not Rotation on page 10‑62. indicate the need for vehicle service . Check tire inflation pressures. for more than a year. The engine oil . Check engine oil level and oil See Tire Pressure on and filter must be changed at least life percentage. If needed, page 10‑57. change engine oil and filter, and once a year and the oil life system . Inspect tire wear. See Tire reset oil life system. See Engine must be reset. Your trained dealer Inspection on page 10‑62. technician can perform this work. Oil on page 10‑7 and Engine Oil . Visually check for fluid leaks. If the engine oil life system is reset Life System on page 10‑10. accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Engine Coolant on page 10‑16. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on last service. Reset the oil life page 10‑14. . Check windshield washer fluid system when the oil is changed. level. See Washer Fluid on . Inspect brake system. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑25. page 10‑10. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5

. Visually inspect steering, . Check automatic transmission . Visually inspect gas strut for suspension, and chassis shift lock control function. See signs of wear, cracks, or other components for damaged, loose, Automatic Transmission Shift damage. Check the hold open or missing parts or signs of Lock Control Function Check on ability of the strut. See your wear. See Exterior Care on page 10‑33. dealer if service is required. page 10 97. ‑ . Check ignition transmission lock. . Inspect sunroof track and seal, . Check restraint system See Ignition Transmission Lock if equipped. See Sunroof on components. See Safety System Check on page 10‑33. page 2‑23. Check on page 3 28. ‑ . Check parking brake and . Check hybrid low pressure . Visually inspect fuel system for automatic transmission park coolant level, if equipped. damage or leaks. mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check on . Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for page 10‑34. loose or damaged parts. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care on Replace if needed. page 10‑97. . Check starter switch. See Starter Switch Check on page 10‑33. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Footnotes — Maintenance b) Or every four years, whichever d) Or every five years, whichever Schedule Additional Required comes first. comes first. See Cooling System on Services — Normal c) Do not directly power wash the page 10‑16. a) Check all fuel and vapor lines transfer case output seals. High e) Or every 10 years, whichever and hoses for proper hook‐up, pressure water can overcome the comes first. Inspect for fraying, routing, and condition. Check that seals and contaminate the transfer excessive cracking, or damage; the purge valve, if the vehicle has case fluid. Contaminated fluid will replace, if needed. one, works properly. Replace as decrease the life of the transfer needed. case and should be replaced. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Footnotes — Maintenance c) Do not directly power wash the Special Application Schedule Additional Required transfer case output seals. High Services — Severe pressure water can overcome the Services seals and contaminate the transfer a) Check all fuel and vapor lines . Severe Commercial Use case fluid. Contaminated fluid will and hoses for proper hook‐up, Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis decrease the life of the transfer routing, and condition. Check that components every 5 000 km/ case and should be replaced. the purge valve, if the vehicle has 3,000 mi. one, works properly. Replace as d) Or every five years, whichever . Have underbody flushing service needed. comes first. See Cooling System on performed once a year. b) Or every four years, whichever page 10‑16. comes first. e) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Additional Battery Brakes The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are Maintenance and Care the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. additional electrical accessories. Your vehicle is an important . Signs of brake wear may include investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break‐down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. performance, additional . Trained dealer technicians have maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment required. It is recommended the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and that your dealer perform these the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts services — their trained dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. corrosion‐free. technicians know your vehicle best. Fluids Your dealer can also perform a Belts thorough assessment with a Proper fluid levels and approved multi‐point inspection to recommend . Belts may need replacing if fluids protect the vehicle’s systems when your vehicle may need they squeak or show signs of and components. See attention. The following list is cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 13 for intended to explain the services and . Trained dealer technicians ‑ conditions to look for that may can inspect the belts and GM approved fluids. indicate services are required. recommend replacement . Engine oil and windshield when necessary. washer fluid levels should be checked at every fuel fill. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Hoses Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. split in the tire. that there are no cracks or leaks. . Trained dealer technicians can . Signs of wear may include With a multi‐point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ inspect and recommend the right dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer tires. Your dealer can also advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing tire wear. services to ensure smooth Lamps vehicle operation at all speeds. Properly working headlamps, . As part of the multi‐point Your dealer sells and services taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer name brand tires. important to see and be seen on technicians can visually inspect the road. the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like . Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise new, vehicle care products are attention include dimming, failure when service is needed. to light, cracking, or damage. available from your dealer. For The brake lamps need to be Tires information on how to clean and protect the vehicle’s interior and checked periodically to ensure Tires need to be properly inflated, that they light when braking. exterior, see Interior Care on rotated, and balanced. Maintaining page 10‑100 and Exterior Care on . With a multi‐point inspection, the tires can save money, fuel, and page 10‑97. your dealer can check the lamps can reduce the risk of tire failure. and note any concerns. . Signs that the tires need to be replaced include three or more visible treadwear indicators; cord or fabric showing through the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Wheel Alignment Windshield Wiper Blades Wheel alignment is critical for For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned ensuring that the tires deliver best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to optimal wear and performance. clean and clear. provide a clear view. . Signs that the alignment may . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking, need to be adjusted include scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield, pulling, improper vehicle and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can handling, or unusual tire wear. inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and equipment to ensure proper if needed. replace them when needed. wheel alignment. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (13,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of Engine Oil the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑7. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑16. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967, Hydraulic Brake System in Canada 89021320). Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection Windshield Washer requirements. Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021184, in Canada 89021186). Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Key Lock Cylinders in Canada 10953474). Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Chassis Lubrication lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (14,1)

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Front Axle (1500 Series Vehicles SAE 80W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021671, with Four-Wheel Drive) in Canada 89021672). Front Axle (2500 Series Vehicles SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, with Four-Wheel Drive) in Canada 89021678). SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, Rear Axle in Canada 89021678). Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345879, One-Piece Propshaft Spline in Canada 10953511). (Two-Wheel Drive with Auto. Trans.) Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Hood Hinges in Canada 10953474). Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Outer Tailgate Handle Pivot Points in Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887). Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, Weatherstrip Squeaks in Canada 10953437). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (15,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-15

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Maintenance Replacement Parts Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Standard Filter 15908916* A3086C* High Capacity Filter 15908915 A3085C Oil Filter 89017524 PF48 Spark Plugs 12621258 41-110 Wiper Blades Front – 55.0 cm (21.6 in) 25877402 — Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 25820122 — *15908915 (A3085C) high-capacity air cleaner filter may be substituted. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (16,1)

11-16 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (17,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-17

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (18,1)

11-18 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the Vehicle Certification and Service the vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications If your vehicle is a Hybrid, see the Hybrid manual for more information. The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑13 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 5.3L V8 17.3 L 18.3 qt 6.0L V8 16.5 L 17.4 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank Regular 98.4 L 26.0 gal Extended 1500 Series 119.2 L 31.5 gal Extended 2500 Series 147.6 L 39.0 gal GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Capacities Application Metric English Transmission Fluid (Pan Removal and Filter Replacement) 6L80-E Transmission 5.7 L 6.0 qt 6L90-E Transmission 6.0 L 6.3 qt Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel Management ™ 0 1.02mm (0.040 in) (Iron Block) (LMG) 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel Management ™ 7 1.02mm (0.040 in) (Aluminum Block) (LC9) 6.0L V8 (Iron Block) (L96) G 1.02 mm (0.040 in) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 13-14 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 13-14 important to your dealer and Procedure ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to to GMC. Normally, any concerns General Motors ...... 13-15 Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 13-5 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy ...... 13-15 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-16 of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 13-6 ® can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance OnStar ...... 13-17 Navigation System ...... 13-17 been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 13-6 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Radio Frequency Appointments ...... 13-9 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-17 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation Radio Frequency with a member of dealership Program ...... 13-9 Statement ...... 13-17 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . 13-11 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications If the matter has already been Ordering Information ...... 13-13 reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the general manager. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting GMC, remember 40 days. If you do not agree with the member of dealership management, that your concern will likely be decision given in your case, you it appears your concern cannot be resolved at a dealer's facility. may reject it and proceed with any resolved by your dealership without That is why we suggest following other venue for relief available further help, in the U.S., call Step One first. to you. 1-800-462-8782, Customer STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line Assistance prompt. In Canada, call Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free General Motors of Canada dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied the following address: 1-800-263-3777 (English) or with the new vehicle. However, 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc. toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business ® Suite 800 following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838 give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto . Vehicle Identification Number out-of-court program administered (VIN). This is available from by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all the vehicle registration or title, Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of or the plate at the top left of the disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility . Dealership name and location. dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its . Vehicle delivery date and filling out a court action, use of the participation in this program. present mileage. program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Offices addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call GMC encourages customers to call procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care the toll-free number for assistance. and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), However, if a customer wishes to Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), write or e-mail GMC, the letter participation in a no-charge or write to: should be addressed to: Mediation/Arbitration Program. Mediation/Arbitration Program United States General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited GMC Customer Assistance Center of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 P.O. Box 33172 factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Detroit, MI 48232-5172 claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 the review of the facts involved by www.GMC.com an impartial third party arbiter, and Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782) may include an informal hearing The inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-462-8583 (For Text before the arbiter. The program is by the Vehicle Identification Telephone Devices (TTYs)) designed so that the entire dispute Number (VIN). Roadside Assistance: settlement process, from the time 1-888-881-3302 you file your complaint to the final From Puerto Rico: decision, should be completed in approximately 70 days. We believe 1-800-496-9992 (English) our impartial program offers 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) advantages over courts in most Front U.S. Virgin Islands: jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. 1-800-496-9994 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

Canada Mexico, Central America and Customer Assistance for General Motors of Canada Limited Caribbean Islands/Countries Text Telephone (TTY) Customer Care Centre, (Except Puerto Rico and Users Mail Code: CA1-163-005 U.S. Virgin Islands) To assist customers who are 1908 Colonel Sam Drive General Motors de Mexico, deaf, hard of hearing, or speech Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 S. de R.L. de C.V. impaired and who use Text www.gmc.ca Customer Assistance Center Telephones (TTYs), GMC has Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 1-800-263-3777 (English) TTY equipment available at its 1-800-263-7854 (French) Col. Granada C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. Customer Assistance Center. 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Any TTY user can communicate Telephone Devices (TTYs)) 01-800-466-0801 with GMC by dialing: Roadside Assistance: Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0801 1-800-462-8583. TTY users in 1-800-268-6800 Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. All Overseas Locations Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

Online Owner Center Other Helpful Links . Locate owner resources such as lease-end, financing, and Manage your vehicle (U.S.) at GMC — www.gmc.com warranty information. gmc.com. Click on “Owners,” GMC Merchandise — . Retrieve your favorite articles, then “Manage My GMC/Owners www.gmccollection.com quizzes, tips and multimedia Login.” Help Center — www.gmc.com/ galleries organized into the Features and Auto Care Information and services helpcenter Sections. customized for your specific . FAQ (Frequently Asked vehicle — all in one convenient Questions) . Download the owner manual for place. your vehicle, quickly and easily. . Contact Us . Digital owner manual, warranty . Find the GMC-recommended information, and more. GMC Owner Centre (Canada) maintenance services for gmcowner.ca your vehicle. . Storage for online service and maintenance records. Take a trip to the GMC Owner Centre: . GMC dealer locator for service nationwide. . Chat live with online help representatives. . Exclusive privileges and offers. . Use the Vehicle Tools section. . Recall notices for your specific vehicle. . Access third party enthusiast sites and social media networks. . OnStar and GM Cardmember Services Earnings summaries. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also . Location of the vehicle. Reimbursement Program has a Mobility Program. Call . Model, year, color, and license 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for plate number of the vehicle. details. TTY users call . 1-800-263-3830. Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), and Roadside Assistance delivery date of the vehicle. Program . Description of the problem. For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, Coverage This program is available to call 1‐888‐881‐3302; (Text Services are provided up to 5 years/ qualified applicants for cost Telephone (TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438). 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever reimbursement of eligible For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, comes first. aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. In the U.S., anyone driving the required for the vehicle, such as Service is available 24 hours a day, vehicle is covered. In Canada, a hand controls or a wheelchair/ 365 days a year. person driving the vehicle without scooter lift for the vehicle. permission from the owner is not For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance covered. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance, Roadside Assistance is not a part of call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Center at 1-800-323-9935. ready: GMC and General Motors of Text Telephone (TTY) users, Canada Limited reserve the right to call 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and home telephone number. make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at . Telephone number of your any time without notification. location. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

GMC and General Motors of . Emergency Tow From a Public . Trip Interruption Benefits and Canada Limited reserve the right to Road or Highway: Tow to the Assistance: If your trip is limit services or payment to an nearest GMC dealer for warranty interrupted due to a warranty owner or driver if they decide the service, or if the vehicle was in a failure, incidental expenses claims are made too often, or crash and cannot be driven. may be reimbursed during the the same type of claim is made Assistance is also given when 5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi) many times. the vehicle is stuck in the sand, Powertrain warranty period. mud, or snow. Items considered are hotel, Services Provided meals, and rental car. . Flat Tire Change: Service to . Emergency Fuel Delivery: change a flat tire with the spare Services Not Included in Delivery of enough fuel for the tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Roadside Assistance vehicle to get to the nearest must be in good condition and service station. properly inflated. It is the owner's . Impound towing caused by responsibility for the repair or violation of any laws. . Lock‐Out Service: Service to unlock the vehicle if you are replacement of the tire if it is not . Legal fines. covered by the warranty. locked out. A remote unlock . Mounting, dismounting, may be available if you have . Battery Jump Start: Service to ® or changing of snow tires, OnStar . For security reasons, jump start a dead battery. chains, or other traction devices. the driver must present . Trip Routing Service: Detailed . identification before this Towing or services for vehicles maps of North America when service is given. driven on a non-public road requested either with the most or highway. direct route or the most scenic route. Additional travel information is also available. Allow three weeks for delivery. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

Services Specific to . Trip Interruption Benefits and . Alternative Service: If Canadian Purchased Vehicles Assistance: Must be over assistance cannot be provided ‐ 250 kilometres from where your right away, the Roadside . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement trip was started to qualify. Assistance advisor may give is approximately $5 Canadian. General Motors of permission to get local Diesel fuel delivery may be Canada Limited requires emergency road service. You will restricted. Propane and other pre-authorization, original receive payment, up to $100, fuels are not provided through detailed receipts, and a copy of after sending the original receipt this service. the repair orders. Once to Roadside Assistance. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle authorization has been received, Mechanical failures may be registration is required. the Roadside Assistance advisor covered, however any cost for will help to make arrangements parts and labor for repairs not . Trip Routing Service: Limit of and explain how to receive covered by the warranty are the six requests per year. payment. owner responsibility. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Appointments Program Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait. However, When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership if you are unable to wait, GM helps service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating to minimize inconvenience by request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy providing several transportation scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support options. Depending on the and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the circumstances, your dealer can of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty offer one of the following: dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada), inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle Service hybrid-specific warranties in both If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Shuttle service is the preferred the U.S. and Canada. into the service department means of offering Courtesy immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation Transportation. Dealers may provide can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in shuttle service to get you to your unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when destination with minimal interruption safety related. If it is, please call warranty repairs are required. of your daily schedule. This includes your dealership, let them know this, Courtesy Transportation is not a one-way or round-trip shuttle service and ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited within reasonable time and distance If your dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet parameters of your dealer's area. the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Limited Warranty and urged to do so as early in the work Owner Assistance Information” day as possible to allow for furnished with each new vehicle same-day repair. provides detailed warranty coverage information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

Public Transportation or Fuel Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program Reimbursement Your dealer may arrange to provide Information If the vehicle requires overnight you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as shuttle warranty repairs, and public reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at transportation is used instead of that you obtain if the vehicle is kept every dealer. Please contact your your dealer's shuttle service, the for an overnight warranty repair. dealer for specific information expense must be supported by Rental reimbursement will be limited about availability. All Courtesy original receipts and can only be up and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements will to the maximum amount allowed by receipts. This requires that you sign be administered by appropriate GM for shuttle service. In addition, and complete a rental agreement dealer personnel. for U.S. customers, should you and meet state/provincial, local, and arrange transportation through rental vehicle provider requirements. General Motors reserves the right to a friend or relative, limited Requirements vary and may include unilaterally modify, change, reimbursement for reasonable fuel minimum age requirements, or discontinue Courtesy expenses may be available. Claim insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Transportation at any time and to amounts should reflect actual costs You are responsible for fuel usage resolve all questions of claim and be supported by original charges and may also be eligibility pursuant to the terms and receipts. See your dealer for responsible for taxes, levies, usage conditions described herein at its information regarding the allowance fees, excessive mileage, or rental sole discretion. amounts for reimbursement of fuel usage beyond the completion of or other transportation costs. the repair. It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility prior crashes. In most cases, the GM also recommends that you If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from choose a collision repair facility that collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. meets your needs before you ever damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM need collision repairs. Your dealer technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to may have a collision repair center equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally with GM-trained technicians and parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety state of the art equipment, or be repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of ‐ ‐ ‐ able to recommend a collision repair value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts center that has GM-trained be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New technicians and comparable collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment. Collision Parts related failures are not covered by that warranty. Insuring the Vehicle Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials Aftermarket collision parts are also Protect your investment in the and construction methods as the available. These are made by GM vehicle with comprehensive parts with which the vehicle was companies other than GM and may and collision insurance coverage. originally built. Genuine GM not have been tested for the vehicle. There are significant differences in Collision parts are the best choice to As a result, these parts may fit the quality of coverage afforded by ensure that the vehicle's designed poorly, exhibit premature durability/ various insurance policy terms. appearance, durability, and safety corrosion problems, and may not Many insurance policies provide are preserved. The use of Genuine perform properly in subsequent reduced protection to the GM GM parts can help maintain the collisions. Aftermarket parts are not vehicle by limiting compensation GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty. covered by the GM New Vehicle for damage repairs by using Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Recycled original equipment parts failure related to such parts is not may also be used for repair. These covered by that warranty. parts are typically removed from GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

Some insurance companies will not If a Crash Occurs . Vehicle license plate number. specify aftermarket collision parts. . If there has been an injury, call Vehicle make, model, and When purchasing insurance, we emergency services for help. Do not model year. recommend that you ensure that the leave the scene of a crash until all . vehicle will be repaired with GM Vehicle Identification matters have been taken care of. original equipment collision parts. Number (VIN). Move the vehicle only if its position If such insurance coverage is . Insurance company and puts you in danger, or you are not available from your current policy number. instructed to move it by a insurance carrier, consider switching police officer. . General description of the to another insurance carrier. damage to the other vehicle. Give only the necessary information If the vehicle is leased, the leasing to police and other parties involved Choose a reputable repair facility company may require you to have in the crash. that uses quality replacement parts. insurance that ensures repairs with See Collision Parts earlier in Genuine GM Original Equipment For emergency towing see “ ” this section. Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Roadside Assistance Program on Genuine Manufacturer replacement page 13‑6. If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You See after an Airbag parts. Read the lease carefully, as Gather the following information: you may be charged at the end of Inflates? on page 3‑36. the lease for poor quality repairs. . Driver name, address, and telephone number. . Driver license number. . Owner name, address, and telephone number. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle. In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy Owner Information that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within The Owner Manual includes the required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all be original equipment parts, either models. new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty the GM vehicle warranty. Booklet. Service Manuals Insurance pays the bill for the repair, RETAIL SELL PRICE: but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the shipping fees. your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Portfolio: Owner initially value the repair using Manual only. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc. the repair professional, and insist on Service Bulletins RETAIL SELL PRICE: Genuine GM parts. Remember, $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins give additional shipping fees. obligated to have the vehicle technical service information repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service even if your insurance coverage General Motors cars and trucks. does not pay the full cost. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

Current and Past Models Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot Technical Service Bulletins and Defects become involved in individual Manuals are available for current problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. and past model GM vehicles. Reporting Safety Defects ORDER TOLL FREE: to the United States To contact NHTSA, you may 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday call the Vehicle Safety Hotline 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or visit Helm, Inc. at: a crash or could cause injury or write to: www.helminc.com. death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA Or write to: inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Helm, Incorporated Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590 (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Attention: Customer Service You can also obtain other General Motors. 47911 Halyard Drive information about motor Plymouth, MI 48170 If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from Prices are subject to change complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov. without notice and without incurring investigation, and if it finds that obligation. Allow ample time a safety defect exists in a group Reporting Safety Defects for delivery. of vehicles, it may order a recall to the Canadian All listed prices are quoted in and remedy campaign. Government U.S. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. funds. If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a safety defect, notify Transport Canada immediately, and notify General GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

Motors of Canada Limited. Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Call Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or write to: to General Motors Recording and Transport Canada In addition to notifying NHTSA Privacy Road Safety Branch (or Transport Canada) in a situation 80 rue Noel like this, please notify General This GM vehicle has a number of Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Motors. sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s Call 1-800-GMC-8782 ’ performance and how it is driven. (1-800-462-8782), or write: For example, the vehicle uses GMC Customer Assistance Center computer modules to monitor and P.O. Box 33172 control engine and transmission Detroit, MI 48232-5172 performance, to monitor the In Canada, call conditions for airbag deployment 1-800-263-3777 (English) or and deploy airbags in a crash, and, 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: if so equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the General Motors of Canada Limited vehicle. These modules may store Customer Care Centre, data to help your dealer technician Mail Code: CA1-163-005 service the vehicle. Some modules 1908 Colonel Sam Drive may also store data about how you Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operate the vehicle, such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed. These modules may also retain the owner’s personal preferences, such as radio presets, seat positions, and temperature settings. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

Event Data Recorders This data can help provide a better GM will not access this data or understanding of the circumstances share it with others except: with the This vehicle has an Event Data in which crashes and injuries occur. consent of the vehicle owner or, Recorder (EDR). The main purpose Important: EDR data is recorded if the vehicle is leased, with the of an EDR is to record, in certain consent of the lessee; in response crash or near crash-like situations, by the vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is to an official request by police or such as an airbag deployment or similar government office; as part of hitting a road obstacle, data that will recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal GM's defense of litigation through assist in understanding how a the discovery process; or, as vehicle's systems performed. The data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded. required by law. Data that GM EDR is designed to record data collects or receives may also be related to vehicle dynamics and However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the used for GM research needs or may safety systems for a short period of be made available to others for time, typically 30 seconds or less. EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely research purposes, where a need is The EDR in this vehicle is designed shown and the data is not tied to a to record such data as: acquired during a crash investigation. specific vehicle or vehicle owner. . How various systems in the vehicle were operating. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and . Whether or not the driver and access to the vehicle or the EDR is passenger safety belts were needed. In addition to the vehicle buckled/fastened. manufacturer, other parties, such as . How far, if at all, the driver was law enforcement, that have the pressing the accelerator and/or special equipment, can read the brake pedal. information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. . How fast the vehicle was traveling. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (17,1)

Customer Information 13-17

OnStar® Radio Frequency Radio Frequency If the vehicle is equipped with an Identification (RFID) Statement active OnStar system, that system RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that may also record data in crash or vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that near crash-like situations. The pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal OnStar Terms and Conditions system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC) provides information on data connection with conveniences such rules and with Industry Canada collection and use and is available as key fobs for remote door locking/ Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or unlocking and starting, and www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by Operation is subject to the following in-vehicle transmitters for garage two conditions: pressing the Q button and door openers. RFID technology in speaking to an advisor. See OnStar GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause Overview on page 14‑1. personal information or link with any harmful interference. other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any Navigation System personal information. interference received, including If the vehicle has a navigation interference that may cause system, use of the system may undesired operation of the result in the storage of destinations, device. addresses, telephone numbers, and Changes or modifications to any of other trip information. Refer to the these systems by other than an navigation manual for information on authorized service facility could void stored data and for deletion authorization to use this equipment. instructions. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (18,1)

13-18 Customer Information

2 NOTES GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

OnStar 14-1

OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is OnStar next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Flashing Green: On a call. OnStar Services . Red: Indicates a problem. Emergency ...... 14-2 Security ...... 14-2 Push Q or call 1‐888‐4‐ONSTAR Navigation ...... 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a (1‐888‐466‐7827) to speak to Connections ...... 14-4 comprehensive, in-vehicle system an Advisor. Diagnostics ...... 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Push X to: for Emergency, Security, Navigation, OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic . Make a call, end a call, OnStar Additional Services. or answer an incoming call. Information ...... 14-5 . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling voice commands. . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice commands. Requires the available Directions and Connections service plan. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

14-2 OnStar

Push Q to connect to a OnStar Services Navigation live Advisor to: OnStar navigation requires the . Verify account information or Emergency Directions and Connections update contact information. With Automatic Crash Response, service plan. . Get driving directions. Requires the built-in system can automatically Push Q to receive directions or the available Directions and connect to help in a crash even if have them sent to the vehicle Connections service plan. you cannot ask for it. navigation screen. Destinations . Receive On-Demand Push ] to connect to an can also be forwarded to the Diagnostics for a check on the Emergency Advisor. GPS vehicle from Google Maps™ or vehicle’s key operating systems. technology is used to identify the MapQuest.com. The OnStar mapping database is continuously . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle location and can provide critical information to emergency updated. Visit www.onstar.com for Push ] to get a priority connection personnel. The Advisor is also coverage maps. to an Emergency Advisor available trained to offer critical assistance Turn-by-Turn Navigation 24/7 to: in emergency situations. Q . Get help for an emergency. 1. Push to connect to a Security live Advisor. . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an AMBER Alert. OnStar provides services like Stolen 2. Request directions. Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition . Get crisis assistance and 3. Directions are downloaded to Block, and Roadside Assistance, evacuation routes. the vehicle. if the vehicle is equipped with these services. OnStar can unlock the 4. Follow the voice-guided vehicle doors remotely, if it is commands. equipped with automatic door locks, and can help police locate the vehicle if it is stolen. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

OnStar 14-3

Using Voice Commands Repeat Other Navigation Services During a Planned Route Available from OnStar 1. Push X. System responds: Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers to send destinations from Google 2. Say Repeat. System responds 1. Push X. System responds: “ ” Maps and MapQuest.com to their with the last direction given, then “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Turn-by-Turn Navigation or responds with OnStar ready, Say “Cancel route.” System “ ” screen-based navigation system. then a tone. responds: “Would you like to When ready, the directions will be cancel route directions to your 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice downloaded to the vehicle. destination?” commands. Destination Download: 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: Get My Destination Push Q, then request the Advisor “OK, route canceled.” 1. Push X. System responds: to download directions to the 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice navigation system in the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. commands. After the call ends, push the “Go” 2. Say “Get my destination.” button on the navigation screen to Route Preview System responds with miles to begin driving directions. the destination, then responds 1. Push X. System responds: Destinations can also be with OnStar ready, then a tone. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. “ ” downloaded on the go. 2. Say “Route Preview.” System 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice For information about eNav, responds with the next three commands. Destination Download, and maneuvers. coverage maps visit www.onstar.com. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice commands. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

14-4 OnStar

Connections End a Call Place a Call Using a Stored Number OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows Push X. System responds: “Call calls to be made and received from ended.” 1. Push X. System responds: the vehicle. The vehicle can also be “OnStar ready.” controlled from a cell phone through Store a Name Tag for Speed the OnStar RemoteLink mobile app. Dialing 2. Say “Call .” System See www.onstar.com for responds: “OK, calling 1. Push X. System responds: coverage maps. .” “OnStar ready.” Hands-Free Calling Verify Minutes and Expiration 2. Say “Store.” System responds: X 1. Push X. System responds: “Please say the number you Push and say “minutes” then would like to store. verify to check how many minutes “OnStar ready.” ” “ ” 3. Say the entire number without remain and their expiration date. 2. Say “Dial.” System responds: pausing. System responds: “Please say the name or number OnStar Mobile App “Please say the name tag.” to call.” With an iPhone® or 3. Say the entire number without 4. Pick a name tag. “System Android™-based mobile device, an responds: About to store . Does that sound OK?” be downloaded. The vehicle can be “OK calling.” 5. Say “Yes” or “No” to try again. remote started, if equipped, or the System responds: OK, storing doors can be unlocked from Retrieve My Number “ .” anywhere there is cell phone service. It can also check the fuel 1. Push X. System responds: level, tire pressure, and oil life. OnStar ready. “ ” It can connect to an OnStar Advisor 2. Say “My Number.” System anytime. For OnStar mobile app responds: “Your OnStar compatibility or further information, Hands-Free Calling number is.” see www.onstar.com. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

OnStar 14-5

Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information Automatic Crash Response, perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle transmission, antilock brakes, and Q Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, major vehicle systems. It also Push to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not Pressure Monitoring System. If a account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available diagnostics check is needed receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For ownership has changed, OnStar between e-mails, push Q, and an more information, a full description may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms information. and conditions, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Reactivation for Subsequent www.onstar.ca (Canada); Owners contact OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR Push Q and follow the prompts to (1‐888‐466‐7827) or speak to an Advisor as soon as TTY 1‐877‐248‐2080; or possible after acquiring the vehicle. push Q to speak with an Advisor. The Advisor will update vehicle OnStar services require a vehicle records and will explain the OnStar electrical system, wireless service, service offers and options available. and GPS satellite technologies to be available and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

14-6 OnStar

OnStar service cannot work unless See Radio Frequency Statement on TTY Users your vehicle is in a place where page 13 17 for information ‑ OnStar has the ability to OnStar has an agreement with a regarding Part 15 of the Federal communicate to the deaf, wireless service provider for service Communications Commission (FCC) hard of hearing, or speech impaired in that area, and the wireless rules and Industry Canada ‐ ‐ ‐ customers while in the vehicle. service provider has coverage, Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. The available dealer installed network capacity, reception, and ‐ TTY system can provide in-vehicle technology compatible with OnStar s Services for People with ’ access to all of the OnStar services, service. Service involving location Disabilities except Virtual Advisor and OnStar information about the vehicle cannot Advisors provide services to help Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation. work unless GPS signals are subscribers with physical disabilities available, unobstructed, and and medical conditions. Onstar.com compatible with the OnStar hardware. OnStar service may not Push Q for help with: The website provides access to work if the OnStar equipment is not account information, manages the . Locating a gas station with an OnStar subscription, and allows properly installed or it has not been attendant to pump gas. properly maintained. If equipment or viewing of videos of each service. software is added, connected, . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., Get subscription plan pricing and or modified, OnStar service may that meets accessibility needs. sign up for OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on the “My not work. Other problems beyond . Providing directions to the Account” tab on the home page. OnStar’s control may prevent closest hospital or pharmacy in service such as hills, tall buildings, urgent situations. tunnels, weather, electrical system design and architecture of the vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone network congestion or jamming. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

OnStar 14-7

OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues . In emergency situations, OnStar Number (PIN) can use the last stored GPS Some OnStar services are disabled location to send to emergency A PIN is needed to access some of after five days. OnStar cannot responders. the OnStar services, like Remote perform Remote Door Unlock or . Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the A temporary loss of GPS can Assistance. You will be prompted vehicle has been off continuously cause loss of the ability to send to change the PIN the first time for five days. After five days, OnStar a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. when speaking with an Advisor. can contact Roadside Assistance The Advisor may give a verbal To change the OnStar PIN, call and a locksmith to help gain access route or may ask for a call back OnStar and provide the Advisor to the vehicle. after the vehicle is driven into an with the current number. open area. Global Positioning Warranty System (GPS) Cellular and GPS Antennas Avoid placing items over or near OnStar equipment may be . Obstruction of the GPS can warranted as part of the new-vehicle occur in a large city with tall the antenna to prevent blocking limited warranty. The manufacturer buildings; in parking garages; cellular and GPS signal reception. of the vehicle furnishes detailed around airports; in tunnels, Cellular reception is required for warranty information. underpasses, or parking OnStar to send remote signals garages; or in an area with very to the vehicle. Languages dense trees. If GPS signals are The vehicle can be programmed to not available, the OnStar system respond in French or Spanish. should still operate to call Push Q and ask an Advisor. OnStar. However, OnStar could Advisors can speak French or have difficulty identifying the Spanish. exact location. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

14-8 OnStar

Unable to Connect to Add-on Electrical Equipment Privacy OnStar Message The OnStar system is integrated The complete OnStar Privacy If there is limited cellular coverage into the electrical architecture of the Statement may be found at or the cellular network has reached vehicle. Do not add any electrical www.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitive maximum capacity, this message equipment. See Add-On Electrical users of wireless communications may come on. Push Q to try the Equipment on page 9‑88. are cautioned that the privacy of any call again or try again after driving a Added electrical equipment may information sent via wireless cellular few miles into another cellular area. interfere with the operation of communications cannot be assured. the OnStar system and cause it Third parties may unlawfully Vehicle and Power Issues to not operate. intercept or access transmissions and private communications OnStar services require a vehicle without consent. electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be available and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System (cont'd) Appearance Care What Will You See after an Exterior ...... 10-97 Accessories and Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-36 Interior ...... 10-100 Modifications ...... 10-3 When Should an Airbag Armrest Storage ...... 4-1 Accessory Power ...... 9-26 ® Inflate? ...... 3-33 Assistance Program, Active Fuel Management . . . . . 9-29 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-31 Roadside ...... 13-6 Add-On Electrical Airbags Audio Players ...... 7-15 Equipment ...... 9-88 Adding Equipment to the CD ...... 7-15 Adding a Snow Plow or Vehicle ...... 3-43 CD/DVD ...... 7-20 Similar Equipment ...... 9-88 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-20 Audio System Additional Information, Readiness Light ...... 5-19 Radio Reception ...... 7-13 OnStar® ...... 14-5 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-46 Adjustable Throttle and Vehicles ...... 3-42 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Brake Pedal ...... 9-22 System Check ...... 3-29 Automatic Adjustments Alarm System Dimming Mirrors ...... 2-19 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-4 Anti-theft ...... 2-14 Door Locks ...... 2-9 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-14 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 Headlamp System ...... 6-4 Air Vents ...... 8-13 Antenna Level Control ...... 9-50 Airbag System Rear Side Window ...... 7-14 Transmission ...... 9-31 Check ...... 3-44 Satellite Radio ...... 7-14 Transmission Fluid ...... 10-11 How Does an Airbag Anti-theft Automatic Transmission Restrain? ...... 3-35 Alarm System ...... 2-14 Manual Mode ...... 9-35 Passenger Sensing Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-46 Shift Lock Control System ...... 3-38 Antilock Brake Function Check ...... 10-33 What Makes an Airbag System (ABS) ...... 9-44 Inflate? ...... 3-35 Warning Light ...... 5-25 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

Auxiliary Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-21 Carbon Monoxide Devices ...... 7-31 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-39 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-30 Roof Mounted Lamp ...... 6-7 Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 Liftgate ...... 2-10 Axle, Front ...... 10-30 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-38 Winter Driving ...... 9-13 Axle, Rear ...... 10-31 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-36 Cargo Headlamps ...... 10-38 Cover ...... 4-2 B License Plate Lamps ...... 10-39 Cautions, Danger, and Battery ...... 10-29 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Warnings ...... iv Jump Starting ...... 10-86 Stoplamps, and CD Player ...... 7-15 Load Management ...... 6-10 Back-up Lamps ...... 10-38 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-20 Power Protection ...... 6-10 Buying New Tires ...... 10-64 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Voltage and Charging Center Seat ...... 3-4 Messages ...... 5-39 C Chains, Tire ...... 10-69 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-34 Calibration ...... 5-6 Charging System Light ...... 5-21 Bluetooth ...... 7-48 California Check Brake Fuel Requirements ...... 9-63 Engine Light ...... 5-22 Pedal and Adjustable Perchlorate Materials Ignition Throttle ...... 9-22 Requirements ...... 10-3 Transmission Lock ...... 10-33 System Warning Light ...... 5-24 Warning ...... 10-3 Child Restraints Brakes ...... 10-26 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-57 Infants and Young Antilock ...... 9-44 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Children ...... 3-47 Assist ...... 9-45 Capacities and Lower Anchors and Fluid ...... 10-27 Specifications ...... 12-2 Tethers for Children ...... 3-53 Parking ...... 9-45 Older Children ...... 3-45 System Messages ...... 5-39 Securing ...... 3-60, 3-63, 3-64 Braking ...... 9-3 Systems ...... 3-50 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Circuit Breakers ...... 10-41 Cover Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Cleaning Cargo ...... 4-2 Dome Lamps ...... 6-8 Exterior Care ...... 10-97 Cruise Control ...... 9-50 Door Interior Care ...... 10-100 Light ...... 5-29 Ajar Messages ...... 5-40 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Delayed Locking ...... 2-9 Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Customer Assistance ...... 13-4 Locks ...... 2-8 Dual Automatic ...... 8-4 Offices ...... 13-3 Power Locks ...... 2-8 Heating ...... 8-1 Text Telephone (TTY) Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Rear ...... 8-9, 8-11 Users ...... 13-4 Driver Information Clock ...... 5-9 Customer Information Center (DIC) ...... 5-30 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-13 Service Publications Driving Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-11 Ordering Information ...... 13-13 Characteristics and Compass ...... 5-6 Customer Satisfaction Towing Tips ...... 9-69 Connections, OnStar® ...... 14-4 Procedure ...... 13-1 Defensive ...... 9-3 Continuous Damping Drunk ...... 9-3 Control (CDC) ...... 9-49 D For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-32 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-11 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-12 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-17 Danger, Warnings, and Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-13 Coolant Cautions ...... iv If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-15 Engine ...... 10-16 Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-16 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Engine Temperature Daytime Running Off-Road ...... 9-6 Gauge ...... 5-17 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-4 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Cooling System ...... 10-16 Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-16 Engine Messages ...... 5-41 Delayed Locking ...... 2-9 Wet Roads ...... 9-12 Courtesy Transportation Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-31 Winter ...... 9-13 Program ...... 13-9 Diagnostics, OnStar® ...... 14-5 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

Dual Automatic Climate Engine (cont'd) F Control System ...... 8-4 Coolant Temperature Fan DVD Gauge ...... 5-17 Engine ...... 10-23 Rear Seat Entertainment Cooling System ...... 10-16 Features System ...... 7-35 Cooling System Messages . . .5-41 Memory ...... 1-10 DVD/CD Player ...... 7-20 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Filter, Exhaust ...... 9-30 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-14 Fan ...... 10-23 E Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Heater ...... 9-26 E85 Fuel ...... 9-65 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-5 Oil Life System ...... 10-10 Electrical Equipment, Flat Tire ...... 10-70 Oil Messages ...... 5-42 Add-On ...... 9-88 Changing ...... 10-71 Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 5-16 Electrical System Floor Mats ...... 10-102 Overheated Protection Engine Compartment Fluid Operating Mode ...... 10-23 Fuse Block ...... 10-41 Automatic Transmission . . . . .10-11 Overheating ...... 10-20 Fuses and Circuit Brakes ...... 10-27 Power Messages ...... 5-42 Breakers ...... 10-41 Four-Wheel Drive Pressure Light ...... 5-28 Instrument Panel Fuse Transfer Case ...... 9-37, 9-42 Running While Parked ...... 9-30 Block ...... 10-45 Power Steering ...... 10-24 Starting ...... 9-24 Overload ...... 10-40 Washer ...... 10-25 ® Entry Lighting ...... 6-9 Emergency, OnStar ...... 14-2 Fog Lamps Equipment, Towing ...... 9-78 Engine Bulb Replacement ...... 6-6 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-16 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-14 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-19 Exit Lighting ...... 6-9 Check and Service Engine Four-Wheel Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-28 Soon Light ...... 5-22 Drive ...... 10-30, 9-37, 9-42 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-2 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Front Axle ...... 10-30 Coolant ...... 10-16 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-3 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

Front Fog Lamp Fuses General Information Light ...... 5-29 Engine Compartment Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Front Seats Fuse Block ...... 10-41 Towing ...... 9-68 Adjustment ...... 3-3 Fuses and Circuit Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Heated and Ventilated ...... 3-8 Breakers ...... 10-41 Glass Replacement ...... 10-35 Fuel ...... 9-62 Instrument Panel Fuse Glove Box ...... 4-1 Additives ...... 9-64 Block ...... 10-45 GM Mobility Reimbursement E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-65 Program ...... 13-6 Economy Driving ...... 1-32 G Filling a Portable Fuel Garage Door Opener ...... 5-58 H Container ...... 9-68 Programming ...... 5-58 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-38 Filling the Tank ...... 9-66 Gasoline Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-5 Foreign Countries ...... 9-63 Specifications ...... 9-63 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-63 Gauges Headlamps Gauge ...... 5-15 Engine Coolant Aiming ...... 10-36 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-28 Temperature ...... 5-17 Automatic ...... 6-4 Management, Active ...... 9-29 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-16 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Recommended ...... 9-62 Fuel ...... 5-15 Daytime Running Requirements, California . . . . .9-63 Odometer ...... 5-14 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-4 System Messages ...... 5-43 Speedometer ...... 5-14 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-85 Tachometer ...... 5-14 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-29 Trip Odometer ...... 5-14 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-3 Voltmeter ...... 5-18 Heated Warning Lights and Rear Seats ...... 3-10 Indicators ...... 5-12 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats ...... 3-8 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

Heated Mirrors ...... 2-19 J LATCH System Heater Replacing Parts after a Jump Starting ...... 10-86 Engine ...... 9-26 Crash ...... 3-60 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1 LATCH, Lower Anchors and High-Beam On Light ...... 5-29 K Tethers for Children ...... 3-53 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-12 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-43 Level Control Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-13 Keyless Entry Automatic ...... 9-50 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-46 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Liftgate Hood ...... 10-5 Keys ...... 2-2 Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-10 Horn ...... 5-5 Lighting How to Wear Safety Belts L Entry ...... 6-9 Properly ...... 3-20 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-50 Exit ...... 6-9 Lamps Illumination Control ...... 6-8 I Auxiliary Roof Lights Ignition Positions ...... 9-23 Mounted Lamp ...... 6-7 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-19 Ignition Transmission Lock Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-4 Antilock Brake System Check ...... 10-33 Dome ...... 6-8 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-25 Immobilizer ...... 2-15 Exterior Controls ...... 6-2 Brake System Warning ...... 5-24 Infants and Young Children, Exterior Lamps Off Charging System ...... 5-21 Restraints ...... 3-47 Reminder ...... 6-3 Cruise Control ...... 5-29 Infotainment ...... 7-1 License Plate ...... 10-39 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-28 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-13 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-22 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2 Messages ...... 5-43 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-29 Introduction ...... iii Reading ...... 6-9 High-Beam On ...... 5-29 Lap Belt ...... 3-27 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-3 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-21 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-28 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

Lights (cont'd) M Messages (cont'd) Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-18 Ride Control System ...... 5-44 Maintenance Security ...... 5-28 Tire ...... 5-46 Records ...... 11-16 StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-26 Transmission ...... 5-47 Maintenance Schedule Tire Pressure ...... 5-27 Vehicle ...... 5-39 Recommended Fluids Tow/Haul Mode ...... 5-26 Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-48 and Lubricants ...... 11-13 Traction Control System Washer Fluid ...... 5-49 Transfer Case ...... 9-37, 9-42 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 5-27 Mirrors Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-22 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-49 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-19 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-17 Locks Automatic Dimming Manual Mode ...... 9-35 Automatic Door ...... 2-9 Rearview ...... 2-20 Memory Features ...... 1-10 Delayed Locking ...... 2-9 Convex ...... 2-17 Memory Seats ...... 3-7 Door ...... 2-8 Folding ...... 2-19 Messages Lockout Protection ...... 2-9 Heated ...... 2-19 Airbag System ...... 5-46 Power Door ...... 2-8 Manual ...... 2-17 Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 5-46 Safety ...... 2-9 Manual Rearview ...... 2-20 Battery Voltage and Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Park Tilt ...... 2-20 Charging ...... 5-39 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-28 Power ...... 2-18 Brake System ...... 5-39 Lower Anchors and Tethers Trailer Tow ...... 2-17 Door Ajar ...... 5-40 for Children (LATCH Monitor System, Tire Engine Cooling System ...... 5-41 System) ...... 3-53 Pressure ...... 10-58 Engine Oil ...... 5-42 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-4 Engine Power ...... 5-42 Front Seats ...... 3-4 Fuel System ...... 5-43 Key and Lock ...... 5-43 Lamp ...... 5-43 Object Detection System . . . . .5-43 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

N Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-45 P Online Owner Center ...... 13-5 Navigation ® Park ® OnStar OnStar ...... 14-2 Shifting Into ...... 9-27 Additional Information ...... 14-5 Vehicle Data Recording Shifting Out of ...... 9-28 Connections ...... 14-4 and Privacy ...... 13-17 Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-20 Diagnostics ...... 14-5 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-21 Parking Emergency ...... 14-2 Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-53 Navigation ...... 14-2 Brake ...... 9-45 O Overview ...... 14-1 Brake and P (Park) Object Detection System Security ...... 14-2 Mechanism Check ...... 10-34 Messages ...... 5-43 System, In Brief ...... 1-32 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-29 Object Detection, Side Blind Operation, Infotainment Passenger Airbag Status Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-54 System ...... 7-3 Indicator ...... 5-20 Odometer ...... 5-14 Ordering Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-38 Trip ...... 5-14 Service Publications ...... 13-13 Perchlorate Materials Off-Road ...... 9-6 Outlets Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Driving ...... 9-6 Power ...... 5-10 Personalization Recovery ...... 9-5 Overheated Engine Vehicle ...... 5-49 Oil Protection Engine ...... 10-7 Phone Operating Mode ...... 10-23 Bluetooth ...... 7-48 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-20 Engine Oil Pressure Overview, OnStar® ...... 14-1 Gauge ...... 5-16 Messages ...... 5-42 Pressure Light ...... 5-28 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

Power R Rear Side Window Antenna . . . 7-14 Door Locks ...... 2-8 Rear Storage ...... 4-2 Radio Frequency Mirrors ...... 2-18 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-57 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-17 Outlets ...... 5-10 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-6 Statement ...... 13-17 Protection, Battery ...... 6-10 Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-20 Radios Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-26 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-20 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-7 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-5 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-20 Steering Fluid ...... 10-24 Recommended Reception ...... 7-13 Windows ...... 2-22 Fuel ...... 9-62 Satellite ...... 7-9 Power Assist Steps ...... 2-13 Recommended Fluids and Reading Lamps ...... 6-9 Pregnancy, Using Safety Lubricants ...... 11-13 Rear Axle ...... 10-31 Belts ...... 3-26 Records Locking ...... 9-49 Privacy Maintenance ...... 11-16 Rear Climate Control Radio Frequency Recreational Vehicle System ...... 8-9, 8-11 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-17 Towing ...... 10-91 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Program Reimbursement Program, System ...... 7-46 Courtesy Transportation ...... 13-9 GM Mobility ...... 13-6 Rear Seat Entertainment Proposition 65 Warning, Remote Keyless Entry System ...... 7-35 California ...... 10-3 (RKE) System ...... 2-2, 2-3 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-46 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Rear Seats Replacement Heated ...... 3-10 Glass ...... 10-35 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-39 Roads Safety Defects Reporting Replacement Parts Driving, Wet ...... 9-12 Canadian Government ...... 13-14 Airbags ...... 3-45 Roadside Assistance General Motors ...... 13-15 Maintenance ...... 11-15 Program ...... 13-6 U.S. Government ...... 13-14 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-45 Roof Safety Locks ...... 2-9 Replacing LATCH System Sunroof ...... 2-23 Safety System Check ...... 3-28 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-60 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Satellite Radio ...... 7-9 Replacing Safety Belt Rotation, Tires ...... 10-62 Scheduling Appointments ...... 13-9 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-29 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Seats Reporting Safety Defects Running the Vehicle While Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Canadian Government ...... 13-14 Parked ...... 9-30 Center Seat ...... 3-4 General Motors ...... 13-15 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 U.S. Government ...... 13-14 S Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-8 Restraints Safety Belts ...... 3-18 Heated, Rear ...... 3-10 Where to Put ...... 3-52 Care ...... 3-28 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4 Retained Accessory Extender ...... 3-28 Memory ...... 3-7 Power (RAP) ...... 9-26 How to Wear Safety Belts Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Ride Control Systems Properly ...... 3-20 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-5 Messages ...... 5-44 Lap Belt ...... 3-27 Second Row ...... 3-11 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-21 Third Row Seat ...... 3-15 Reminders ...... 5-18 Second Row Seats ...... 3-11 Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-29 Secondary Latch System . . . . . 10-83 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-26 Securing Child Restraints ...... 3-60, 3-63, 3-64 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

Security Shifting Steps Light ...... 5-28 Into Park ...... 9-27 Power Assist ...... 2-13 OnStar® ...... 14-2 Out of Park ...... 9-28 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Vehicle ...... 2-14 Side Blind Zone Alert ...... 9-54 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Service Signals, Turn and Storage Accessories and Lane-Change ...... 6-6 Rear ...... 4-2 Modifications ...... 10-3 Snow Plow ...... 9-88 Storage Areas Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 Specifications and Armrest ...... 4-1 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-22 Capacities ...... 12-2 Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 Maintenance Records ...... 11-16 Speedometer ...... 5-14 Center Console ...... 4-2 Maintenance, General StabiliTrak Glove Box ...... 4-1 Information ...... 11-1 OFF Light ...... 5-26 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 System ...... 9-46 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-15 Publications Ordering Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-46 Sun Visors ...... 2-23 Information ...... 13-13 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-5 Sunroof ...... 2-23 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-9 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-33 Symbols ...... iv Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-42 Starting the Engine ...... 9-24 System Shift Lock Control Function Steering ...... 9-4 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Check, Automatic Fluid, Power ...... 10-24 Roof Rack ...... 4-3 Transmission ...... 10-33 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

T Tires (cont'd) Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-36 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-70 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-26 Tachometer ...... 5-14 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-59 Towing Taillamps Inspection ...... 10-62 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-69 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Messages ...... 5-46 Equipment ...... 9-78 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Pressure Light ...... 5-27 General Information ...... 9-68 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-15 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-58 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-91 Immobilizer ...... 2-15 Rotation ...... 10-62 Trailer ...... 9-73 Third-Row Seats ...... 3-15 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-83 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-88 Throttle, Adjustable ...... 9-22 Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-50 Vehicle ...... 10-91 Time ...... 5-9 Terminology and Traction Tires Definitions ...... 10-54 Control System (TCS)/ Buying New Tires ...... 10-64 Uniform Tire Quality StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-27 Chains ...... 10-69 Grading ...... 10-66 Changing ...... 10-71 Wheel Alignment and Tire Designations ...... 10-52 Balance ...... 10-68 Different Size ...... 10-66 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-68 Full-Size Spare ...... 10-85 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 10-64 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (13,1)

INDEX i-13

Trailer U V Sway Control (TSC) ...... 9-88 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-53 Vehicle Tow Mirrors ...... 2-17 Uniform Tire Quality Canadian Owners ...... iii Towing ...... 9-73 Grading ...... 10-66 Control ...... 9-3 Transfer Case ...... 9-37, 9-42 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-58 Identification Transmission Operation ...... 5-63 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Automatic ...... 9-31 Programming ...... 5-58 Load Limits ...... 9-16 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-11 Using This Manual ...... iv Messages ...... 5-39 Messages ...... 5-47 Personalization ...... 5-49 Transportation Program, Reminder Messages ...... 5-48 Courtesy ...... 13-9 Remote Start ...... 2-5 Trip Odometer ...... 5-14 Security ...... 2-14 Turn and Lane-Change Towing ...... 10-91 Signals ...... 6-6 Vehicle Care Turn Signal Tire Pressure ...... 10-57 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Ventilation, Air ...... 8-13 Visors ...... 2-23 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-18 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC - 11/8/11 Black plate (14,1)

i-14 INDEX

W Wheels Windshield Alignment and Tire Wiper/Washer ...... 5-5 Warning Balance ...... 10-68 Winter Brake System Light ...... 5-24 Different Size ...... 10-66 Driving ...... 9-13 Warning Lights, Gauges, Replacement ...... 10-68 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-34 and Indicators ...... 5-12 When It Is Time for New Wipers Warnings ...... iv Tires ...... 10-64 Rear Washer ...... 5-6 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-52 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-5 Windows ...... 2-21 Washer Fluid ...... 10-25 Power ...... 2-22 Messages ...... 5-49